ABAP 1.o PDF

G a n a ~ a tAdimulam
i
1. Intrsducti~aato SAP 06
2. ABAB Data Dictionary 60
3. Introduction to ASAP
Programming 89
A
TG CnGf-tnj p t a p r l p ~ g r r . - e s
-== ~r -2 -6,fi =--&&= 12
5. Strings 4
7. Open SQE
8. ABAB Debugging 13
9. Reports 74
10. Pdodularizing Techniques 44
lntroduction to SAP
We Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
customizable using SAP'S proprietary programming language, ABAPl4. R13

is scalable and lzighly suited for inally types and sizes of organizations.
'lhe lU3 ai-chilecture is coillprised o r applicalioil and database servers. The
application serlTc=rshouse [he software and the database servers handle document
updates and illaster file databases. The system call support an uillinlited iluillber of
servers and a variety of hardware configurations. For more info. see SAP R/3
Architecture at SAP hoine page.
SAP R13 is based on various hardware and software architectures, runiliilg on
~iiosttypes o r UNIX. on Windows NT and OSl400
SAP R/3 runs on sever-211 databases Oracle, Adabas D, lnformix, DB2 for
UNIX, DB21400, Microsoft's SQL Server 6.0.
Page 3 of 6 By Ganapati Adimulam

eMax Technologies,Arneerpet,IIyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, <:ell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtech.com
Introduction to SAP
We ~ e v e lCompromise
- in Quality, Would You?
:nlroduction lo SAP
1 DEMO 1
SAP was founded in 1972 in Walldorf, Germany. It stands for Systems,
Applications and Products in Data Processing. Over the years, it has grown and
evolved to become the world premier provider of clientlserver business solutions
for wllic11 it is so well known today. The SAP R13 eilterprise application suite for
open clie~lt/sel-\/el.
s!,steliis has established a new standards for providing b~lsiness
infb~.mationmanagcllienl sol~~tions.
The main advantage of ~lsiizgSAP as your coinpaily ERP system is that SAP has a
very higlz level of iiztegration alllong its individual applications, wlzich guarantee
consistency of data througlzout tlze system aizd the conlpany itself.
What- is SAP R/2 ?

SAP lW2
FU2 is SAP A G mainframe solution and was the first conzpact software package
for the whole spectrum of busiiless applications. SAP R/2 runs on mainframes,
such as IBM, Siemens, Amdahl. The current version of R12 is 6.1. This
mainframe solution is not open, although with the help of ALE (Application Link
Enabled) technology. W2 call be liiiltecl to lU3 systems and share online data.
W2 is a sel oj' coosclinated business applicationc fsom SAP, a Gerizlail colupally
that iiltroduced the product in 1979. R/2 gained popularity until the mid- 1990s,
when it was superseded by the nzore capable R13 product, later updated by
mySAF.com. To soille extent, R/2 is still in use.
Now inore than 20 years old, W2 continues to be supported by SAP, although
support- is expected to dccline. Using Application Link Enabled (ALE)
technology, N2 systems call share data ~ ~ i lU3
t h and mySAP.com-equipped
systems. However, SAP says that it may inore cost-effective to inigrate to R/3
rather than to stay with R/2, because of tlze improved support aizd expanded
features available with tlze current product.
SAP R12 is the ilanle given to SAP'S first ERP solution that was designed for tlze
iz~ainframe.It coiuprises of a izuinber of modules: RS (Basis), RF (Financial
A C C O L I I I L l~ U
I ~ ~(Asset
). Accounting), RIC (Cost Accounting), RIG-P (Project
Costing), KM-INST (l'lant Maintenance), KM-MAT (materials Management),
RM-PPS (Production Planning aizd Control), RM-QSS (Quality Assurance), RP
(Human Resources) and RV (Sales and Distribution).
I'iige 1 of 6 By Ganapati Adimulam

eNBax Tech~~olo,oies,A~neer~~et,IPycIerabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wm~.emaxtech.co~n
Introduction to SAP
What is the Purpose of R/3?

I h e sole purpose of an K/3 system is to pi-o\~idea s ~ ~ iof
t etightly integrated. large-
scale business applications.
The standard set of applications delivered with each R/3 system are the
following :
a PP (Production Planning)
e MM (Materials P\/lanageiz~ent)
SD (Sales and Distribution)
a FI (Financial Accounting)
a CO (Controlling)
a AM (Fixed Assets Management)
e PS (PI-0.jecl Systen?)
e WF (Worl<flow)
@ IS (Industry Solutions)
a HR (Human Resources)
e PM (Plant Maintenance)
a QM (Qualily Maiiagenlent)
These applications are called the f~lnctionalareas, or application areas, 01- at tiines
the functional inodules of Rl3. All of these terms are synonymous with each
other.
Traditionally. b~~sinesses asseizible a suite of data processing applications by
evaluati~igiilcli\~icl~i~~l
procli~c~s
and bu) ing Lhese separate l~roducrsfrom multiple
software \~endors.Interfaces are then izeedecl between them. For example, tlie
materials management system will need linlts to the sales and distribution and to
the financial systems, and the worl<flow systeizi will need a feed from the HR
system. A significant amount of IS time and inoney is spent in the implenzentation
and maintenance of these interfaces.
1U3 conies prepacl<agecl with tlie core business applications needed by most large
corporations. These applications coesisl in one homogenous en\/ironmeiit. They
are designed from the ground LIP to run using a single database and one (very
large) set of tables. Current production database sizes range from 12 gigabytes to
near 3 terabytes. Around 8,000 database tables are slipped with tlze standard
delivery W3 product.
SAP W3 overview^
SAP W3 is SAP's integrated software solktion for clientlserver and distributed
open systen~s.SAP's R13 is the w-orld's most-used standard business software for
client/server computing. W3 ineets tlze needs of a customer from tlie sinall grocer
with 3 users to tlze multi-billion dollar coizzpanies The software is highly
Page 2 of 6 By Ganapati Adi~nulam
lydel-abad
eMirs ':'ec:inologics,An~eet-!)ct,I
Ph No :+91 30 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtech.com
lntroduction to SAP
customizable using SAP'S proprietary programming language, ABAPl4. R13

is scalable and lzighly suited for inally types and sizes of organizations.
'lhe lU3 ai-chilecture is coillprised o r applicalioil and database servers. The
application serlTc=rshouse [he software and the database servers handle document
updates and illaster file databases. The system call support an uillinlited iluillber of
servers and a variety of hardware configurations. For more info. see SAP R/3
Architecture at SAP hoine page.
SAP R13 is based on various hardware and software architectures, runiliilg on
~iiosttypes o r UNIX. on Windows NT and OSl400
SAP R/3 runs on sever-211 databases Oracle, Adabas D, lnformix, DB2 for
UNIX, DB21400, Microsoft's SQL Server 6.0.

eMax Technologies,Arneerpet,IIyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, <:ell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtech.com
Introduction to SAP
We Never. (:'ornpromise in Quality, Would You?
SAP R/3 Industry Solutions

R13 uiiderstailds iiidustry and lielice offers coiiipreheiisive f~ulctioiialityfor all
standard busiliess needs in ally enterprise. With integrated industry-specific
business ~~socesses. 1113 meets the i~ldi\lidual~.equirementsof liuinerous industries.
lndusfry S o/utiorrs
Cag~:lprehe,~sive
,8.
', , ,, ;
! i '5
SAP Oil & 6% yi, ). . ,/ ~ -

, : .---.I , -
'.
-. I.< ,
!
1. S#.P&llc-:
, ,:,./-. :
, '
{
1
I
! ,,ad ,,,,
b#
,<,*-
!A,. j
;
',
-.,, ---. ,,.,
.
.......
I
/,
1
SAP l r i ~ m r ~ e c'.,
,' "
., ,'
5
, -
__..,
i
~ .'.. . .if Calas~'
. 1
SAP 1U3 Architecture :
Definition
The R/3 System has a specific architecture with a specific set of logical services.
Structure
In the three-tier, clientlserver architecture of the W3 System, there are three
service layers:

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,Hyderabacl
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.com
Introduction to SAP
W3 System Service Layers
IDES - the "Intenlet Denlonsti-ation and Evaluatioil System" in the R13 System,
represents a 111odel company. It consists of an iilternatioiial group with
subsidiaries in several countries. IDES contaiils application data for various
business scenarios Illat can be run in the SAP System. The business processes in
[he IDES syslem are des~gnedto retlect real-life business requirements, and liave
access to inally realistic cl~aracteristics. IDES uses easy-to-follow business
scenarios to show you the comprehensive f~~nctions of the R/3 Systen~.The focal
point of IDES, however, is not the f~~nctionalityitself, but the business processes
and their integration.
These IDES business processes are described in detail within this online
docui~~entation.The individual deillos provide you with an overvieu~of the master
data, and coiltain step-by-step instructioi~s of how to execute the individual
processes.
IDES not only covers the Logistics area, but also Fii~ancials, and Hunian
Resources. It delllollstrates how the R/3 Systein is able to support practically all
types of industries, from discrete production tl~rougl~ to process industries, from
ellgilleel-ing-to-order to repetitive manufacturing. However, IDES is not a sector-
oriented illode1 compaily. The iiidividual processes are based on practice-oriented
data for sectors such as Retailing or is managed by SAP just as any regular
business enterprise. SAP regularly updates the IDES data (master data,
transaction data, and customizing). Banking. The IDES group inanufactures
products as diverse as elevators, motorcycles, and paints.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpel,IIyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~wv.emaxtech.com
Introduction to SAP
IIIES We also carry out period-end closing aild plan with different time-horizons.
Transaction dala are ge~lzl.atedto ensure tlml Llle information systems in all areas
have access to realistic eval~~ation data. We are constantly in~plementingnew,
interesting business scenarios to highlight the very latest f~1ilctionsavailable in the
R/3 System. New fuilctioiis are represented and docunleilted by IDES scenarios.
Above all, IDES shows you the possibilities of the integrated applications in the
SAP System. It Covei-s all aspects of a business enterprise, including Human
liesources, Financial Accounting, Product Cost Planning, Overhead Management.
PI-ofitability Analysis, I'lanning? Sales and Ilistribution, Materials Management,
Production, a i d much, much more.
IDES shows you how the R13 Systeni s~lpportsproduction processes, the supply
chain, and the efficient usage of global resources. Or perhaps you would like to
increase your ~ulderstandingof just-in-time-production or the iiltegration of the
electl-onic I<ANI-i,4N s) slein in an MKP 1I en\lironment? IDES pl-ovides the ideal
%la) LO 1znr11 abo L I ~ dress such as Prociuc L C'OSL Conlrolling, Activity -Based
Costing, or integrated Service manage men^ and Plant Maintenance. How to
illanage lligll inflation is just one of tlze ever-growing iluiiiber of IDES business
scenarios that you call choose from.

eh/lws 'I'echnologies,Aineet-r)et,Ilydel.abacl
i'h No :+91 40 -65976727, C e l l No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~?v.emaxtech.com
~ABAP
Dictionary
EGIS C
a. Purpose
b. Types of Tab
c. Technical Requirements to
create the tab
d. Data Dictionary Data Types
f. Data Element
g. Steps to create the table
h. Structures
i. Foreign key Re ationship
j. Views
k. Lock Objects
ABAP Data Dictionary
We Never Compromise In Quality, Would You?
ABAP Dictionary:-
The ABAP Dictioilary ceiltrally describes and illailages all the data definitions
used in the system. The ABAP Dictionary is coillpletely integrated in the ABAP
Worl<bench. All the other coillpoilents of the Worltbeilch can actively access the
definitions stored i l l the A H A P Dictional-\..
ABAP Dicliollary supports the clefillition of user-defined types (dala
elements, structures and table types). You can also define the structure of database
objects (tables, indexes and views) in the ABAP Dictionary. These objects can be
autoinatically created in the database with this definition.
The most important object types in the ABAP Dictionary are tables, views, types
(claia elements, stn-uclut-es, 2nd table types), domains, search helps and lock
objects.
Purpose
Data defiilitioils (inetadata) are created and inanaged in the ABAP Dictionary.
The ABAP Dictioilary perinits a central description of all the data used in the
system ~ 1 i t h o ~redundancies.
t N ~ M01.J modified illformatioil is automatically
psovideii for all ~ l l e S ~ ~ L L~"oI~~i ~ ~ u l i e This
i i t s . ziisures data integrity, data
coilsisteilcy and data security.
Tables are defined ill the ABAP Dictioizary iildependeiltly of the database. A table
having the same structure is then created fiom this table defiilitioil in the
underlying database.
A table definition in the ABAP Dictioilary co~ltaiilsthe followiilg compoileilts:
a 'l'abie i'ieltls define ~ l l elield ilanles and data types of the fields contail~ed
in the table
Foreign keys define the relationsl~ipsbetween the tables.
Technical settings control how the table should be created in the
database.
Page I of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,I-Iyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxlech.com
We Never Compromise I n Quality, Would You?
Steps to create the table in DDIC:
Note: A Table is Simply Group of fields aiid which call store liiultiple records.
Table
1) Create the Structure of the table i.e the list of Fields and their
Technical attributes such as Data types, Lengths a n d Descriptions.
2) . , ~ IViemoi-y !'or
~ i j ~ - . . the ihe above tabie structure irr Database.
Technical Terms that helps in Creation of Data Base Table:-

Delivery Class:-
I t Defines the type of the data that is going to be stored and also it
defines the owner of the Table a i d also [he delivery class colitrols the transport of
talilz data for installation. ~lpgracle,client copy and when transportiiig between
c u s ~ o ~ isystelns.
~er
Delivery Description
Class
-- - -- - -- -- -- -
-
A
--- - - - - . - .-
Applicatioil
.- -- - --
table-
(master and transaction data) -
.
C Customizi~igtable, maii~teiianceolily by cust., not

- ..
.-. - -- -
SAP iiliport -- - -. --
- -- -- .
L -- -- ---
Table--
for storiiig
- -
--
temporary data, delivered
-
empty
-
Customizing table, protected against SAP Upd.,

--c only IlVS all.
E Coiitrol table, SAP and custo~iierhave separic
key- areas
- - - - - - - -- -
-..- -
System table, maint. oiily by SAP, change

modificatioii
-
. -
-
- - - - ---
--. -- -- -- -
-
System table, conteiits tra~isportablevia separate

TR obiects

Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.e~aa~~xteck.coi~~
ABAP Data Dictiona~y
Data Class: - It is the physical area or table space that the table has to be stored in
the Data Rase.
I-- - Data Class- - - -- - Description- -- -

APPLO 1 Master data. trans~arenttables
1- ELL
- -- --
USER
--
-- --
Transaction data, trailspareilt
Organizatioii and customizing
Custo~ller
- -
Data Class ---
-
tables
- -- --
ppp
USER1 Customer Data Class - - - --- -
Size Category- The size category defines the expected space required for the
table in the database. You call choose a size category from 0 to 4 for your table.
Each category is assigned a certain fixed ilieinory size in the database, which
depeiids on the database sj~stemused.
-- -- --
Size I Number of data records of table expected
Table Maintenance Allowed:

If you click on this clieck box, you call enter the entries into the
table.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,Ilyderabad
Pit No :+91 40 4 5 9 7 6 7 2 7 , Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~ ~ ~ a v ~ ~ . . e n ~ a x t e c h . c o m
We Never Compl-omise I n Quality, Would You?
Note: While Creating the 'l'able, We Call Provide the teclinical attributes such
as Data type, Length and Description of the Fields in 2-ways (Refer the below
diagram).
Fields with Fields with

Direct Data Data elements
Type & Domains
Table Table
Data Element
Data Elellleiit
a) One W a y is providing the technical attributes Directly.

1.e Provide the Data type, Length and Descriptio~lIndividually.
b) 2"d Way is providilig the teclinical attributes tl.lrougli Data Elements and
Doniaiiis.
i.e Provide the Data type. Length and Description by grouping into Data
Zlemeuls and fion-nains.
Note : We Never Provide the Technical attributes of the field using Direct
type instead it is always through Domains and Data Elements.

eMas 'l'ecl~iiologics,A~~ieer~~et,llycle~~abacl
PI1 No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, #.p.dw..emaxlecla.cam
--- - ---.-- ------
E4'e Never- Cornpr-omise In Quality, Would You?
--
Domain:- It is used to define the Technical Attr-ibules (Dcrta T j ~ und e Length)

and the Vcrltre Rnnges (Fixed Vulz~esand Intervals). A domcrin is ussigned to u
clcrl~relemer~/All /nOIe lie1~1.5or. s.lrccclz/r.e con~ponerzlsthcri 2u.e 1l7is dc/tn elenzent
//rclr / ~ L I \ , O lire ~?iti~le 1q 1170 L / O I ~ I L I / I ~ .
I.LIII:<L' (Ie/i17e~I
Data Element:--A Data Elellielit describes either an eler77entcrr.y type or a

reference m e . An elemeiltary type is defined by the built-in data type, length and
possibly the nulnber of deciiilal places. These type attributes call either be defined
directly in the Data Element or copied from a domain.
Iilfor~iiatioliabout the meanii~g(description)of a table field or structure
co~iiponen~ and inlbr~na~ion a b o ~ ~edihng
t (he corresponding screen field call be
assigned lo a Data Elenlent. T h ~ sinl'ormation is a~ltoniaticallyavailable to all
screen fields that refer to the Data Element.
Data Elemelits are used to provide F1 Help.
Advantaecs of Domains and Data Elements:
Customer No

eMax Technologies,Ameerpe1,IIyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, .s~~ww.enmaaxtech.c0111
We Never- <:ornnromise In Oualitv. Would You?
b) Foreign Key Relationships Call be illaiiltaiiled Because the Foreign Key

Field and Cl~eclttable field should have the Sa~lleDomain.
liilt;~Dictional-y i l i ~ l 'l'jrpes
i~ ileips lo CI-ewtethe Uomains:
Data Types Descriptions
ACCP Posting period YYYYMM

CIiAR Characlel string
CLNT Client
CUKY Curreilcy key, referenced by CURR fields
CURR Currency field, stored as DEC
DATS Date field (YYYYMMDD) stored as char(8)
DEC Co~ullteror a m o u ~field
~ t with coinina and sign
FLTP Floating point number, accurate to S bytes
ih1 1 I -by LC i~i~eger. iu~egci-numbzl < 255
IIVT2 2-byte integer, oilly Sor leilgtli field before LCHR or I,RAW
11UT4 4-byte integer. integer iluillber with sign
LANG Language ltey
LCHR Long character string, requires preceding INT2 field
LKAW Long byte string, requires preceding INT2 field
NLJ?\/IC Character string with old\/ digits
1' LIE C Precision oi'a QUAW iield
QUAN Quantity field, points to a unit field with format UNIT
KAW U n i n t e i ~ ~ ~ psequence
ted of bytes
TIMS Time field (hhmmss), stored as char(6)
VARC Long character string, no longer supported from Rel. 3.0
STRING Character string of variable length
11A MiSTli IN (;Byte string of \ ariable leng~h
UnT IT Unit key for QUAN iields

eMax Technologies,Arneerpet,I3yderabad
I Create the table to Maintain the Vendor General Data using

the Below Information.
Accouilt No
...~
~ ~ ~ ~
the Vendor
ORTO 1 C I-IA I? City
1 - - - - - ..
1
&I02
-I 35 District
:--L'
STRAS C A I 35 House
Number &
- - -- -
Street
LAND 1 CHAR 3 Country
I I Key
Domains and Data Elements Required to Create for the Above Table :
Data Elements:
Si~iccall the fields I.IFNR, NAME], OKTOI, ORT02, STRAS, LAND1 require
U n i q ~ ~Descriptions
e we need unique Data Elelllellts for each Fielcl.
-- - - --
- -~ilGl Name
- - ._-_
-r
-L..Oats Element
- - to Be Created
-
_ -
-
-- -- .-
.
-
LIFhTR ZGLIFNR(Vendor Accou~itNo)

I
-I -. NAME1 . -.
ZGNAME 1(Name Of the Vendor) --
1 ZGORTO 1(City)
~ ~ 6 k- ~ -
0-2-
-
.- - - -
- -
( l l i s t r i c t-
. - --
i
1 -
STKAS
LAhTD I _ L
ZGSTKAS(HOUS~
%GLANDI( ~ o ~ l i ~ t r ~
~urnbe& r Street) 1
em -.
DOMAINS: Since all the Below Fields have the same Teclmical Cl~aracteristics
(CHAR, 3 5 ) , One Domain is enough with the Data Type CHAR and Length 35.
NAMK5. <3il~K35
OR'l'Ol CIlAR35
ORT02 CRAR35
STRAS CHAR35
eMas ?'echnologies,Anieel-pet,IIyde~-abacl
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, \\ip.i:w.crnaxlecla.c0111
I ITileclName --- -----

Domain naines to be Created
1- NAME1 ZGCHAR35 , Wliicli is
all the Fields
No\$, We are ready ~ v i t lall~ the Ijomains and Data Elements Iiiforillatioli so that
\ \ e can stair crealing the ~ a b l c
Create tlze Tnble Using tlze Following Domains & Dntrr Elements:
Data
-
Element
-- ---. - Domain
-- - -- -- - - -
ZGLlFNK ZGCI-IAR1 0 - -
LGNAME 1 LC~CHLR~~
ZGCHAII35
ORT02
--
ZGORT02
STRAS
--
ZGSTRAS - ----- - --- -. - -- ----
LAND 1
-.
hotel:
We will create all the required Domains and Data Elements first so
that we can simply provide the same while creating the Table.
Note 2: W e Can Create the Data Elements in Two Ways

i.e. Create the Domain -> Data Element(BOTT0M- UP )
0 I"
Start with Data Element Creation then Domain from there.
(TOP - DOWN)
Steps to Create Domain: (IBO'1"l'OM- UP Approach)
Execute SE11 and select the 'Domain' optioii.

Provicle lie naiilc kZGCtlAR1O'and click on 'Create'.
Here elites tlie 'Short 'lext' aiid elites tlie 'Data type , Number of characters'
and Press 'ENTER'.
Page 8 of60 By Ganapati Adimulam

eMas 'I'ecl~nologies,A1~~eer~~et,I1ycIerabac
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, arww.emaxtech.csl~a~~
ARAP Data Dictionary
We Never Co~npromiseIn Quality, Would You?
Character string
P.10. characters 111
D F! I:: i 1-r-I a l 111I a c F! s 0
Save, Clleck and Active.

Malte Sure that the Domain is Activated
Steps to Creating Data Element.
Execute ' S E l l '.

Select the radio B ~ ~ t t o'Data
n Type' and Enter the name of the Data Type(Data
Element).

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,I3yderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.coi~~
ASAP Data Dictionary
We Never- Cornpl-ornise In Quality, Would You?
.................................. -.................... i
3 Dala element
..................................................
Stroctur~
lP<i.,I,?ly(j,>
. . -
iklFX ( I ) <E:,30! b = ?,,,A\:at,a(j2 lI\lS ......
.., . ,
,-stJltJ 3 '3
, Y '
~ , , ~ ~ ~ ~ j t ; A~ ~ ~A P~u i c: t i o; ...... ; i - ~ . x n-t/
~ ~ ~,unt,tlod $ 3 31.18ciosoft...
- -/ .'<;c;Cji
....... ~ ~ : ~ ~ , ~ c c c c u r ~ ~ a a t . . .
.1:31 fib,
Data elernen: LT.i.lFi,IP

text
S~~UII I
C<JI.?I,;l:#f
~..i.ngii-, 0 I I . ii
Data tgpe
Lsnytll O Decimal laces
Reierence t;pe
RcfsreiIcc t o
Enter the 'Short Text and the Domain which is already created ZGCHARIO.
Press ENTER After Dolllain is entered . So that it Copies the technical attributes
from Domain to Data element.. Save, Checlc and Active the Data Element..

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww\a;.emaxteclh.com
.&,H;ttritjutes Dent-lition Field lat:~el :
Maintain Field Label.

This L.abe1 \vill be displayed n.hen \ve refer the same While Designing the Screen
in Moclule Pool I'rogsamming.
!I:h ,:I rt t12::t i.l'e r Idl:, r :!.~:):oIJ1-11 I...l u r n 1 1er
Length F I ~~.ril:,cl
I ~
Sho1t
Medium
Note :
Repeat the Same Procedure to Create all the Domains and attach
the Domains to the Corresponding Data Elements while Creating
the Data Elements.

eMas 'I'eci.inologies,Ati~eer~)et,IIyclerabad
1'11 No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, .~?a.$~~\~..ernaxtech.conl
We Never Compl-omise In Quality, Would You?
Step by Step I'm-occcdua-c to Create the 'll'able :
1) Execute Transaction S E l l . The initial screen is as follows :

a
Data l y p n
?APlJ;EF' '= -ma, IN'>

astart
- -.- -
II,-~
,I C C I -
- --
I F - c ~r A~
, P
08 ~
--
r - ADAP ~ , C t t o n 1-11 1rm~,t1+4
110tc j*>$:i - ~2 p()
2) Click on the radio-button 'gatabase 'Table' as shown above, enter the

database naiile as 'ZGLB~AB'to be created and click on 'CREArP'K' button.
Enter the fields which are mandatory like 'Short Description', Geiivei-y class as
'A' ,and Check Table Maintenance Check Box in the screen as shown below.
; fi 0i os
6.- &;':rt~ 4, ' $6 Techn~calsett~ngs 1nde::e; .A.l?l~?nd
slluctute.
. . . . .............. . . ., ., , " ,. . .
, ""
Tr-artsparent t a h l c ZGLFAI t~lr!.i(Fc wised)

Shrrrt deccrlption Venclor [ l a s t e r Data
x l t r ~ b u l e ~ F~rld, Cutrenc: 'rlu?r~t held;
Table c a t e g u l y T r a n s p a r e n t tal:~le
Delivery class A
..........................................................
''@.TsDle rr~alntananceallowed
........................................................
. . . . . .- ........ ................. . - . --"". . . . , . ..-,

;@
........................
Thc o b j c c I , ~ ~ ~ , c r~n
c 11-le
~~o t ~t ~
. ~.g.i~. .n.longu:~gc
.s.l . . . . . . . .Englisli(EN)
..... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aJ\PIJSET) 'I: om>::........
INS ,,
i
2)c o , 12 of
n,c 60 By Ganapati Adimulam
eMas l'eclinologies,An~ee~-pet,IIyclerabacI
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~w.emaxteeh.6c~~11~xtecb.coz11
AUAP Data Dictiotlal-y
We Never <:orn~romiseIn Oualitv. Would You?
Then click on the Fidlds tab. Followiilg screen appears.
TI ar~sparenttal~lt? ZGLFAI l\leu~~(Rev~se~l)

5Iiort d ~ s r r ~ p t l n n ':endo1 I laster Data
Pttr~butcs ' Fields , ~Lurr~~ncy/1:~11atr1.

licirl$.
3) Provide the Field name and the Data Eleineilt for LIFhTR i.e ZGLIFNR
.\vl~ichis already created
Press Enter after entering the Data Ellement so that we get all the
information attached to it (Data Type, Length, Description).

eMax Technologies,Ameerpei,I-Iyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtec&.com
Note 2 : We Create the other Data Eleinents and Dolllains by Top-Down

Approach.
".
Transpalent table ::liLFY.l Ar,liv~

SP~arld r r . c r ~ p t ~ ~ ~ i ~ , , .t-,I
'.: IIJ~IIl~,l:r: l i , ~
,&,tt:.ttribuies Fields Ci~lrencdrl~~al~l.rields
Observe ZGNAMEl Data element is not yet created. To create it double-Click 011
the Field tl.pe(Jlata Element).
Note: Now cve are going lo create the Data Elements using Top-Dow-11.
Double click on the Data element ZGNAME1 to create it,
fi,tt.ttbute.: CleTinltli?n Field label
Provide sl~oi-ttext and domain name ZGCHAR35. Double click on the donlain to
create it.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~w.enama%8ech.csamm~x~ech.co~~~
We Never Comprornise In Quality, Would You?
D 111n-1a i n
Short te>$
Attributes ' t!efit-~ition . '.,'.~luerange I

8 2.-
Provide the Data type aild Lei~gth.
Save , Check and Active.
Press F3(BACK)
Note: Malce sure that the Doinail1 is Activated Before going back.
Note: After F3 we are at Data Eleil~eiltscreen. Save, Checlc, Activate the Data
Element.
Data element ZGNHME1 Ar,tiue

Sl'lo tt te%t p.larne ofttle . ~ e n d i ~ r
.&tttib~_rtes Derinit~l?n Field I?tjel
11
IL Length
<
:
3
- Ciecirn:31 place: [I
jj
Data t!ipe
Lengtl-I 13 Del;ir'r-~al ~:~lar:es 13
- Eeierenie P$:;y:~tr.
.. :..
c. .
:I L,0+.3 t 6 ,-,,-.G t,-, j !
Save , Check and Activate.( Now the Data eleinent ZGNAME1 is activated).
Press F3 to go back to the Table Screen.

eMas 'Tecliiiologics,Amee~-l)et,Plyclerabacl
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~vw\~.emaxtec8l.com
We Never Cornpl-ornise In Quality, Would You?
Steps to INCLUDIY Str~~cture:

in nll /he l(eyz~iredTables.
Include Structure is used to include the structure to a custoill Table.
Open the Database Table in Chai~geMode, i.e Execute S E l l and Provide the
Nanle ol'the 'I'able and Click on Change
Select the Row i.e where you want to JNCLUDE the Structure and tl~enclick 011
'+' or 'New Rows' button
Provide .INCLUDE as Field ilaille and Structure name as Field type as

sho\\n below. Save, Checli and Activate.
pand All Include Button to see the fields included in the

Structure.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,IIyde~-abad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~w.emaxleck.conn1
1.1.~1:1~.- ');I F b l TI sil;pdl r l IIT r l ~ l e

Short te:-3 'J'.?r~,iior I.lsstor Csata
Last ~th31-1gsd SAPUSER 0 2 . 0 7 2UlI6
status PI e " ~ ~hiutsaved
' Lnrjical slutage psrarnetels,

Dats c l l s s /;.FPLlIl
:-<I~F~c:,t~gnt-:; ,- c
r:.
Elites the Data Class and Sizc Category. Save It.
LU pj:F.!laster data. transparent tables

Ciata recorcls ex1:recten. n to ? c100
Press F3 to collie back to the main screen.
Save, Check, Activate the table.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpei,I-lyderabad
Attributes Fields Cutrency!qusnt, fields
Path to iuaiiltaiil tlie Data on the Table Utilities -> Table conteilts -> C~-entt.

eMax Technologies,Arneerpet,I3[yderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~~rwaa;.ernaxtech.co~~~
We Never Cornpi-omise In Quality, Would You?
Above screen is displayed. Enter the Vendors details. After eilteriilg save Ctrl + S
or Press Save Ruttoll to update the table contents.
Reset
--- - -- -- - - -- "- -
ACCOilnt 112345
I4arne L?T the \.'endor C t l s Y TIICI IIIOLOGIES

CJC H', DEP3BsD
O~~Lricl F-116-FEPC,,
Path to view the conteiits of the table. Utilities -> Table Contents ->Display.
Page I9 ol' 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

eMax Technologies,Amee~~pei,IIyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, bvwm .ennmaxlech.con~
I~:~IIII~~I,:
,.~~J,TI !
Attributes Field Gr;il,hlc
-

eMax Technologies,Ameel-pewderabad
Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~w.emaxtech.com
ABAY Data Dictionary
Press F8 for all the records or provide the Required Vendor Account No's and
then Execute(F8).
Vet-(dor A ~ ~ n u Ikiu
n t Iblarnr O f ti-IB"andnr- C i t y Dist.
.,I 15-15 EI'1A:- TE8::IiII~'~LOi5IE:I H ; OER;t:kD F:411G

-.
Working With STRUCTURES :-
I f we have tl~reeData Base tables ZGLFA1 ,ZGI<NA 1,ZGTOO 1
- . -
1 %-
- - - - ----
S - .- -
STliAS
T
-
I
A hTni
L l Y U l
-
LAND 1
Note : Here the Same Set of fields NAMEl,ORTOl,ORTO2,STRAS,LANDl are

repeated in all the tables . Instead Of maintaining all the fields in all the above
tables it is better to group tlie repeated fields as a structure and where we can
simply include the saine structure in ally numbel. of Custom(User Defined) tables.
The central definition of structures that are used nlore than once iilaltes it possible
for them to be changed centrally. The active ABAP Dictionary then rnaltes this
change wherever required. ABAP programs or screen templates that use a
structure are automalically adjusted wlie~ithe structure is changed (see Runtinle
Objects). 'T'his ensures tlie greatest possible co~lsiste~lcy
of the data definition, also
for complex programs.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,IIyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.@aaa~1~8ech.c01lp
Steps to create Structures.
Eyecute Sk1 1 . C'lick on the .Data 'E').pe' o p t ~ o non the screen Enter the Name
and click on 'Create'.
Select the option 'Structure' in the nest screen.
Press Enter.

eMax Teclinologies,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
1'h No :+91 40 -65976727, Ceil No : 99454 31808,95490 34399,51.ni4t.eanaxSec81.con1
Dfi;li62ijn,j;,;9jj;2j&j&f;,. z;,*ur-grgre
"9q3 @ ' . 6,I ,", & i . Hierarchy display Append structure
Enter the Short text, C:omponent(l~ield Name) and Component 'I'ype(Data

Element).
NOTE: Here all the coinponent name start with 'ZZ' as per the SAP
Recommendation.
Please Malte use of the Data Elements which we already created for the Sanie
Save, Check, Activate Afizr Providiiig all the Coniponents and Conlponeiit
Tv~es.
Page 23 of 60 By Ganapali Adimulam

eMax 'l'echnologies,A~neerpei,IIyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell NO : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emna%l.ech.con~rv.e~n~~xtech.co~~~
Steps to INCLUDIY Str~~cture:

in nll /he l(eyz~iredTables.
Include Structure is used to include the structure to a custoill Table.
Open the Database Table in Chai~geMode, i.e Execute S E l l and Provide the
Nanle ol'the 'I'able and Click on Change
Select the Row i.e where you want to JNCLUDE the Structure and tl~enclick 011
'+' or 'New Rows' button
Provide .INCLUDE as Field ilaille and Structure name as Field type as

sho\\n below. Save, Checli and Activate.
pand All Include Button to see the fields included in the

Structure.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,IIyde~-abad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~w.emaxleck.conn1
API'I<ATI1Sfrc~cfL[I-e:-
Here as we use 'BWd'l1,1JDl3' structure fbr custoiii table or user defined
table, we use 'APPEND' Structure for adding tlie required fields for the standard
database tables.
Note : Even adding one field to the standard table also should be done via
APPEND Structure
Procedure lo APPENii siruclure:-
1) Open S E l l and 'Display' tlie table to which the structure is to be

amended.
Click on 'Display'.

Ph N o :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~y.esnaxtech.com1
@.
.............................
iryap?~?l~flt.!~!!? TCIO'I Actwe
..
.;l~urt descrlptlon c:ompany codes
,&.~:lpet-~~_l -:.ttucture .
Tl~enclick on the "-- - ---- b~~ttoll
011 the 'Applicatioi~Toolbar'. Then
follo~vinyscreen appears.
i
"&, 1'
LO
; . 6% a "" 8 Teclinical set!jngs Indeves . Append stiucture ...
TI-ilnspar~t
....... ;
:sl,,>lloe.i5c --... - - . - - .
. -.-- .. . . .
-.
1lie11 click on the 'New Appelid S L ~ L I C ~ L I I - e ' lor appeildiilg structure to the
-
standard Database table.

eMas Technologies,Arneel~pet,IIydel-abad
Pli No :+9l 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxlech.coan
We N e v e r Compromise In Ooalitv, Would You?
Enter the structure llallle slartiilg with '2'or 'Y'. Then say 'ENTER' or click on
Eiiter 'Short Text' and the required Components(Fie1d Names),Colliponei11

Type(Data Element).
NOTE:- When ever we are saving the 'Structure' while using APPEND
remember to save it in a transportable development class(1t will be provided
in REAL, 'rime). Do not save it in LOCAL OBJECT as it is not
'Il'ransportablefrom Development server to further.

eMax Teclinologies,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emsxtech.coa~~
-
In Quality, Would Yon?
M1e Never Cornp~-o~nise
Save the Structure, 'Check it' andl Active'. Then coiile back to tlie table screen
by pressiilg F3 or the back button.
,, . , .,,, , .
&;,,;;;sf~;;, K:?; ,, :=;,;ag ;ac;:c;;
+ t;---
I CD = &2 : +:. 3 , k@ @ @ Techn~cal.?ett~r~qs I n d u x ~ s. Append stluctuie
... , G;p
-.-. ............. ... ----.,---*--,---- ,-- . . . . .
.............................
............................tnblei
:Transparent TClCll Active
S T ~ o litl c ~ c ~ l p l i u n i'o~npalry Coclcs
....
. S ~ I I ~ - I J SFiclds
' : C~~i~cncy/z-luani
lic.lils
I
which we had appended to tlie

standard Database table.

eMax Technologies,Ameel-pei,I%yderabad
Pi1 No :+91 40 -65976727, <:ell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~v~~~w.emaxtcech.con~
Worlting With FOREIGN KEY:-

Delinition : Is a Field in one Table that is coi~nectedto another table via
lqoreign I<ey relationship and the purpose is 10 validate the data being entered in
one Table (Foreign Key Table) with a valid set of values from another
table(Check Table).
Let us analyze the situatioil where we have to create the foreign key Relationship
Elltries in
!
- .. . - . . -
VOO00 1 eMax Hyderabad

.~
7
.. - - ~ ~ 1echnolo-sics ~ - . ~. .~~-~ ~~~ ~ ~
-
~00002
~- ~ - ~
Clarion
... ..
Park -
Hyderabad ~
Note: This is the nlaster table for vendors i.e. these are the only vel~dorsthat we
deal always.
%GFURCllASE-l'ab!e to PJIaintafn the l'ili-chasing Details of the Vendor
ViF-rLIFNR AMOUNT
-- .
Note: The system accepts this purchase order details if we don't have the Foreign
Key relatiollship between ZGPURCHASE, ZGLFAl. But in business sceileriao
it sl~ouldnot happen to lllaiiltain the purchase orders for the vendors w l ~ i c are
l ~ not
illaiiltained in the nlaster table. This should be always avoided and this oilly
possible flu-ough establisl~inga Foreign Key relationship betweell LIPNR of
ZGPIJKCllASli: ancl %GIIII'A1.
Technical Requirements to create a Foreign Key:-
a) The Don~aillnames of the field in the Foreign Key table and for the field in
the Check table sl~ouldbe same.
b) The field in the check table should be Primary Key.

Steps to create Foreign Key Relationship.

eMax 'Technologies,Ameerpet,IIyderabad
Step I . Ope11 the Foreigii Key table and select the Foreign ICey field. Click on
~:>j(,;$j<>f':,*~,y: 'Ti%j,dj4.:
T r a n ~ [ 3 a r e nT
t BI~IC --
LI~PURCHASE Actl\'e
BhurL deb~rll~liiln Purcl-sass table
Short text
c.~,~cI, tirole
--- e
> L#I
,,J. - -
~ .. -l l ?I-.
Il rl lj
illoh-lie ; - f i e l d s i s a n d i d a l e s
l i e . .t~elds;cand~dzte;
Key t i e l d s of a La:L t a b l e
Provide the Check table iiaiiie, short texL and Click on 'Generate Proposal'
button.
The system Generates a Proposal with the Foreign Key and all the Primary Key
fields fsoni Check table whose Doinail1 name are same with the Foreign Key
I 1o111ail1.

eM;is 'i'echnologies,A~~ieel-pet,J
iytlel-abad
Ph No :+91. 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~~~~um.e~naxlecih.com
iaBAP Data Dictionary
We N e v e r C:omprornise 111 Quality, Would You?
Press 'Enter' or click on the 'Copy' buttoil. Foreign Key relation is established
between Z 6 1 , I ~ A Iand %CP8JR<:HASE
Transparent table ZGPVRCHGSE lnacti18e!Rev~seii)

. .
S ~ ~ tU~I ~ C SI'I~JLIOI
I. I PLIICI id3e LBIJI?

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,Hyderabacl
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxteclir.co~
This the fig. before creating Foreign Key relation
T ~ -- ? - - table
<rr~..jldient
- ZC;PUF.:CIIASE Active
S h o ~ descri~tior-I
t Purchase Labl~:
Att~lbutos Fields f , ~ l ~ ] ~
C~~~r~1i,:y;r~11:,~~1.
Check Table ilame

is trailsferred for
, ,
'rTiooei.;no ...,
Fon-cign Key:- This \vill be triggered Lhrougll GUI only i.e. the data
%rill be validated ibr the input provided through screens only . It will not
validate the Foreign key relation wl~enu Insert the data into Foreign ltey table
through Open SQL that is the reason SAP always suggest to update the Data Base
Tables o11ly through Trailsactioizs (Screens).
\Vorl<ing with Currencv(Amount) and Quantitv fields:
When we are worl<ing with iiiternatioilal custonlers and Veildors if you provide
only the Anlount figure i.e. 1000, but is not enough as it is not clear whether it is
1000 INR,1000 USD,1000 EUR, 1000 MYR etc. So you have to always provide
the currency ltey(IhTR,USD etc),when we are worlting with Amounts.
Si~nilasly\vhen we are \,vorking with quantity we have to provide Units of the

quantity.
Note : When the Ai-nount Fields are created by using Data type CURR and the
Quantity Fields by Using QUAN. Then only the systeill expects Curreilcy
I<ey(CUKY) as reference for Amount and Units ltey(UN1T) as reference for
Quantity. This is must to create a table Currency and Quantity fields

eMax TecIinologies,Ameerpe1,13[yderabad
Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell NO : 9948444808,98490 34399, www.ernilxlech.com
We Never Compromise In Quality, Would You'!
lqield~ame ~ D ~ ~ T Reference
I
-
Data type
--- -
AMOUNT
i
1
'l'ype
- --
CUKK
--
I --
-
CUKY
UNIT
--
- I
Note : Now w-e will add Quantity Field to ZGPURCEIASE.
Operl the :.able ZGPURCI-IASE in Change h/lode and Click on New Rows to add
[he Quantity Field.
Transl:~arent t.rible
--
LI;F!JKI:I [::I Ina~:tl-eiFevisedj
Short clcsil'iption Pt~i-iii;rst?tal-iie
Create Data element ZQUAN and When you create the Domain , n~altesure that
the Data Type should be Q'EJAN as below.

eNl;~s'l'echnologies,Ameel-pe1,Ilyderabacl
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wta~lc.emaxhech.com
And also create another field(Referei1ce field for Quantity) with Data type UNIT.
Wheil you create reference field dolllaill for Quantity , make sure that the Data
sl~ouldbe lJNIrl'as below.
=# 'y '$2 9;' : $3

..........................................
;-l ~e cL ,R, ....-.
. Be IEfl Techlii~3Iset!ii,g~ !n(je::i.s..
............-.. .....
'.:.......... ,..- :., ...
Transparent t a l ~ l e ZGF~I~F;I:~~;~,~~ Insctlve

:!I 18 #I18 l?:.>l:l l[.?ll8.>l
I 1 ' 1 1 1 1 I1 1.11. I . l I 1 1 1 .

eMax 'I'ecl~~iologies,A~i~ee~.pet,IIy~le~~abad
PI1 No :+91 40 -6597672.7, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ean~axhech.com
--
We Never (:omp~.ornise In Quality, Would You?
" . ..-.. .,-. , ...
. ,....
--.-.?.l
>1.
. ," - -..'. .?,.
. .,. ._^_..___.^_
- .
[~~&&m2~~2~2;~i;>r;~jl~ic~>~+5~~~;i3Fs5h~7+3~~z-22,;~
-.-.,.
. . . .' ,_-.-
.. -__..
.^^I
TZS. r..
,&
.
.c7aiL;:sr! ~5
....-. Cc.%*&?-:,i?.--i
. . . . *_-
-r.,,.a ._,,_
--:;:
a ,.,?. iF;+?:-. . . ..lS<7^ -?.
A ~ Z ~ " r.
,
r:
-_ _
. ,. . ., ... ,..."is..- $..! _.,"F " .--
:,
,
(.
i
!-:,.
;Itt~itiutes Uufiniliun : h e l d label
ZLJV.liT5
....... -..
Data t',,jpe UI~IIT
I l , i ~ ~ , l ~ ~: ~ I ~ ~ . , ~ I , ~ II .I . I, I. ~ ~ - ~ . n
Note : Repeat the Same for AMOUNT field it is 'CURR' and for Currency
field it is 'CUKY'.
i':':~~~rencii/quant
helijs
Now click on rlie lab
Dktj/3f223219,; #Jqaig$agx,Iz:fjfie
+ ; c-9
+ G-.
& + : 1 @ tf8 Tecl-meal settlrogs I~lde,:es..
-.
;6 ; :?.: '.:;r: ,.:
--
T r a n j p a r r n ~t a b l e LP(lF,CH-SE IUW
Slrm-s#L ,.ie::m:,.~l.,Lim:mj) Fl-~rm.I#:r.:.~
1.31.(1?
table and Ref.Field as UNITS for

QUANTITY and CURRENCY for

Ph No :+91 40 --65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtecQ~.com
AUAI' Data Diclionary
This is how 'Currency And Quantity Fields' are related to the units of the
particular fields.
Views
Views are logical views on more than one table. The structure of the view is
defined in the ABAI' Dictionary. A view oil the database call then be created from
h i s structure.
-
51 Data aboul an applicalio~lobjecl is ot~eildistributed on several tables
e By defiliing a view, you call define an application-dependent view that
combilles this data.
The structure of such a view is defined by specifying the tables and fields
used in the view.
a Fielcls that are not required can be hidden, thereby minimizing interfaces.
e A view can be used in ABAP programs for data selection.
View o n t h e t a l , l c s

eMax Technologies,Ameer~1et,I3ydet'abad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw.emaxBech.com
The data of a view is derived fro111 one or more tables, but 11ot stored physically.
7he simplest forln of del-iving data is lo ~ ~ ~ aout
s l one
i or more fields from a base
[able (projec~ion)or to include on)) certain enlries of a base table in the view
(selection).
Four different view types are supported. These differ in the way in which the view
is iinpleilleilted and in the illethods permitted for accessiiig the view- data.
Database views are iniplen~entedwith an equivaleilt view on the database.
Data about an application ob-ject is often distributed on selfera1database tables. A
database view provides an application-specific view on such distributed data.
Database views are defined in the ABAP Dictionary. A database view is
autonlatically created in the uilderlyiilg database when it is activated.
O Projection views are used to hide fields of a table (only projection).

Projectioil views are used lo hide fields of a table. This call mii~imizeinterfaces;
for exainple when you access the database, you oilly read and write the field
coilteilts actually needed.
A pro.jectioil view- coiltaiils exactly one table. You canliot define selection
coilditions for projectioii views.
e Ilelp \~iel-\rs
can be uscd as selection ~nethoclin search hell~s.
You have to create a help view if a vi 11 outer join is needed as selection
metllod of a
search help.
Maintenance views permit you tain the data distributed on several
tables for one application ob.ject at one time.
A iilaiilte~lanceview per~ilitsyou to maintai~i[he data of ail application object
together. The data is autoillatically distributed in the underlying database tables.
The maintenance status determiiles which accesses to the data of the underlying
tables are possible with the maintenance view.
DATABASE VIEW ( Most of the times we work with Data base View only):-
Open SEl 1, select the option 'View' 011 the screen . Enter the name of the 'View'
to be created and click on 'Create'.

eMax 'I'echnologies,Amee~'pet,IJyderabad
1'11 N o :-1-9140 -65976727, (:ell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, n .enlaaxlech.coa-1?
...........................................
:...................................
c G,3t~b:rc.c ule,,,:
P i o ) e c t ~ o ~w. ,e v i
liilaintel-iarlie ~ l e - . , ?
Help ,vie,$!
.g Copy X
Click on tlie Database View and say 'Enter' or click on the 'Copy' button.
Enter the Short text and table names in tlie 'Tables' for which view lias to be
created.
Select the tables ii-om \.\/here -\we derive the Vielv aiid Click on tlie
?age 38 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

eMas '~cchnologies,Amect-pet,~Iy~leraba~l
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w.vo~w.emaxtec1~~coam~
ARAP Data Dictionary
In Quality, Would You'!
We Never Co~iil~rornise
Click 011 the 'Copy' buttoil or press 'Enter'. A list of fields whicli are having
foreign ltey related fields are displayed.
Page 39 of 60 By GanapaCi Adimulam

Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wwm .cmaxtech.com
Atlributes Tabialjoin c u ~ ~ d i l i o t ~ s 1 , : i e l e i t i o i ~conditions . I!tla~nts l s t l ~ s
1 ,p; tl I] ,:.
Then click on the lab to select Ille list of the fields from the tables
that are to be displayed along with Priillary and Foreign Key Fields.
Note: Here either we illailually enter the field names and the table naines that are
Tatile fields
l o bedispla~edor \\e can clicl; where the systeill proposes
the tables. Fro111 there we call selecl the lields fi-om each table.
.. .
". .. . -, . . .,. - .. . . -.
if??;,,:,4"-#4/,'2y,,.-e
nLz42;,, "',,'. - ~zi;r$%,Ji%,,&
/" ;&<.i:
y <0' e a=;&%
b-- " + ' & %, 'S!Em
. ., ,,,,,,..., ....... ... ...... ,.........,...."."" ... . . .. . .. .,.... ", ,,,.,,,,,, ..,,,,,.,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,
.,',
,, ,,,, ,,,,,, " " " "" " " ", , ,
Oatabase \.(IE)!~
-. .
L~,'JEI~IL~CIR i.,Je-. - .-
,,,*.jP~e,!,>cl.
~ r , o jt te t 'V~miu'fromZ G L F A I anii ZGPl.IHCHGSE
Click on the Table, and 'Choose' button. List of fields of tlie table are displayed.
Select the fields and say 'Copy' or press 'Enter'. And again Click the buttoil
Page 40 of 60 Bv Gananati Adimulam

eMax 'I'echnologies,Ameerpei,I-Iyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emax8ech.com
"L'wble 1;Ields' Tor selec~ingthe fields fi-om the seco~ldtable. Select the fields
iro111 the secoild table say 'Copy' same as the above.
Repeat the saille for other ~ablesalso.
Save, Check, Activate.

eNl;tx 'I'ech1~ologies,A1~ieerpe1,1~le1-abatl
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, <:ell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww~v.enamawlech.co~~~
Projection Views
Projectio~lviews are used to hide fields of a table. This can illinimize interfaces;
for example when you access the database, you oilly read and write the field
coilteilts actually needed.
A projection view coiltai~is exactly one table. You callnot define selectioil
collclitio~lsfor projectioll views.
There is no correspoizdiilg object in the database for a projectio~lview. The W3
Systein maps the access to a projectioil view to the correspo~ldiilgaccess to its
base table. You call also access pooled tables and cluster tables with a projection
view.
Table definition in
the ABAP Dictionary
Projection view
on table
: f
\ ACESS to data 3 t h
'\ datat~aseinterface
The maintenance status of the view coiitrols 11ow the data of the table call be
accessecl \\!i111 the prqjeclio~ivie\?.
Steps '1'0 create Proiection View:-
1) Execute S E l l and select the radio button View and provide the View
Name.

eMax Tecl~nologies,Amee~~~et,I-Iyderabacl
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wwaa.emax~ectt.com
ABAI' Data Dictionary
Dalabaae table
L' ::is\.. ZG,,!ENDORJ
t2.
Domain
S c s ~ c hi-#ell:t
1-08 k~ ob,i:cl
-
SAC'IJSER *- rlq~jnnlm?rk IF15
Click on Create and lllalte sure that you selecl l'rojection View Radio Button
,'Enter'.
IJl?llllT,,,1IIZC, .,e.::.
Help >:ir*.:
Enter an explailatory short test in the field Short text

Enter a table name in the field Base tuble.( A projectioil view always colltaiils
exactly one table.)
Page 43 of 60 By Ganapati Aditnulam

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,E-Iyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~v~~liw.emaxtech.coml
Introduction to ABAP.Programming
We Never Cotnprotnise in Quality, Would You?
DAY-1
ABAPl4 - Advanced Business Application Programniing
language.
4 - 4''' Generation Language
It is Not Case Sensitive.
Is Event Driven Programming Language.
This overview describes application programming in the R/3 .System. All
application programs, along with parts of the W3 Basis system, are written in
the ABAP Workbench using ABhP, SAP'S programming language. The
individual coinpoiieilts of application prograins are stored ill a special section of
the database called the R/3 Repository. The R/3 Repository serves as a central
store for all of the developmeilt objects in the R/3 System. The following sections
of this docuiiieiitatio~l cover the basics and characteristics of applicatioii
~~rogramming.
A - Advanced
f- I I
B - Business To Work With
A - Application(s)
(- P - Programming

eMax 'I'echnologies,Amee~-pet,lIyderabad
(& , grl 63 g3 rgj @ 3 a a

.
,,
>.,;, ; j : ~ ) ~ )f<y; ;~ $&2ji~ 2
;g
;j $/i<,;?fij
@
,
:,
,,
,
6:g p; ; c. . n$, : ,O,

....
SZ Ed
-- .... . ........ ... - -.... ...... .
Prr~jectiunvie\,\,
-~ c-.; v. C t ~ 0 r ) R Active
S h ~ ttext
t v e n d o r Prnlrctiun \:!e',!i
' ldble fields
Steps to display the contents from the Vie\?;.
Eilviroim~eilt-> Keuositorv Infomation Svstem.
Click on AHAI' Dictionary -> Basic Obj's -> View-s.
Page 45 of GO By Ganapati Adimulam

eMax 'l'echnologies,Amee~-pel,llytlel-abacl
..
*.;A
.'...-........'. , .....
...7..'......?.-.'.
. l .
6
. . . .
3 .,; . <& (3(g> ,:
....
, UAyJQB mm Q]@g
@><; fi&g2cj<;;~~c>rv> ;;$f&rBg;#,~~f,jfj "5;$ds;fc,Tj
s *:' W .:
d P;r a. set oilists
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
'' -i F!!3 Piepostor>,, Information S y s
> El~l..i-- * - e t ~ i y ~ t - ~ e e ~ - l ~ t g
- I/.,E:AFI leas[lirtlonjr'?i
- 2 ti~l..ll. ,L<l:q:,
Iz'1 I ' 11,I.l.~l I 8I~~la:.
. :,;,: .
IF;*; ~
.............
@ oat3 ?lei-nents
B str-uctilies
@I
Taljla P>:pes
O Domains
Srarch r~elljs
B LOCI( oijjects
6 1Otl-lei. o b ~ e c t s
? A Flclds
. . . . .J ~ - ' ~ ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ I - ~ I ~ ~ I I ~ ~ I
1 j'\.r;,;p # - ) I , l WI8~,
A El~l..ilr-.
Select the View name fi-om which Data is to be displayed.
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxdech.coin

..;-' ,.-., ez. b+ u

',
+ @, b' hi. '.d' iYd ' & CI,m.,os- Swr '?iimbinemi lisl I\le.~;;elrct~c
-. ........... . . . . ....... ..... ..
V i eiw n a l n r Sttor t t e x t
-.
.. -
....
1 ~ TC;'
; ,!EI.IDOF; i f e l - ~ d o rP r o ] ect, or-, l'i ew
Ivlellu Path View -> Test / Execute.
Execute.

eMax Teclinologies,Ameerpet,I-Iyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxrecR.son1
We Never Colnprolnise In Quality, Would You?
Final Output.
. . . , ,, :;, '.,,,' :
. . , .. : . . . - ...,-,.
, ,.:;:., EL:.
....... i 7 :
,
i - ' .., , , . .,
-
~
- ... ---...... ..... - .... -. .. -.-.. .- .-
[iilsse 1 do]-f
I?IIII?AGO
H itrlburg
I;:TIIF:I?CK
E:e,. 1 iI-,
Fral-rkful-t
Eosrnl~ri,ri
St~~ttgal-t
..... W 1 Luiidond
i,lentiheini
Frankfurt:I'iain
Hannover
Lock Objects
The RJ3 System synchronizes simultaneous access of several users to the same
data records with a lock mechanism. When interactive trailsactions are
programmed, loclts are set and released by calling functioli modules. These
i i ~ ~ l c ~ lllodules
ion are au~oli~alically
generated fro111the defiiiition of lock objects
in the ABAP Dictionary.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,IIyderabacl
Pi1 NO :-1-9140 -65976727, Cell NO: 99454 44808,98490 34399, ~ ~ ~ . e l ; n s x l @ c h . c ~ i n
We ever-~Compt-omise In Quality, Would You?
Structure of a 1,ocli Object
The tables in w11icl1 data records sl~ouldbe loclted with a loclt request are defined
in a lock object together with their key fields. When tables are selected, one table
(the priinary table) is first selected. Fui-tl~ertables (secondary tables) call also be
added using foreign lcey relationships.
I,ock Arguments
The loclc arguineilt of a table ill the loclc object consists of the ltey fields of the
table.
The loclc argument fields of a loclt object are used as input parameters in the
f~lnctionmodules for setting and renloving locks generated from the loclt object
cle tin~tion.14"\'1e11thesc f~tinctionmodules are called, the table rows to be loclted or
~1111ocked are specified by defining certain values 111 these fields. These values can
also be generic. The lock arguinent fields therefore define which subset of the
table rows sl~ouldbe loclted.
A loclc inode can be assigned for each table in the loclt object. This inode defines
how other users can access a loclted record of the table.
Access by illore than one user can be syilchronized in the following

a Exclusive lock: The loclted data can only be displayed or edited by a
single user. A request for anotl~erexclusive loclt or for a shared loclt is rejected.
a Shared lock: More than one user can access the loclted data at the sanle
time in display illode. ti request for another shared loclc is accepted, even if it
comes from another user. A11 exclitsive loclt is re-jected.
O Exclusive but not cumulative: Exclusive loclts can be requested several
times fi-om the sanle transaction and are processed successively. I11 contrast,
exclusive but not cumulati\~eloclts can be called only once from the same
transaction. All other loclt requests are rejected.
I'arameters of the I;unction Nlodules
Field Names of the Ilock Object

The keys to be loclted must be passed here.
A further parameter X <$el& that defines the lock behavior w l ~ e nthe initial
value is passed exists for every lock field <lieid>. If the initial value is assigned
to <field> and S <Jield>, then a generic lock is initialized with respect to
<field>. If <$eld>-is assigned tile initial value and X-<field> is defined as X,the
loclt is set wit11 exactly the initial value of <field>.
l'age 49 of 60 By Ganapati Adilnulam

eMax 'I'echnologies,Ameerpet,IIyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxaech.comn~
We Never Co~iip~.ornise
In Quality, Worlld You?
Parameters for Passing Iloclis to the IJpdate Pro,oram

A lock is generally reinoved at tlie end of tlie trailsactioil or when the
correspondiilg DEQUEUE f~~iictioii iiiodule is called. However, this is not the
case if the transaction lias called update routines. In tliis case a paranieter iiiust
checl; that the lock lias been removed.
Parameter -SCOPE colltrols how the lock or lock release is passed to the update
prograiii (see The Owner Concept for Loclts). You have tlie following options:
-SCOPE = 1: Loclts and lock releases are not passed to the update
program. Tlie lock is reilioved when the trailsaction is ended.

SCOPE = 2: The loclt or lock release is passed to the update program.
~ ~ p d aprogram
te is responsible for remol~ingthe locl;. The interactive program
with which tlie lock was requested no longer has an iiiflueece on the lock
behavior. Tliis is the standard setting for the ENQUEUE f~uictioiimodule.
-SCOPE = 3: The lock or lock release is also passed to the update
program. The loclt iilust be reiiioved in both the interactive prograni and i11 tlie
update program. This is the standard setting for the DEQUEUE function module.
Parameters 10s- I,oek M o d e

A paraiileter MODE <TAB> exists for each base table TAB of the loclt object.
The loclc iiiode for tiis base table call be set dynamically with tliis paranieter.
Valid values for tliis paranieter are S (shared), E (exclusive) and (exclusive but
not cumulative).
The lock ~iiodespecified \vhen the lock object for Ilie table is created is t l ~ edefault
\/alue for tliis parameter. This default value can however be overridden as
required when the function module is called.
If a loclc set with a loclc mode is to be renioved by calling the DEQUEUE f~lnction
module, this call must have the saiile value for the parameter MODE-<TAB>.
Contl-olling Locli Transmission

Parameter C:OLLECrT' controls \,\illether the loci< request or lock release should
be performed directly or whether it sliould first be written to the local loclc
container. This parameter can have the following values:
Initial value: The lock request or lock release is sent directly to the loclc
server.
e X : Tlie lock request loclc release is placed in tlie local lock container.
01-
The lock requests and locli releases collec~edin tliis lock contailier can then be
sent to the loclt server at a later time as a group by calling the function iiiodule
FLUSH-ENQUEUE.
e3 Lock Mechanism

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ennaxtech.com
4. Control Structures
Duration - i Day ( * 2 Hrs)
A.BRANCHING
2. CASE-WHEN -
B. LOOPING
1. Conditional (DO-
ENDDO)
2 . Un-Conditional
(WHILE-
ENDWHILE)
We Never Cornpromise In Quality, Would You?
-<.\
Lot:$: t a b l e
Ta blr T A B
1.Z.l I.:.': [:,.I
- --
I er! fields
This loclt procedure requires that all prograins involved cooperate. Iiiconsiste~icies
can occur if a prograiil reads or changes data without liaving previously loclted it.
When a loclt is set, the data records are only protected against changes by another
program if this prograni also requests a loclt before accessing the data.
Instead ofvvritiiig lock requesls or lock releases directly in [lie lock table, it is also
possible to collect tlieiii first in a local loclc container. Tlie collected loclts can be
sent at a later time as a group. A paraiiieter of the relevant fuiictioll module
controls whether a loclt request or loclt release is sent directly.
You can find further iiiibrl~iation about tlie loclt concept aiid liow loclc
management worlcs in the documentation The lU3 Lock Concept.
Creating l,ocli Objects

I. Select object type Lock objecl in tlie initial screen of tlie ARAP
Dictionary, enter an object nailie aiid choose 'Cretlte'. Tlie iiaine of a loclt object
should begin with an E (Enqueue).
Tlie maiiiteiiaiice screen for lock objects is displayed
2 Enter an explanatory short text in the field Short text.

I'age 52 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam
eMax Tech~~ologies,Arnee~~pel,IIyclerabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, =~~,z.emaxfech.conm
We Never C:o~np~-o~nise
In Quality, Would You?
You call tlieli use the short text to find the lock object at a later time, for example
with the W3 Repository Iilforillatioil System.
PL,lrct
LOCI.:
511011 text
.,
I,'>
.;
... s; 0%
EZLF.GI
- .:. nag
u
Ol:~jecti c ~ r i ' e n c ~ o
LOCI< brasred
i
l.le*i(f'e~,lsed)
. -
.
4ttrll8utes Tables Lurk pziilmeter
Last c l i s n g e d on:by ~-
5c;PUSEF: 02 D 7 . 2 D U B
DevaluyJment class
Ol-iglnsl Isn<gl.lage Ell El-8yllsi-I
3. Enter the ilallle of the primaq~table of the lock object.

All other tables in the loclt object must be lilllted with tlie priiiiary table using
foreign lteys. There are also some restrictioiis on tlie valid foreign ltey
relationships.
4. Select tlie loclt mode of the primary table in tlie field below it.
I h e loch lnode is used as thc default value lor rhe corresponding parameters of
tlie f~lilctiollmodules generated from the lock object.
Lori: ol3jcct EZLF.~;~ b.1,x,:,y(1 1, y j ~c CI :,

~ t i i l 1t text IL~~,:I( ~I~,....ISI~,CIOI.
1111:11~1111 I listel.
Atlilbulas T.ibles ; L o c k psiarnelar
,...............tab,e7,;: ...........
;.Primar.'
............
i Name
i LOCI: mode Shared

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w\~~\~.emaxtech.ronm
ABAY Data Diciionary
We Never Co~nprorniseIn Quality, Would You?
5 . Clioose Add if you waiit to lock records in more than one table wit11 the loclc
ob-jecl.
A list ol' all Il2e tables lillhecl \ \ / i ~1l1~
1e prinlsr! table using valid foreign keys is
displayed. Select the appropriate table. T11e loclc inode of the priiilary table is
copied as lock mode. You call change this setting as required, for example you
call assign the loclc mode separately for each table.
Similarly, you can add a table linked with the secondary table just added with
fol.eign lteys. To do this, place tlie cursor oil tlie llaiiie of tlie secolldary table and
clloc~se. - ~ L / L / .
6. Save your entries.
A dialog box appears in whicl~you have to assign the lock object a developilleilt
LOCI vljlecr EZLFc 1 II ~ L L I P ~ Y L S E ~ )

5 t i o l reX.t
~ L O C K Ulqect for - e n a u ~l b l a ~ t r r
-ttnDutrs Tables Lock. psrameler

eMax 'I'echnologies,Ameer~~et,lIyderabad
Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxlech.co~~~
We Never Compromise 111 Quality, Wo~rldYou?
You can lind informalion about (he acti\/alion ilo\? in the activatioil log, ~vhich
you call display \?lit11 U/~li/ies Ac/ivu/ion log. If errors occurred during
activatioiz, the activation log is displayed immediately.
Check for the Fuilctio~zModules Generated.
Goto->Lock Modules
Fl-II~II.:?I ~ JI I!JIuLII:I FI.II-I~:~ILI~I :;I-I~:II.I. t~:,

~I.~~LI;:I .I
I>lan~i.:o t f u n c t i o n 11lud1.11e :;hol,t t s r t t o r t i l l i c t i nii lliodu l e
F:elsase lock 01-1 u b l e c t EZLF.4 I

K e c l ~ ~ e slock
t f c r ob] e c t EZLFA'I
Calling Lock Objects :

Saizlple Program:
...................
REPORT ZDEMO-CHECK-LOCK-OBJECT
:: :> *
:; :: :: ):: :ti *
::::$ >: :)I: :> : >'- :!: ::: ::::9 :;: ':: '3 :I: :> :) :; 2: :I'- :;: :) :g :; :):
.
:) ):: 2:: * >: >:
l l l l l l l . l l l l l l l l l l l . l l l l l l l l l l l l l l m l l l l l l l l l l l l .
>: ::: : : :: :: <: ;: ::: :)I: :: : :: :: :: ::::: *
:!: o
I]:? (-: 2.:4YI ZDEMO CHECK LOGIC OBJECT
*: :~[.;'~>I.J[)J< G;\iK.4PiYl'l . A l . l ! A ~ ~ ~ . . , ~ l , . ~ h ~ ~ ~
START DATE
':: 30/06/2006
:vpupgo~~ IS TO WORK WITH AL,L OPEN SQL
OP1!3KA'I'10N S
:kC:OI'.[.EDFIIOI\/l: : NA
:: :I: :: : :;: ;: >; :? ::I4; ;: >; *: :;: ):; : :;: ;: ;: :i I: :;: :; :: ;: 5:: :I: :> :) ;I: ;: ::: :I: :;: ;k :> :': :' :;: :
t , : >: $: :; I: :;: :: :> :;: 5:: $ >$I: 1: ;: :k 3: :; :;:

eMax 'I'eclinologies,A~neer~~et~IIyclerabad
P h No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,95490 34399, ~ n . e u 1 a x 1 c c h . c o a n
Control Structures
We Never Cornpl-omise in
-
Quality,
-
Would
- -
You?
To terminate an entire loop im~necliatelya~iclunconcli~ionally,use the EXIT statement

in the statemeiit bloclc of the loop.
After tliis statemeiit, tlie loop is termiiiated, aiid processilig resumes after tlie closiiig
statement of the loop structure (ENDDO, ENDWHILE, ENDLOOP, ENDSELECT).
In nested loops. 0111)- the current loop is terminated.
110 4 TITUIES.
IF SY-INDEX = 3.
EXIT.
EIVDIF.
WRITE SY-INDEX.
ENDIIO.
'I'he outpul. is:
In the third loop pass, the loop is terillinated before the WRITE stateinent is
~~rocessecl.
Page 11 ol' 12 By Ganapali Adimulam

eMax 'I'echnologies,Ameerpei,l-Iyderabad
Ph No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw.esuaxtec11.co11~
M'e N e v e r (:ompromise In Qualiiy, Would You?
'l'vpes of Data Dictionary Tables:-
Trai~sparei~t Pooled Cluster
Transparent Table:-
11 is used to store application data such as Master and Trai~sactionalData. We
a1ways
create Transparent tables only.
There is a One to One relatioilsl~ip i.e. for the table in DDIC another table
with the same structure and the same ilaine and the saille fields will be created in
the original Data base.
Pooied 'I'abies:
It should be used exclusively for storiilg internal control information
(screen sequences, prograin parameters, temporary data, contilluous tests such as
documelltation).
The data from several different pooled tables call be stored together in a
table pool.
l'his is R/lany to One relatioiisliip i.e. hi-illally pooled tables in DLIIC: o n l ~ ,
one Data base table \vill be ci-ealed in the Dala Base.
/
Table Pool
created for the Table
Pooled Table.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,IIy~1er~bad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxbech.com
Strings
-
-
1. Accept a sting a n d determine its length.
2. Accept a string a n d number. Write the string that many number of times.
3. Accept two stings and sniap their contents.
4. Accept two strings and concatenate into one string.
5. Accept one string with delimiter1 separator with . o r : ) a n d split it into two
sub strings.
6. Accept a string 'EMAX TKClT' and use shift <string> left, < shift> right, shift
<string> up to "H'EC:II'.
7. Accept a string like 'IMAX TECH' , Change first occurrence of 'I' to 'E'. ( Use
REPLACE command)
8. Accept a string like EMliX 7'X6~PBNOLOC81ES,Change all the occurrence ef

-
7 I ZO T i
b-
"
.
( use 'i'*&~NSl,iril'E command)
9. Accept two strings and compare the two strings using CB,CA,CS,CP. (output
shall be 'true' o r 'false' for each comparison).
10. Accept a string 'EMAX 'T'ECII', display the output only as 'TECI-I' using
Gi:FSErI' comurand.
11. Accept a string, check whether it is palindrome o r not.

eMax Technologies, Ameerpet, I-Iyderabad
P11 No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, w ~ ~ ~ ' o ' . e ~ ~ ~ a x t c c f ~ . c o ~ ~ ~
1. Create database table with the following requirements:

(Using Direct Data Type )
Data. type
. - .- .
. Length
-- -- - - -.
Vendor Number Char 10
-
- - -
Bank Counlrv l<ev C 11ar 3
1 Bank ICev Char
Char
--
Char
holder
2. Creatc the above table using data element and domains.

3. Create a database tables using the following fields, malie use of
INCLUDE structure for the common fields.
Table 1 Table 2 Table 3

L~FNR -~==JNR 1 sUKRs--CHAR.io
(
I
(Veldor
I _
NAME 1
No)
(N aille)
ORTO 1(City)
- -
(Customer No)
N
-
AMEI(N;~I~)
OIiTO
- 1(City)
-
(Company Code)
NAME 1-Name
ORTOl -City
1 61-1AlX.35
- - -- --- -- -- -- -
ORT02(District) ORT02(District) ORT02-District
4. Acld the below f'icids t o the stanclal-d clatabase table '1'001 by appending
the follo~vingfields,
1 t e k
Data Element
*
CI-IAR,50
x g l e
Description --
coinpaily
CEO of the company
--
Create the iable to maintain the Vendor Master Details :

- -- -
-
Vendor Number
--
CHAR,3 5 Vendor City - -
District - --
S'l l<AS --- -- --- -- -

eMax 'l'eci~nologies,A1neel-~1et,IIy~1erabac1
PI1 No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell N o : 99484 44808,98490 34399, \v\~%.enzax8eel1.coaal
Note: LIFNK as the l'rimar) Key.
Create the below table to Maintain the Purchase Order Details of the
Vendors:
LIFNK 1 CHAK, I 0 I Veildor No

. -- - -
EBELN
- - - - -
IVETWR
CUKY,5 Currency Key
- - - -
- -.
QUAN, 13 Quantity .
MEINS UlVIT.3 Unit Of Measuren~ent
Note: LIFNK and EHELI'4 Combination is the Prinlary Key.
Note: Mailltail1 the foreign ltey relationship between the above two tables Based
on the Vendor No.
5. Create a projection view for the database table T001.

6. Create a dalabase vie\v I'or the database tables KNA1, ICNBI.
Page 60 of 60 B y Ganapati Adimulam

eMas 'Technologies,Ameerpei,Il[ycle~-abacl
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~ww.emaxlech.com
Duration - 1 Day ( * 2 Hrs)
A. ABAP Statements
B. Statements & Key words
C. ABAP Data Types
D; Introduction to First ABAP

program
Introduction to ABAP.Programming
We Never Cotnprotnise in Quality, Would You?
DAY-1
ABAPl4 - Advanced Business Application Programniing
language.
4 - 4''' Generation Language
It is Not Case Sensitive.
Is Event Driven Programming Language.
This overview describes application programming in the R/3 .System. All
application programs, along with parts of the W3 Basis system, are written in
the ABAP Workbench using ABhP, SAP'S programming language. The
individual coinpoiieilts of application prograins are stored ill a special section of
the database called the R/3 Repository. The R/3 Repository serves as a central
store for all of the developmeilt objects in the R/3 System. The following sections
of this docuiiieiitatio~l cover the basics and characteristics of applicatioii
~~rogramming.
A - Advanced
f- I I
B - Business To Work With
A - Application(s)
(- P - Programming

eMax 'I'echnologies,Amee~-pet,lIyderabad
Introduction to ABAP Programming
~ ~ ~ p
Wc Never-
~
Compromise
~
in Quality,
~
Would You?
. ~ ~
Program:
A Program Is Group Of Meaningful Instructions.
An Instruction is Group Of
Keywords + Variables + Operators + Data types.
Keywords :
Syntas : Each ABAP statellleizt Should begin with a lteyword and elids with a period
Since Each State~neiitShoi~ldStart \\(it11 a I<ey\i orcl . it is Difficult to give the exact no
Of ICeywords So that l<eywords are Ilevided illto ljiffereizt Types Depends On the
Functioilality Of the Keywords.
Types Of Keywords:
Declzrztive Key words: To Ileclare Variables.
TYPES. DATA, 1'ABLES
Syntax for Variable: DATA <Val-.Name> TYPE <Data Type>.
Database Key words : To Work With Database Operations Such as

SELECT To Select Data
INSERT To Inserr llala
Ul3I1A1E - T
' o Change Ilata
DELETE - To Delete Data etc..
Control Key words

State~neiltsare used to coiltrol the flow of an ARAP program within a processing
block according to certain conditions.
Ex:
IF, ELSEIF, ENDIF.
DO-ENDDO, WHILE - ENDWHILE.
Definition keywords Are used to define Re-usable Modules(Bloclts)
Ex :
FORM - ENDFOKM
FUNCTION - ENDFUNCTlON
MODULE - ENDMODULE.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpel,I-Iyderabacl
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wwtv.emaxlech.com
Ifitroductiona to RBAP+Programming
Wc Nevel- <:ompromise in Quality, W o ~ ~ You?
ld
Calling Keywords
Are used to call Re-usable Modules(Blocl<s) that are already defined.
I'LRI~ORM to Call IWRM
CALL FUNC'L'IION to Call FUNCTION
MODULE to Call MODULE
Sample Program :
Stateliiellt A.
Statement B.
Statement C.
Statement D.
Stateinelit E. Instead Of Repeating
Statement B. Statement B.
Statement C . Statement <:.
Statemellt D. Statement D.
Statellielit F. It is Better to Group them
Statement B. As a Re-usable Module and
Statement C. Call it Any No Of Times.
Statement D.
Slatemelit G.
FUNCTION F 1. MODULE F 1. FORM F1

r
Statement B. Statement B. Statement B.

Statement C. Statement C. Statement C.
Statement D. Statement D. Statei~ientD.
\
ENDFUNCTION. ENDMODULE ENDFORM.
.k 6 f
CALL F'LJNC?'ION MOIIULE PERFORM
Operational Key words :

To Process the data that you have defined using declarative statements.
Ex : WRITE, MOVE, ADD
Event Keym~orcls
Statemeats coiitaiiiiiig these ltey\vorcls are used to define event bloclts.
Internal Tables
We Never Cornpl-ornisein Quality, Would You?
'. "[I' I):. ,,C ' G: 1;: iu;!:,!~:L,t :

'i $Or I?:$
6
7 <,fifi": s,\c, ,, ,:
>.I; r:-:,:,+.+,, r-:
\';2; 'I jc,r7
D:iY, AFTER UELETE

eMax 'l'echnologies, Arneei-pel, IIyderabad
PI1 No :-1-9140 -65976727, (:ell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w.vc.a%.ean~axiech.cora~
Introduction to ABAP-Programming
B+h-cdcfinc Elementary Ail%Ai9

'i'ypcs: All field lengths are specified in bytes.
Nulneric types
Character(Non-Numeric) types
alphailumeric characters)
(numeric characters)
ci~al-aciers(0...9), but are riot represented incenlally as numbers. Typical type N fields
are account numbers and zip codes.
Integers - type I
The value range of type I numbers is -2:!".'31 to 2**31-1 and includes only whole
nuil~bers.Non-integer results of aritlimetic operatioils (e.g. fractions) are rounded,
not l1.uncated.
You can use type 1 data Sol-co~unlers,11umbel.sof'items, indexes, time periods, and
SO 011.

eMas 'l'echnologies,Amee~.pet,lLytPe~-abatl
Introductiop., io ABAP Programming
W e Never <:ornpromise in Quality, Would You?
Packed numbers - type P

Type P data allows digits after the decinlal point. T h e number of decimal places
is generic, a n d is determined in the program. The value range of type P data
depends on its size and the nuinber of digits after the decinial point. The valid
size can be an, value from I to 16 bytes. Two cleci~naldigits are packed illto
one byte, while the last byte contaiils one digit and the sign. Up to 14 digits are
allowed after the decimal point. The initial value is zero. When working with
type P data, it is a good idea to set the program attributes Fixecl poi~zt
aritlti~zetic.Otherwise, type P numbers a r e treated as integers.
Note: You can use type P data for such values as distances. weights, aillou~ltsof
inoney. and so 011.
Pjloating Point numbers iype F
-7-
The value range of type F numbers is 1x10""-307 to lxlO""308 for positive and
negative numbers, including 0 (zero). The accuracy range is approxinlately 15
decimals, depending on the floating point aritlmetic of the hardware platform.
Since type F data is iilterilally converted to a binary system, rou~idingerrors call
occur. Although the ARAP processol- tries to minimize these effects, you
should nor use type 11' tPata if Lmigl accuracy is required. Insiead, use type P
data.
You use type F fields when you need to cope with very large value ranges and
rounding errors are not critical.
Using I and 17 fields for calculations is quicker than using P fields. Arithlnetic
operati~nsusing I and F fields are very similar to the actual macl~inecode
operations, while P fields require more support fro111 the software. Nevertheless,
you have to use type P data to meet accuracy or value range requirements.
Character(Non-Numeric) types
Of the five non-numeric types, the four types C, D, N, and T are character
types. Fields with these types are known as character fields. Each position in
011sof these fields taltes up enough space for the code of one character. C~li-rently,
ABAP only worlts wit11 single-byte codes sucli as ASCII and EHCDI. However,
an adaptation to UNICODE is in preparation. Uilder UNICODE, each character
occupies $wo or four bytes.

eMax Teclinologies,Ameerpet,I-Iyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wmu.emaxtech.com
Inlroduclion to ABAl' Programming
Structure Of ABAP Program :
Header
Global Declarations
L
~ r o c e s s i n gLogic
- - -
Definition Of Subroutines
Header S e c t i o n : Is to provide More Information about the

Development and which is a Standard Template for all the Custom ABAP
Developments.
Global Declaration Block is to Declare all the Global Variables.

f i ~ c c ~ ~ L6:gi::
ing Rlocl< is to Jrnplei~~enl
the Rusi~lessLogic.
Definition Of Subroutines :
Subroutines are the reusable Co~nponeilts. We Define the reusable Components
Once and We call the saine subroutine wherever we need the saine Busii~ess
Logic.
Can be Accessed after the Defiilitioil Of

Note: No Esecu~able S~ate~ile~lts
Subroutiile Definitions.
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxiech.com

We Never C o m ~ r o m i s ein Oualiiv. Would You?
Hntsoduction to Creie.tc Fir-st ABAP Program:

1. Log On sci-een
provide the Client ID. User ID and Password
Client: - Is an iadependei~torgailizatioilal tulit which is having its own Master

data a i d Tables.
Log on crede~ltialswill be provided by the customer , the Details are Unique for
Each Developer except Client in REAL, TIME..
The followiilg screen pops up. Select the iniddle radio button as follows.
INLW ~!ass~!dnrd I,lo:u l t ~ a rr~illllple

r l u y u r ~ s Lilr produrltor; systeir~using t i l t sarne osri
ID :Its not part oithe !3:iP llcansu agtei.rn-2nt.
,,.
8 IJU Sat?:
CllClll 8 CI I 1

eMxs 'L'eclinologies,A~iieer~~et,IIy~lerabac~
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxiech.com
We Never Cornpi-omise in Quality, Would You?
2. SE38 is he TI-ansaction cocle i o r ABAI' Editor.

"; E 3;:
Type SE38 in the Transaction bar. -
3. The ABAP Editor screen opens LIP as
4. Eiiter the Program name in tlie box and

S o ~ ~ r cr oed e
Select the Source Code in the sub-objects and
eNlax Tecl~nologies,An1eel-pet,1-1yclel-a
bad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wvr-cv.emaxtech.com
Bntrocluction to ABAJ' Programming
We Never Cornprornise in Quality, Would You?
NOTE : It is Mandatory to start Program name with 'Z' or 'Y' as 'A' to 'X' is
Reserved for SAP .
Note : In Kezd time, the C'ustom Dcvcloptirent Names Can also starts with
other than 'Y' and '%' i.e /<Any 8 Alphanumerics>l
5. Provide the Title and Type of the Program as 'Executable Program',
Page 10 of 19 Bv Gananati Adimulam

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,ELyderabad
introduction lo ABAP Programming
W e ~ e i e l ~- o n l ~ r ' n ~ i sine Quality, Would You?
SAVE. ,$y/ Ei;3>/e

or ENTER,
,s, " . "" I
a1 Object (The D
i.z&gfi:*gfiT;-rz
?g"~$g$FAgs;~!);lzlj;)~;g~~m*,:.
6% @ ",. I ; ,z>
Debugging E,!ecl~te will) rrrriant @, Valiants
?togram
In Real Time We Never Select
this as this is L,ocal Object(No11
,
.
I -I-1-ansportable fi-om De\ielopment
to Quality and Quality to
Production).
"9~2 9;" ;;b - ,% ,a, @ Pattern Preti./P~l~iter

eMax TechnoIogies,Ameerpet,I-Iyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wlvll~.emaxtech.com
We Never C o m ~ r o m i s ein Quality, Would You?
A simple AB3AP program is as I'oilows.
l ? ~ , l , l , ~ F P , T I?l)l'~lIUL.!4Pl
./ 'PROGRAM ?EIIO_SII.~.?LC - U.::RP -~'":II:E!~,II
!i 'r,O?IEU FRlirl liA
i .PLIRFOSE TE PRI;.:T THE H I S T ~ R ' ; ' n i n:.sp
j; WRITE I 'IIELCUVIE T O T H E AU#,P I,IORLD I I ' i /
Steps to execute the program.
a) Save the program :

El / Ctrl-tS.
I
2
r'h
b) Check the program for syntax errors by pressing -
or c;fi-!+F2
c) Activate it . K Ctrl + 1'3. to Store the Program Details Perilzailelltly

in Database.
L o c a l objects
REFS ZDEIIO_P.LV-DIFiU
'IIUTHOR 6~:iR
'PROGRi\li lDEll REPS ZDERO-HLY-DII,IUI 2
" C O P I E D FAOM 1.1.*, REPS LDEPIO~RLV_FURIIS
'PGRI'USE T f i I' REP9 ZDEllU-CUSTONER-DI1,IlJ
' ~ ( c I trrti,il;t IDOL> LSC~\.I
~ . . * . , . > T A . * ~ . ~ . % . - . . - . . REPS ZDEllO-lt~ICLUDE-PROo;RAI~11 2
'. W R I T E !'WELCOIIE TO T H E .".

eMax 'l'echnologies,Ameerpei,llyderabad
I;;:?
'.%?
Press EN'TEK or -.
I-
IIRITE i'UELCOIIE T D T H E rE:r.F II8:IHLC,N
i n r ~D'v'.O.!~ICED E:USlME:<::
'' ! :/
;,"
llRlTE
.
! ' P 6 4 P stsnrls
-
U P P L I C U T I T J I I F'ROGRY.I~lIlll~lG'
-I.--.--.- . . . 1 iI
:.
LC'1 8.C o G J Ln 1 - Ln 23 o i 3 6 l i n e s
......... ....... . . . .. ...... ........................
I@' Objecl<sj actiratad
......... . . ....... . . :. : IhIAX ( 3 ) (800) '+I: ernaxall,?,p2
.......... 11~1s ,:
,:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
f t a r
................... 3 2, -
. . . . . .~. .' .b. .i .a r - s a p
. . . SAC
... ~5
ABAP ediCOr:ch... : l j j / 3 I.IIC~OSUFL
........................... OIIIC ... rl -:: ...............
""titled - p a l m ....
-. 1 ."'.:z: . 7% 2 ; 0 3a1.q
3.) 'l'he 01J'I'PtJ'l' SCREEN is as follows.

eMax 'I'ecli~iologies,Ameerpet,IIy~lerabad
lnti-oduction to ABAP Programming
DAYJ
Working With Arithmetic Operators using I'ARAMETER:
Note : PAPUMKTEK is to accept the Input via Console (Screen) , Which Acts as
Scailf in ' C ' .
REPORT ZGDEMO-PARAMETER
PARAMETER : P INPLTTI TYPE I,

P PUT^ TYPE J.
DATA V RESULT TYPE 1.

V - ~ E S U L T= P-INPUT1 -I P-INPUT2.
WRITE :/'THE RESULT OF ADDITION IS', V-ESULT.
V RESULT = P TNPUTI ': P-NPUT2.

MIlIlTE :/ '?'HE I I E S U ~ TOF MU[ TIPLICATJON IS', V RESULT.
V RESULT = P-INPUT1 MOD P-INPUT2.

*NTE : i ITHERESULT OF REMINDER IS', VRESULT.
OUTPUT :
Provide the INPUT and EXECIJ'TE it.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.com
OUTPUT
nc '(3( n n w .. n,navilnl 111s
WORKING WITH SYSTEM VARIABLES:
SYSTEM VARIAB1,E: A VARIABLE. Which is Declared and Filled by the SAP

S) stem.
Note : All the Systenl Variables are Maintained in Database Structure SYST.
Accessing System Variable is SY-<Name>.
I:& Report ZGDEIVTO-SYSTE?~-VARIF~BLES

:' &
REPORT ZGDEMO-SYSTEIY-VARIABLES
WRITE / 4 0 'TH ME SYSTEM V A R I A B L E S ' .

ULINE.
WRI-I-E : /40 'CLIIIRENT DATE I S ' , 6 0 SY-DATLIM.

WiirlE : /40 'CUIIIZENT TIME I S ' , 6 0 SY-UZEIT.
WRITE : /40 'CURRENT USER I S ' , 60 SY-UNAME.
WRITE : /40 'CURRENT PROG.NAME ' , 6 0 SY-REPID.
WRITE : /40 'TITLE I S', 6 0 SY-TITLE

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,I-Iyclerabad
Pli No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wwtv.ernaxtech.com
We Never Comp~.omisein Quality, Would You?
WORKING WITI-I CI-IAIN OPERATOR (:)
To Group(C11ain) Sequeiltial Statements Which Starts with the Same Keyword(s).
REPORT ZGDEMO-CHAIN-OPERATOR
;': :T ' t i. l o u t C h a i n O p e r a t o r
WRITE / 'RESUI~.T USING CIIATN OPERATOR' .
ULlNE.
WRITE / ' He1 1 o ABAP' .
WRITE / 'Welcome t o eMAX T e c h n o l i o g i e s ' .
WRITE / ' A l l SAP Modules a r e Developed by ABAP'
WRITE / 'SAP i s f r o m SAP AG' .
SI<IP 2 .
!dlth C3ai n O p e r z t c r
W R I I I / ' l<LSUl I \dl-I IIOU I CIIAlN Ol'Ll<A I OR' .
ULlNL.
WRITE / : ' He1 1 o ABAP' ,
' We1 come t o eMAX Techno1 io g i e s ' ,
' A l l SAP Modules a r e D e v e l o p e d by ABAP' ,
'SAP i s f r o m SAP AG'.
I'iige 16 of 19 By Ganapati Adirnulam

eMax 'I'ecli1iologies,A1neer~1et,Hyc1erabad
Reports
Interactive Reports
Display the Summarized Information as the First List-And letting the USER Interact for
the Detailed Info. a
20th
Ex : Basic List 1" Secondary 2"dSecondary 3"d
f
SY-LSIND = 0
11
NOTE: We Can go up to 20 Secondary Lists.
Different Ways Of User ~nteractioh

and the Corresponding Events Triggered for Each type Of User lnteraction
User cajz interact witlz Output List
Line Selection User Commands

(Double click) (Click on Function Key )
1 1
Event: AT LINE-SELECTION AT USER-COMMAND.
Note:The List Index SY-LSIND will be incremented by 1 for each user Interaction.
It is ZERO for Basic List , 1 for 1" tnd

ry, 2 for 2ndry etc.upto 20
As We Can Generate Upto 20 Levels. ,
By default, the basic list has a standard list status and a standard page header. The TOP-
OF-PAGE and END-OF-PAGE events can occur while the basic list is being created.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtec8a.co111
Reports
6
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-T001,
BUKRS TYPE BUKRS, "COMPANY CODE
BUTXT TYPE BUTXT, "NAME OF THE COMPANY
ORTO 1 TYPE ORTO1, "CITY
LAND 1 TYPE LAND1, "COLTNTRY KEY
WAERS TYPE WAERS, "CURRENCY KEY
END OF TY-TO0 1.
DATA : WA-TO01 TYPE TY T001,
IT-TOO1 TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-TOO1.
DATA : V-BUKRS TYPE BUKRS.
*:CUSTUbilER M:ISTER DATA

TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-CUSTOMER,
KUNNR TYPE KUNNR, "CUSTOMER NO
AKONT TYPE AKONT, "RECONCILIATION ACCOUNT
END OF TY-CUSTOMER.
DATA : IT CUSTOMER TYPE STAhTDARD TABLE OF TY-CUSTOMER,

WACUSTOMER
TYPE TY-CUSTOMER.
"DESIGNING '1.1-IE SkI,I;,C-I'ION SCREEN

SELECT-OPTIONS : S B U K R S FOR V-BUKRS.
*$:*******:!:*::::$*:$$:**:x:$***:~**>$:k******$:***:$***:~::$::!::~*:$$::k
* START-OF-SELECTION. :i:
********$:**:$*:$*$:*************:$*********************
START-OF-SELECTION.
SELECT BUKRS "COMPANY CODE
BUTXT "NAME OF THE COMPAIVY
ORTOl "C&Y
a
LAND1 "COUNTRY KEY
WAERS "CURRENCY KEY
INTO TABLE IT-TOO 1
FROM TOO1
WHERE BUKRS lN S-BUKRS.
***:+*:$~:***:!::::*$:$:******~::$*#:*****:~$:***#:**;$******:~*:!::::**
* END-OF-SELECTION. *
********>k*****************$<********$<***$<***********
END-OF-SELECTION.
IF NOT ITTOOl IS INITIAL.

WRITE : 15 'COM.CODE1,15 'TEXT', 45 'CITY', 70 'COUNTRY'.
ULINE.8
Page 28 of 74 a By Ganapati Adimulam

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~w.emaxtech.csm
Introduction to ABAY Programming
3. Write a Program to Print the I,ist of Important Days in a Year ?
I,ist o f 1mport;lnl Days in Year
lSt January - New Year

14~"January - Sankranthi
26th January - Republic Day
14"' February Valentine Da),
2nd October - Gandhi Jayanthi

14~"November - Children's Day
6t" December - eMAX Anniversary Day
25"' Decemeber - Christmas
From eMAX Technogies
4.Write a Program to Print the List of your Best Friends in the Below
Format.
Best Vriends Directow
r
. ~ ~~ -~ -
. . ~
Name .--.... - .-.-.
Gender Date of Birth
Vijaya Female
C0ul.i
CVL.~ ~ l ~ j i Male - ' ~
~1
. .
1 - __ - .-_ - _ .- . - . -- --
I Mubeena - Female
I Kaadambari Male
I - Srinivas I Male
--
1 Nlurali
- 1 Male
5. Show a value '123456' as 12:34:56 using Edit Mask.

6. 'l'alte a number as '0000011', and Suppress all leading zeros.
7. Suppress a sign before a number.
8. Accept two values from selection screen and perform the following :
+, - , *, 1, ++, ancl display the Result.

eMax Tecl~nologies,An~eer~~et,IIyc1erabac~
Reports
If you double click on the company code a secondary list is displayed wliich
displays the coinpaliy code, customer number, Recollciliation Account.
ICurn. Code C~.~cCurrir;. R e c o n licc .:.-i... . ,.

224
'1 oon
'l or:1
I.., ',.>
2L-
1iIC3
In'! 2
11.1 : ;i
I L.;i;(.t
s C!:JI
l G.32
., 11, 5
'I l:i.?:l
'I cis6
I.ino
I !in
.,.I.
I , : I
,.I ' a
I.! 71
I
displayed.
jpd..".,,";
,,,/,.~j!~~,
la,$..
' 9 . , ,9t2j,.,$4..*;
t,,,!{< f<j> ,.., *,,?,
<<,"*.<$,&
F? *2>,2h$j.?<.
-,,., $
.,,
( % . ~tl;,P*g
*,,~#t E~L,&+
p$
...,.. --. ..,
1.L
rlil ;iJETFEi3 05TiiTi.S FiJiJNT! FOE THE SELECTED COt!P <:ODE ..-
ivi
. .....
. .
EXAMPLE PROGRAM2 USING I-IIDE :-

:! :I: 4: :I: :$ :I: $: ;I: :I: :I: $ ! ;: :$ :I: $: ;: ;$ 6 2: :;: :$ $: $ $
; :$ $: <: ;: :$ :;: <: :$ :: $: <: ;I: :$ :I: C 4: :: <: :;: :: :! :I: <: $: :$ <: Q :$ :: :: $ :: >: 2: C $ :: 2:
Page 35 of 74 By Ganapati Adimularn

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxteclr.com~xtech,co~~~
4. Control Structures
Duration - i Day ( * 2 Hrs)
A.BRANCHING
2. CASE-WHEN -
B. LOOPING
1. Conditional (DO-
ENDDO)
2 . Un-Conditional
(WHILE-
ENDWHILE)
Cont-1-01Sli-uctures
We Nevet- C:'omprornise in Quality, Wo~rldYou?
DAY- 1
Note: The Program execution is always Sequential. The First Statement is Executed
First and the IVth Statement will be after (N-1) the statement and Each Statement is
Executed Only Once by DEFAULT .
But Most of the tiines we need to COhTROL the traditional FLOW Of Program
Execution BY brancl~ingfrom One Block of stateineilts to another block depends on
the conditioil and have to repeat a particular block of statements THROUGH
Controlling Techniques.
You can execute difli-rent parts of programs conditionally or in loops using the
sta~ldardkey~~orcls
P1;, CL4Sk:,DO, and WBB11.k;.
Controlling techniques
Branching Looping
IF <Condition>.
Statement 1.
Slalement 2.
Statement 3. Conditional Un- Conditional

Statemen WHILE <Condition>. Do <N> limes
Statementl. Statement 1.
ENDIjd'. SLatement2. Statement 2.
k~IV9SM11131,E. EIVDDO.
Alternative fo EIF-ENDIF is CASE-EIVDCASE.
IF-ELSEIF-ENDIF
This co~~trolstructure is introduced wit11 the If;' statement. The IF statelllent allows
you to divert the prograni flow to a particular statelllent bloclc, depending on a
condition. The statement block concludes either with ENDIF, ELSEIF, or ELSE.
IF <conditionl>.
<statemeizt block>
ELSEIF <conditioiiz>
<statement block>.
Ph No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~uwvv.cmaxtecla.co~
<:,,irr-oj Sii-uciun-es
We Never Cornpr.omise in Quality, Would You?
ELSEIF <condition3>
<statement bloclt>
.....
ELSE.
<statemeill block>
EhIDIF.
If the first conditioiz is true, the system executes all tlze statements LIP to the end of tlze
first statement bloclc and then coiztiilues processiizg after the ENDIF statement. If tlze
first condition is not true, the progra111 juinps to tlze nest ELSEIF statement and
executes it like an IF statement. ELSE begins a stateilleilt block w l ~ i c isl ~processed if
lloile ofthe IF' 01. ELSEIE co~lditioilsis true. The end of the last statement block must
always be coizcluded by ENDIF.
The CASE Control Structure : This coiztrol structure is introduced with tlze CASE
statement. The CASE control structure allows you to control which stateinent bloclts
are processed based on tlze coizteilts of a data object.
CASE <f>.
WHEN <f,>.
<Statement block>
WHEN <f2>.
<Statement block>
WHEN <f;>
<slatemen1 bl och,
WHEN ...
......
WHEN OTHERS.
<statement block>
ENDCASE.
;'& PROGRAM ZGDEMO-IF-ELSEIF-ENDIF

;'" AUTHOR GANAPATI . ADIIVIULAM
;:& PURPOSE WORI(ING WITH I F - E L S E I F - E h I D I F
REPORT ZCDEMO-IF-ELSEIF-ENDIF
I'AIIAME-I-tK P-DAY TYPE 1.
I F P-DAY = 1.
WRITE / ' SUNDAY' .
E L S E I F P-DAY = 1.
WRITE / 'MONDAY'.
E L S E I F P-DAY = 2 .
\dl<1.1 I: / ' TIJIrSDAY ' .
i I S L l.1~ l'.-llAY
-: 3.
WRITE / 'WEDNESDAY '

Ph No: +9140 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.com
Control Structures
- We Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
WIxi-rr / 'TIIURSDAY .
!II I I - 5.
wrir-r~/ FIIDAY .
WRITE / ' S A T U R D A Y ' .
ELSE.
WRITE / ' D A Y SHOULD BE BETWEEN 0 AND 6 O N L Y ' .
ENDIF.
EXECU'l'E TI-IE PROGRAM

CASE 1 :

eMas 'I'ecilnolugies,Ameel-pet,IIyclerabad
Ph No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 14808,9S4'10 34399, n 17 .cv.cmaxtech.com
Control Structures
.-
CASE 2 :
P;rge 4 of 12 By Ganapati Adirnulam

-
eil$;ix ':'echnologics,.4rnecm-pet,Ilyderabaci
Ph No: +9140 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, wnw.cmaxtech.com
Conti-01 Structures
EXMYLE PIXOGRM ON CASE-WElllN-ENDCASE
"& PROGRAM ZGDEMO-CASE-WHEN-ENDCASE

': AUTHOR CANAPATI . ADIMULAM
.& PURPOSE \.JOPI<INC W I T H CASE-La'l-IEN-ENDCASE
PARAMETER P-DAY T Y P E I.
CASE P-DAY
WHEN 1.
WRITE / 'SLINDAY' .
WHEN 1.
WRI-TE / 'MONDAY' .
WHEN 2 .
WRITE / 'TUESDAY' .
WHEN 3 .
WRITE / 'WEDNESDAY'.
WHEN 4 .
WRITE / 'TIiURSDAY' .
WtIEN 5 .
WRI-rE / ' F R I D A Y ' .
WHEN 6 .

Ph No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.e~nnaxtech.com
Control Structures
We Never Comprornise in Quality, Would You?
WRITE / 'SATURDAY'.
WHEN OTHERS.
W R I T E / ' D A Y SHOULD BE BETWEEN 0 AND 6 O N L Y '
EXECUTE PROGRAM
w,
m.
By Ganapati Adimulam
-Page 6 of 12
i'11 No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell 1'40: 99484 44808,98490 34399, a.i~.rw.eanaxkecb.co~pp
Control Structures
We Never Cornprornise in Quality, Would You?
EXECUTE

eMax 'P'ech~~ologies,A~neerpet,llyclerabad
Ph No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, w:avw.rmaaxtecHn.co~~~
Control Structures
--------
Working With Looping :
,=,
r J pes Of I,oopirrg :
A) Un Conditional.
B) Conditional
Un Conditional: To Repeat a Loop for <N> No Of times. ( N>O )

Syntax : DO <N> 'l'IMES.
---
ENDDO.
Write a Program to Print First 10 Numbers.
DATA : V COIIN'I' '1"YPE.I.

DO 10 ' I ' B ~ E S .
V COUNT = V COUN'I' + 1.
*rite : / v COUNT.
ENDDO.
Output :
I
eMax 'l'echnologies,Ameerpe1,IIyderabad
Ph No: +9140 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.cmaxtech.coan
Reports
D) Display the List of Customers From all the Selected Company Codes.
(:~~storners
Cl~s[:~l?e
Select the Reauired C o m ~ a n vCodes and Click On
......
l 2 4 0 U I3EZ ii.il 1 . 1 :.I.,:zn.:,
:i
2500 13E5 Herllei.1 ?it:, R,:,T.~+~?<Iz~.
<<;3rDTJ LlS i l . C
1:rE::
.....i3CIL1 E l r , ;
kJeT; '.'.,,..
51US'!tic;:'i - ZeilliLI'> 3 r c . i C e l C
> ....
,
i 4Gi;rJ I j E ? C.irt:#oB Tz!'co!.o
: ; C ~ * . > C ! ,>I,, C 0 , , , 3 ~ ? , % ! 70,C i l L "
i.d...i S C l C IDES l a v h r TM;d
~ C C L ~ 1:IES
O 148.;rc, I; I . I r I: b ila:lc3 iiF
',$,'
:, i 7 C E O I 3 e S C r i ~ i l
PSiliC
: ,J7:.t4cl I!\<: ~-:~vT.,-A :!OFRO; hi lir
:_!7EDO I!)E6 [ : 3 1 ~ l i i : i a a
I:ni~in1:>1
i:?ror. i i m r zv ? t , r ~ ~ . , e i a ' I e l ? e b : l l l .d
' i : .."FC
c , 'F,') i.<:-,; PI., ii
; J;<[:vO [:,EL; :,:.:t 1,: CI,.lC
List Of Customers
Page 72 of 74 BY C a n a ~ a t Adirnularn
i
Control Structures
Processing Block.
ENDWIIPl,E-
Example 1'1-og :
WHILE sy-index <= 10.

Write : / sy-index.
ENDWHILE.
To terminate a single loop pass conditionally, use the CHECK <condition> statement
in the statement block of the loop.
If the coilditioil is iiot true, any renlaiiiiilg stateinellls in Ihe current state~ueiltblock
alter tlic CIHE('l< sl;ite~nen[are ignored. and [he 11es1loop pass starts <coiiditioi~>
call be any logical expression.
DO 4 TIMES.
CHECK SY-INISEX BETWEEN 2 and 3.
WRITE SY-INDEX.
ENIIDO.
The output is:
The first and fourtli loop passes are teriliinated without the WRITE statement being
processed, because S Y - I N D E X is not bet\vee~i7_ and 3.
Exiting a Loop

eMax '~echnologies,Ameerpet,I~Iyderabad
7h No: 1-91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, wn:.sv.emaxtc.a.lr.co~
Control Structures
We Never Cornpl-omise in
-
Quality,
-
Would
- -
You?
To terminate an entire loop im~necliatelya~iclunconcli~ionally,use the EXIT statement

in the statemeiit bloclc of the loop.
After tliis statemeiit, tlie loop is termiiiated, aiid processilig resumes after tlie closiiig
statement of the loop structure (ENDDO, ENDWHILE, ENDLOOP, ENDSELECT).
In nested loops. 0111)- the current loop is terminated.
110 4 TITUIES.
IF SY-INDEX = 3.
EXIT.
EIVDIF.
WRITE SY-INDEX.
ENDIIO.
'I'he outpul. is:
In the third loop pass, the loop is terillinated before the WRITE stateinent is
~~rocessecl.
Page 11 ol' 12 By Ganapali Adimulam

eMax 'I'echnologies,Ameerpei,l-Iyderabad
Ph No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw.esuaxtec11.co11~
Modularization Techniques
o We Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
L<fgrp>UXX. This contailis further INCLUDE statements for the include

programs L<fgrp>UOl, L<fgrp>U02, ... These includes contain the actual
function n~odules.
Tlic include progranis L<fgrp>FOl, L<fgrp>F02, ... can contain the coding of
subroutines that can be called from all f~~nction
modules of the group.
Function Group
FM2
MAIN Program +
INCLUDE Programs
Note: All of (Only) the fuilction modules in a function group call access the global data
of the group. For this reason, you should place all function modules that use the same
data in a single function group. Example, if you have a set of filnction modules that all
use the same internal table. you could place thein in a function group containing the table
definition iln its global data.
Steps to Work with the F u n c t i o n G r o u p :

4
o Execute SE37
o Choose Goto -> Fz~nctiongreoups -> Create grozp.

eMaxTechnologies,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw.emaxtech.com
5. String Operations
Duration - 1 Day ( * 2 Hrs)
Strings
We Never Comproniise in Quality, Would You?
---
LVorking with Strings
String is a variable length data type.
Dyilainic meinory management is used internally. i.e the Memory Allocated(Adjusted) at runtime
according to the current field content .
c ings
s ~: i can have any lellgth(Can Store any no of Characters).
IVO'IL'E : Since S T R N G is a dynailiic length data type, We Cannot Declare String Variables
ti~roughPARAMETER. i.e
DRAMETER P N A M E TYPE STRING. Is Not Allowed. Because the system caimot understand
how big the Input Field is.
- --
~ -~
S'I'KPNC; --
DATA V IVAME(100) TYPE C. DATA V_NAME TYPE STRING.

V-NAME = 'eMAX'.
Note : Memory is Always Allocated For 100 Note : Memory is Allocated Only For eMAZ ,
Chars IrrespecitiveOf the No Of Cl~arsStored TTJhicli always depends On tlie No of Chars
Cun-entl)
- -- . - .
- - . Storecl Currently.
- . -- --
-- - - -- - -
- - -. -- -.
String Operations:
CONCATENATE : To Clilb More than One Sub String into One Main String.
S'i'N'P'AX : CONCA'TENATE <Strl> <S1r3> <Slr3> ... <Str N> IhTTO <Str>
SEPARATED BY <Separator>.
Rx: CONCATENATE 'E001' 'Enzax Teclmologies' 'HYD' INTO V--NAME

SEPARATED BY ','.
Result: E001, eMAX Tec1inologies.HYD.
CBNDENSE: Replaces sequence oS SPACES inlo exactly one SPACE.
CONDENSE 'Einax Technologies'.

Result :
Einax Technologies(All the Sequential Blanlts Converted into Single Blank)
CONDENSE 'Emas Technologies' NO-GAPS.

ilesult:
EmaxTecl~~ologies (All tlie Sequential Bla~llcsConverted into Single Blank and even it deletes !hat
single Space Also)

eNLtx 'l'echnologies, Alnee~.pet,Ilyclel-abad
PI1 No: +9140 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, i t n w . c m a ~ t e c i ~ . c o m
Strings
W e Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
TRANSLATE: To Translate to UPPEWLOWER CASE.
-I RANSLr\? F ' e M A s ' 1 0 1JI31'1?1< CASE.

Kesuli : EMAX.
TKAIVSLATE 'eMAx' TO LOWER CASE.
Result: exam.
REPLACE:
REPLACE <Strl> WITH <St]-?> INTO <Str>.

iie;:i;;cc.s ONi,k' the Gn-st 0ccur.n-encc (Bul hO'H' !il,l,)of'ille contents of field <Strl> Wl'fH
cSt1-P IIV'fO <Str>.
REPLACE 'e' WITH 'i' INTO 'eMAX Technologies' .
Result : 'iMAX Technologies' .

(Only the First Occurrence is replaced but not all the Occu~rei~ces).
SPLB'I': '1'0 Split the Main String into Substrings at the given Seperator.
1. SPLIT <Str> AT <Sep> INTO <Strl> <Str2> . . . <Str n> .

Ex : SPLIT 'E00 1,Emax Tecl~~oloigies,An~eerpet.HYD' AT '.'
INTO v -id v_name v street-v-city.
lPesuif: \I id - ~0~11-
v--na111e - Ema?; Tecllnologies.

~-_street- Anleerpet
v-city - HYD.
Note: v-id,v-name,v-street,vcity should be declared as Strings.
SiIIFT: By Default Shifts to I,lEP1:'1'By I Place.
1. SHIFT <Str> <LEFT/KIGHT/CIKC IJLAK> BY <N> PLACES. ( N > 0)

2. SHIFT <Str> LEFT DELETING LEADING <Char>.
3. SHIFT <Str> RIGHT DELETING TRAILING <Char>.
Ex: SHIFT 'El~lax'. -> nias (Sillce Default LEFT).

SHIFT -Enlax' CIl<CULAlI -> 11iasE
SHIFT 'Emas' RIGHT BY 2 PLACES
-> ' Emax'(First 2 characters are Spaces as it is shifted to 2 Places riglit.)
SHIFT '0000001000' LEFT DELETING LEADING '0'.
iicsult: 1000. (Delelcs all the Leli Leacling Zeros).
SEARCH : Search for the required Sub String in the Main String.

eMax 'l'echnologies, Ameerpet, FPyderabad
P!1 No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808, 98490 34399, w ~ ~ ~ ~ . ; . ~ . ~ H H ~ ~ ~ ~ c ~ I . c o B H I
Strings
'str' : a character string (trailing spaces are ignored)
'.str.' : any character string between the periods
- a M ord ending nit11 "str". i~icluding"sti-"
Istr;::' - a word beginning with "str", including "str"
RESULT : SY-SUBRC = 0,When Search is Successf~~l.

= 4, When Un Successf~~l(Not Found)
SY-FDPOS coiitaiils the offset(Positio11) of the found string .
These Special Coniparisons can be applied to Strings with types C, D, N, and T.
Does not match pattern
CO (Contains Only) : IF <Strl> CO <Str2>.
is 'I'RIJE if <Strl> contains only cl~aractersfrom <Str2>. The comparison is case-

sensitive. 'i'i-ailing blal~itsare included.
If the comparisoil is true, the system field SY-FDPOS contains the length of <Strl>. If It is
false, SY-FDPOS contains the offset of the first character of <Strl> that does not occur in
<Str2>.
is TRUE if <Strl> does also contains characters other than those in <Std>. The
comparison is case-sensitive. Trailing blailks are included. If the comparison is true, the
system field SY-FDPOS contains the offset of the first character of <Strl> that does 1101
also occur in <Std>. If it is false, SY-FDPOS contains the length of <Strl>.
P:~ge3 of 6 By Canapati Adimulam -
eM;is l'cchnologics, ni:?ecl-pct, tlydei-abacl
Ph No: +91 40 -65976727, <:ell No: 99484 44808, 98490 34399, w~s.w.cnsaxtclc11~~0~
Strings
-
We Never Compromise in Quality, Would You? -
-
CA (Contains Any) : <Strl> CA <Slr2>
is 'B'RUK if < S ~ r l >contains a1 least one character ii-om <Str2>. '[he compai-ison is case-
sensitive. If the coinparison is true, the systein field SY-FDPOS contains the offset of the
first character of <Strl> that also occurs in <Str2> . If it is false, SY-FDPOS contains the
length of <Strl>.
NA (contains No1 Any) : IF <Strl> NA <Str2>
is 'l'BIIJE 11'<S~rl>does not coiltaiil any charactel- Si-om <Str3>. conlparison is case-
sensitive. If the coillparison is true, the systeim field SY-FDPOS contains the leilgth of
<fl>. If it is false, SY-FDPOS contains the offset of the first character of <fl> that occcll-s
in < S t d > .
CS (Contains String) : IF <Sirl> (1S <Sir22
is 'TRUE IF <Strl> coiltaiils the String <Str2>. Trailing spaces are ignored and the
coillparisoil is NOT case-seizsitive. If the comparison is true, the system field SY-FDPOS
contains the offset of <Str2> in <Strl> . If it is false, SY-FDPOS contains the length of
<Strl>.
NS (contains No String) : I F <Strl> NS <SLr2>
is true iE<Strl> does not contain the String <Str2>. Trailing spaces are ignored and the
coinparisoll is not case-sensitive. If the coi-nparison is true, the system field SY-FDPOS
contains the length of <Strl>. If it is false, SY-FDPOS contains the offset of <Str2> in
<Strl>.
is 'TRUE IF <Strl> matches the pattern <StR>. If < S t d > is of type C, you can use the
following wildcards in <Str2>:
a for any character . .,,

a o r any single character: -1
Trailing spaces are ignored and the coillparisoli is not case-sensitive. 1.f the coinparison is
true, tlze systein field SY-FDPOS contains the offset of <St$> in <Strl> . If it is false, SY-
FDPOS contains the length of <Strl>.
If you want to perform a coiiiparison on a particular character in <Std>, place the escape
character I1 in I-i-ontof it. You can use the escape character 11. to specify
O characters in upper and lower case

the wildcard character ":p'(enter:J/4:)

eMav 'Technologies, Arneel-pet,IIyclel-abad
i'ir No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808, 98490 34399, ~ ~ s ~ ' . c x a a a x t e ~ ' l . a . c o ~ ~ ~
Strings
the wildcard cl~aracter"-t"(enter: #i- )

• the escape syi~lbolitself (enter: ## )
0 blailks at the end of a (enter: #_ )
NP (contains No Pattern) : ii; <Stl-i> NP <Sti-Z>
is TRUE if <Strl> does not match the pattern <Str2>. 111 <Std>, you can use the saine
wildcards and escape character as for the CP.
Trailing spaces are ignored and the coilipariso~lis not case-sensitive. Jf the cornparisoil is
true, 111e system field SY-FI_>130Scoiitains [he length of <Strl>. If i t is false, SY-FDPOS
coiltaiils the offset of <St$> in <Strl> .
The following table sl~owsthe results of executing this program, depei~dingon wl;icl~
and values of Strl and Str2.
ISXAMP1,ES :
SY-
1;D P
0s
'BD ' fa1s e 2
'ABC12' CN true 3
'ababa' 'AW ' true

Ph No: 4-91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~'0~1v.enaaaxte~1a.~0~~a
Strings
-
-
1. Accept a sting a n d determine its length.
2. Accept a string a n d number. Write the string that many number of times.
3. Accept two stings and sniap their contents.
4. Accept two strings and concatenate into one string.
5. Accept one string with delimiter1 separator with . o r : ) a n d split it into two
sub strings.
6. Accept a string 'EMAX TKClT' and use shift <string> left, < shift> right, shift
<string> up to "H'EC:II'.
7. Accept a string like 'IMAX TECH' , Change first occurrence of 'I' to 'E'. ( Use
REPLACE command)
8. Accept a string like EMliX 7'X6~PBNOLOC81ES,Change all the occurrence ef

-
7 I ZO T i
b-
"
.
( use 'i'*&~NSl,iril'E command)
9. Accept two strings and compare the two strings using CB,CA,CS,CP. (output
shall be 'true' o r 'false' for each comparison).
10. Accept a string 'EMAX 'T'ECII', display the output only as 'TECI-I' using
Gi:FSErI' comurand.
11. Accept a string, check whether it is palindrome o r not.

P11 No: +91 40 -65976727, Cell No: 99484 44808,98490 34399, w ~ ~ ~ ' o ' . e ~ ~ ~ a x t c c f ~ . c o ~ ~ ~
6. Internal Tables
Duration in Days - 3( * 2 Hrs)
a. introduction & purpose
b. Declaring Internal Tables
c. Read Data from Database
into ITAB
6. -Processing Data from
internal Tables
I. Display Data from ITAB
11. Adding
records (APPENDIINSERT)
iii. Modify Recards from
ITAB (MODIFY)
iv. Reading Data from
ITAB(READ)
v. Delete Records from
ITAB (DELETE)
vi. Delete Adjacent Duplicate
Records
vii. Append of Internal Tables
Lines (COLLECT)
viii. Types of Internal Tables
ix. Types of Declaring Internal Tables
x. Declaring STANDARD Tables
Internal Tables
Note : The Same SAP Database is Accessed by all the departments in the
Organization.
YS
SAP' Database 4 -"1
: Most Of the times, Each Department want to see the same data in a
different view and want to Manipulate according their requirements and that
Manipulated data is NOT required by the other departments So that Data in
Database(Tab1es) Should not be changed ,When the Changes a r e required by all
the Departments. Instead the Copy of the required Database Tables should be
fetched into Program and Manipulate it accordingly, Which doesn't change the
Data base.
Note: T o Maintain the Copy Of the Database Table Data in the Program, the
Program should have a variable (Temporary Table) , Which is Nothing but
Internal 'i';~ble.
So that, Internal Table is a Temporary Table ( Variable ) to Process the Data from
Database Table(s).

eMax Technologies, Ameerpet, Hyderabad
P h No :+91 1 0 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 41808,98490 34399, ~w.ean;ax8ech.cona
Hniet-nall '!'a bles
'We Ne\et- (,ompt-on~isein Quality, W o ~ ~ You'!
ld
Database Table & Internal Table :
Features Of Internal Tables:

T11e data is stored line (record) by line(record) in nlemory, and each line has the same
structure. So that Accessing Data from Illternal Tables also record by record.
In ABAP, internal tables are Array (Group) Of Structures, Wliere the structure is group of
fields (record).
2. puriicula1.1y i ~ i i p o l . ~ilse
a ~li)r
~ ~ i~~teri'laJ
lables is ['or sloring atid fol-matling data from a
database table \ ~ i t h i na program and Manip~llateaccording to the user recluireinents.
Meinory Allocation for Internal Tables Is Dynamic Thus internal tables are dynainic data
objects, since they can contain any number of lines of a particular type.
The only restrictions on the iiunlber of lilies an internal table may contaiii are the limits of
\ 2 u 1 ivslern installation The maximam memory that can be occup~edby an internal table
~ i ~ ~ c l u i~l t~sI iI ~I Ly~ I I ~ ~

,I~
~ clrlli~l~s~
ISl2a lgiyabj ) A lno1.e real~stlcf i g ~ ~ is
~ o ~ ~Les. r eLIPto 500
megabytes. An additioiial restriction for hashed tables is that they inay not contain more
thail 3 inillion entries.
The line types of internal tables can be any ABAP data types - elementary, structured, or
internal tables.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~i~v.ernax8ech.conl
Internal Tables
Stcps to Idccllare Internal Table:

1) Declare the S t r ~ e t u r eof Bitntei-nai 'I'able, i.c. a User Defined Data
type with the required fields, According to the Fields required
from the Corresponding Database Table(s).
'I'YPll3S : B3lillGLN 0 1 7
F P 'li'YPBC <Ref. Datatype> ,
F2 TYPE <Ref. Datatype> ,
F3 TYPE <Ref. Datatype> ,
...
jIN1) <)I? <.g. y >.
Note : TYPES is to define User Defhed Datatype.
2) Declare Internal Table i.e. Array of above Structure.
DATA <][tab> TYPE TABLE OF <TY>.
Example: I)cclarc an lr1'Al3 to M a i i ~ ~ a iData

~ i 1:roin Table
'1'001(Company Code Data).
Note : While Declaring <ITAB>, rerer the Corresponding
Database 'l'ablc i.c '1'00 1 I-Ierc.
: fi ;--
+,(i,a,iiR$;
./Y
tine Itequirecf Oaiaiype
TYPES : BXGIN 01' TY-T001,
BUKRS TYPE BUKRS, "Company Code
BUTXT TYPE BUTXT, "Company Name
ORTOl TYPE ORTOI, "City
B,ANDl '4'YPE I,ANDI, "Country Key
END OF TY-T001.
"Declare Internal Table From the above Structure
DATA IT-TO01 TYPE TABLE OF TY-TOOl.

eMav 'l'ech~~ologies,
Anleerpet, Ilytlel-abad
P h No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, y ~ ~ ~ . e m u x l e c h . c o n z
Internal 'Tables
Syntax to Select the Data From Database Table into Internal Table :
SELECT <F1>
<J-2>
<F3>
INTO TABLE <ITAB>

FROM <DRT>
WHERE <Condition 1I' Any>
Note : Malte Sure that the structure(0rder) of Fields in the SELECT aiid Iiiteriial Table
Should be Sai~ie, Because the Content Of lStField in the SELECT is transferred to the 1''
Field Of <ITAB> and Siinilarly 2'ld,3'", etc.
~.
~ . . ~ i ~ iI'rogra~ii
1
t l ~ i ~ : I1ispl;ij: [lie Lisl Of Gel-iiizi~i(lompanies's Details

Fro111 TOO 1 .
(Company Code,Name,City,Co~~iitr~~)
"DECLARE the Required Datatype

TYPES : BEGIN 0 1 7 TY-T001,
Ii?E!KliS 'B'Ui'E BaJ MIS, ''Company Code
18 1Jr1X'11''I'YPE HLI'I'X'I', "Company Name
O W 0 1 TYPE ORTOI, "City
LANDl TYPE LANDl, "Country Key
END OF TY-'d'001.
e From the above Structure

P E TABLE O F TY-TOOl.
1 into IT-T001.
SEIXC'1' 8 iJ KRS
BU1'X'T
OW01
LANDl
INTO TABTIE 1'1'-'l('001
PRONI 'roo;
WI-IERE 1,ANDl = 'DE'. "Germany

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell N o : 99484 44808,98490 34399, &~'w\~.eaasxxlec81.~om
Internal Tables
We Never Cornpl-omise in Quality, Would You?
Note : After the SEI,ECrT Data From Database 'Table is transferred to Internal
Table .
"Displaying Data From Internal Table
"Since Data in Internal Table is Stored record by record, Accessing/Displaying
, -.
;;V;;:a ki'i-on1 Inici-sill '1';lble is ;;!so r-econ-tl by n-ecor-d. So that 'l'here is 2; Special Loop
+Which Starts with ihe I" Record and Encls with Last Record Of <Itab> By Default.
"Keep the Internal Table in a LOOP, L O O P Points to the First record by Default
"and Collect it into <WA> and Process(Print) the Data from the <WA>.
Vdor k are a
ENDLOOP.
a&---------------------------------------------------------------------
*& Report ,/ZGDEMO-DISPLAY-COMPANIES-DE
.k PURPOSE : TO PISPLAY LIST OF GERMAN COMPANIES AND THEIR DETAILS
-, AUTHOR : GANAPATI .',ADIMULAM
" COMPANY : EMAX TECHNOLOGIES
"2,- -i
. . . .-
-. .- . - -. "" -. .--- ... - - - ... .....- - .- -. - -- -- -. -- -- - .- .
. .. - - - - - .. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ... - ..- -- - - - --
.... .- --
REPORT ZCDEMO-DISPLAY-COMPANIES-DE
"DECLARE t h e R e q ~recl
~ i Datatype
BUI<RS TYPE BIJI(RS, "Company Code
ORTOl TYPE ORTOl, "City
LAND1 TYPE lLAND1, " C o u n t r y Key
END OF TYKT001.
* D e c l a r e I n t e r n a l T a b l e From t h e above S t r u c t u r e
DATA IT-TO01 TYPE TABLE OF TY-T001.
DATA WA-TO01 TYPE TY-T001.

eMas 'I'echnologies, Ameerpel, llytlerabaci
lnternal Tables
-
c c- I zLci 2 r TO,, , , L - i >L -
SELECT BUKRS
B UTXT
ORTOl
LANDl
INTO TABLE IT-TO01
FROlY TOO1
WIiERE LANDl = ' D E ' .
;.: ;-,
i,
. sp:ay
Data From IT-T001
LOOP AT IT-TO01 INTO WA-T001.
WRITE : / WA-T001-BUI<RS,
WA-T001-BUTXT,
WA-T001-ORT01,
WA-T001-LAND1.
tNOL001'.
OUTPUT : EXECUTE THE PROGRAM

eSlax 'I'ecllnologies, Ameel-pet, llyclel-abacl
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell 1Vo : 99484 44808,98490 34399, y ' ~ ~ . e m ~ ~ x t e c h ~ c o ~ ~ ~
Internal Tables
-- We Never Cornp~.o~nise
in Quality, Would You?
OPERATIONS ON INTERNAL TABLES :
C'iBI'i'iNG (&\ddino,Multiple 'liecords):

A) Copy a t the END Of lnternal Table
APPEND LINES 01' <Irl'AB1> F R O M <N1> T O <N2> T O <ITAB2>.
B) Copy From the given Location
INSERT 1,TIVES O F <I'I'ABl> FROM <NP> T O <N2> TO <I'I'AB2>
INDEX <N>.
NOTE: INSEIR'II' With N O lNDEX Acts as APPEND Only.
P R O M <NI> T O <lV2> is Optional, If W e Ignore it, All the Records
are Transferred, Else Only the records from < N l > T O <N2> are
Transferred.
ADDING SING8,E RECORD :

A) ADD a t the END Of Internal Table
APPEND <WA> T O <ITAB>.
B) ADD a t the given Location
iNSER'H' <MIA> iN'i'0 <lri'AE> INDEX <N>. ( N > 0)
NO'l'K: 1NSERTB' With NO INDEX Acts as APPEND Only.
NOTE: Fill the Data into <WA> and Transfer to <ITAB>.
Finding No Of Records :
DESCRIBE 'TABLE <ITAB> LINES 4-I,INES>. ( V-L1Nk:S TYPE I).
'I'he No Oi' Records from <1'1'AS> is Collected Into V-LANES.
SOR'Ting : 'To Arrange the Records into Ascending / Descending Groups .
SORT <ITAB> ASCENDING / DESCENDING BY < F l > <F2> ...
NOTE : Sorting is Ascending by Default.
NOTE :The default liey is made up of the Non-Numeric fields of the table
line in the order i;; which they occur.
Accessing/Reading Single Record :

READ TABLE <ITAB> INTO <WA> INDEX <N>.
OR
M A D ' i ' ~ k I i , K<I'I'P;iP BN'i'0 <MIA> WI'I'BB KEY <Condition> ElNARY
eMax Technologies, Ameerpet, Ryderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~vww.emaxtech.co*m
internal Tables
Wc P 4 ~ i ~ t . C
r . o ~ l ~ p r . o ~ l iin
i s eQuality, Would You:'
SEARCH.
NOTE: Malte S u r e that the Internal Table is Sorted to Apply BINARY SEARCH.
Accessing Multiple Records :
I,OOP A'l' <I['17AB>BN'1'0 <MIA> 1CROM < N l > 1 ' <N2>.
' 10
s:i3~-ocess
the Data ici-om <WA>.
ENDLOOP.
OR
L O O P AT <ITAB> INTO <WA> W H E R E <Condition>
"P:-ocess the Data Ilh-om <WA>.
ENDLOOP.
DELETING Records :
Single Record : DELETE <ITAB> INDEX <N>.
M~nlltipleRecoa-ds : DEQ,E'I'K<<lrl'AB> W l l E R E <Condition>.
DEB,X'B'E <I'II'AB> 1CKOM <N1> TO <N2>.
DELETING ADJACENT DUPLICATES :

NOTE: Malce Sure that the Duplicates Should be Adjacent. Which Can be
Gone through S o w i n g .
soYF. , sorting
L I A L4 phe<v-'4 nu> is IVTandatol-y.
9
NOTE : 'l'he Duplication Of Record(s), Depends O n the Comparing Fields.
DELETE ADJACENT DUPLICATES F R O M XITAB>

CIOMPARINC < F l > <F2> .....
Note : Make Sure that , the <IrB'AB> is Sorted by all the Comparing Fields in
the Same Order..
MODIFY :
Either Single 1 Multiple Records Modification is always through <WA>.
"Ik~illthe New Data into <WA> Fields.

MODIFY <ITAB> F R O M <WA> TRANSPORTING <Fl> <F2> ...
W H E R E <Condition>.
NO'I'K : 'Ihe Where (Ionclition , Decides the No Of Records to be Modified.

eMax Technologies, Ameerpet, rIyderabad
P h No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~ w . e m a x f e c h . c o n ~
Intel-nal 'l';tbles
We 1Neve1-Compromise in Quality, Would You?
EXAMPIX PROG.4M WIT11 AII1, TIIE INTERNAL TABLE OPEIWTIONS :
..
.
.-
...
;:& R e p o r t ZCDEMO-DISPLAY-COMPANIES-DE
" PURPOSE : TO D I S P L A Y L I S T OF I N T E R N A L T A B L E OPERATIONS
" AUTHOR : GANAPATI.ADIMULAM
<: COMPANY : EMAX TECHNOLOGIES
"
"OI---------------------------------------------------------------------
.'.
REPORT ZCDEIYO-ITAB-OPERATIONS
"DECLARE t h e Required D a t a t y p e
BUKRS TYPE BUKRS, "Company Code
ORTOl TYPE ORTO1, "City
LANDl TYPE LAND1, " C o u n t r y Key
END OF TY-T001.
"Declare I n t e r n a l Tab1 e From t h e above S t r u c t u r e

DATA IT-TO01 TYPE TABLE OF TY-T001.
DATA WALT001 TYPE TYLT001.
"Fetch Data From %COP i n t o IT-T001.

SELECT BUKRS
BUTXT
ORTOl
LANDl
INTO TABLE IT-TO01
FROM TOO1
WHERE LANDl = ' D E ' .
;:SORT
SORT IT-TO01 DESCENDING BY BUKRS.
WRITE : / ' L I S T OF GERMAN COMPANIES I N DESCENDING ORDER'

COLOR 1.
LlLINE .
" D i s p l a y Data From IT-TOO1

WRITE : / SY-TABIX,
WA-T001-BUKRS,
eMax Technologies, Ameerpei, Ilyderabad
Pb No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w\~~w.emax8ech.com
Internal 'l'a bles
WA-T001-BUTXT,
WA-T001-ORT01,
WA-T001-LAND1.
EIVDLOOP.
"ADD SOME MORE RECORDS

CLEAR WA-T001. "CLEARS THE CONTENTS
WA-T001-BUl(RS = ' E001' .

WA-T001-BUTXT = 'EMAX TECHNOLOGIES'.
WA-T001-ORT01 = 'HYDERABAD'.
APPEND WA-TO01 TO IT-T001.
"INSERT
CLEAR WALT001. "CLEARS THE CONTENTS
WA-T001-BUKRS = ' 1 0 0 1 ' .

WA-T001-BUTXT = 'IMAX TECHNOLOGIES'.
WA-T001-ORTO1 = 'HYDERABAD'.
INSERT WA-TO01 INTO IT-TO01 INDEX 1.
SI<IP 2 .
WRITE : / 'DATA AFTER APPEND AND INSERT' COLOR 1.
ULINE.
" D i s p l a y Data From IT-TO01

LOOP AT IT-TO01 INTO WPcT001.
WRITE : / SY-TABIX,
WA-T001-BUKRS,
WA-T001-BUTXT,
WA-T001-ORT01,
WLT001-LAND1.
ENDLOOP.
"DELETE
DELETE ITLT001 FROM 4 TO 5 .
SI(IP 2 .
WRI-rE : / 'DATA AFTER DELETE' COLOR 1.
ULINE.

LOOP AT ITLT001 INTO WALT001.
WRITE : / SY--TABIX,
WA-T001-BUl(RS,
WA-T001-BUTXT,
eMax Technologies, Ameel-pet, Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~w.eanaxteclia.coi13
Internal Tables
WA-T001-ORT01,
WA-T001- LAND1.
ENDLOOP.
"MODIFY
"SET COUNTRY KEY TO ' I N ' FOR BOTH COMPANY CODES 'E001' AND
'1001'.
CLEAR WA-T001.
WA-T001-LAND1 = ' I N ' .
MODIFY IT-TO01 FROM WA-TO01 TRANSPORTING LAND1
WHERE BUKRS = 'E001' OR
BUKRS = '1001' .
I F SY-SUBRC = 0 . "SUCCESSFULLY IVIOD:CFIED

SI<IP 2 .
WRITE : / 'DATA AFTER MODIFY' COLOR 1.
ULINE.

WRITE : / SY-TABIX,
WA-T001-BUKRS ,
WA-T001-BUTXT,
ENDLOOP.
ENDIF.
"READ
SORT IT-TO01 BY BUKRS ASCENDING.
CLEAR WA-T001.
READ TABLE IT-TO01 INTO WA-TO01 WITH KEY BUKRS = '0001'
BINARY SEARCH.
SKIP 2 .
WRITE : / 'DATA AFTER READ' COLOR 1.
ULINE.

WRITE : / SY-TABIX,
WA-T001-BUKRS,
WA-T001-BUTXT,
WA-T001-ORT01,
WA-T001- LAND1.
eMax Technologies, Arneerpet, Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~\"p~~w.enaaax(ec&.com~.e~n~x4ech~co~11
Internal Tables
We Never Comproniise in Quality, Would You?
";DELETE A D J A C E E 1 DUPLICA-[ES
" S I N C E WE D O N ' T HAVE DUPLICATES ON BUKRS, WE PREPARE
DUPLICATES
DO 3 TIIVIES.
APPEND L I N E S OF I T - T O 0 1 TO IT-T001.
ENDDO.
SORT IT-TO01 BY BUKRS ASCENDING
SI(IP 2 .
WRITE : / ' D A T A AFTER ADDING DLIPLICATE RECORDS' COLOR 1.
ULINE.
LOOP A T I T - 1 - 0 0 1 I N T O WA-T001.
i urn IT-7001
' : i 3 i s p l a g / D a ~ a '.--,-
i
WRITE : / SY-TABIX,
WA-T001-BUKRS,
WA-T001-BUTXT,
WA-T001-ORT01,
WA-T001- LAND1.
ENDLOOP.
.:,
-u~LETE
%
-' rl
ADJACENT DUPLICATES
DELETE ADJACENT DUPLICATES FROM I T - T O 0 1 COMPARING BUKRS.
SI<:CP 2 .
Wfillt : / ' D A - i A AFTER ADJACENT DUPLICA-TES' COLOR 1.
ULICNE.
LOOP A T I T - T O 0 1 I N T O WA-T001.
WRITE : / S Y - T A B I X ,
WA-T001-BUKRS,
WA-T001-BUTXT,
WLT001-ORT01,
WA-T001-LAND1.
ENDLOOP.

eR/dii~'I'echnologIes, Ari~eel-pet,Ilytlerabatl
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell 1Vo : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~.?ra.~.esnax$ech.cas~~~
Internal Tables
We Never Cornpl-ornisein Quality, Would You?
'. "[I' I):. ,,C ' G: 1;: iu;!:,!~:L,t :

'i $Or I?:$
6
7 <,fifi": s,\c, ,, ,:
>.I; r:-:,:,+.+,, r-:
\';2; 'I jc,r7
D:iY, AFTER UELETE

eMax 'l'echnologies, Arneei-pel, IIyderabad
PI1 No :-1-9140 -65976727, (:ell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w.vc.a%.ean~axiech.cora~
Internal Tables
\hie Never (:o~np~-ornisei l l Quality, \Yould Y o u ?
\.,dl ':,,,,'I
\,..,II:!U~ r
bit1 i : i ~ i ' i
\;a1 iilnr f
(:a i I dorl
I'lal 1da1.i
lial 1 i o r i
(,El I >l3r.l
:;~>!,! *[,r~
., . . . . . . : I : ,.-. I
I?,:
L ..>:,..,,:,
.:,
, , ..,
r , .': ~
ri.-;,: :, 7.
p.<<,:.?,: ;
.
6 > 3:t: :,.I c
.. .., . c , 1=:.5,i
!.;;,',
.-, . - L.I"
.>.
k$ 'i;L'tb.l;'
......:,
,;? .C:#W IF x A ~ C L > ~ S ~ E ~
i!l,$Y H?LkR!>,3rl;
;5 R i I 3 C I g E 5 ?<.< I :).,qH G LL.;~:~
50 RiCC I D E S Hr+.:l:l 6ri.ll: ;-es8r71

eMax Technologies, Ameerpet, Ilyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~w.emaxtecb.csanl
Internal Tables
MISCELLANEOUS:
nnl5ADER I,YNE: Is the Default (Implicit) W o r k Area, Defined by the System, with
1 1 1 7
the name 0 1 lniernal 'l'able.

DATA IT-TOO1 TYPE TABLE OF 1'001 W11'I-IIHEADER 1,IIVE.
Note : Here Both Internal Table and W o r k Areas a r e Defined with the Same Name
i.e IT-T001.
NO'T'E : <6'4'hB>s With LIEADEK T,INE :ire Not Recommended , Instead SAP
Recommends Explicit Work Areas.

cMas 'l'echnologies, A11iee1-pel,Ilyderabad
P h No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wn~%.emax~ech.com
llnternal Tables
TYPES Of INTERNAL TABLEs :
I I
I I.IDEX TABLE
STANDARD TABLEs :
. Are the Default Internal 'l'able
. T h e key of a standard table is always non-unique So Duplicates a r e
Allowed.
. Records C a n be accessed through both INDEX a n d Condition.

READ TABLE <ITAB> INTO <WA> INDEX <N>.
OR
READ 'B'ABJL,E <ITAB> IN'TO <WA> WI'P'IJ KEY <Condition>.
. <IPP'A3>Can be Sorted
. Accessing/Searching time for the record depends on the No Of Records
Because Searching is either Liner or Binary.
SOR 'l'l<Ij 7il lJLEiY

Note: Records are always in Sorted Order
This is the most appropriate type if you need a table which is sorted as you fill it.
You fill sorted tables usiilg the INSERT statement. Entries are inserted accordiilg
to the sort sequence defined tluougli the table key.
The respoilse time for ltey access is logarithmically proportional to the ilumber of
[able entries, since the system always uses a binary search.
Note : Kecords Call be accessed through Both INDEX and with ICey(Condition).

P h No 5-91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtec&.com
Internal Tables
Note: Soi-Led Itlter-nai 'I'iiities 8':ammcit be Sorted again.
Sorted Internal Tables a r e always, either UNIQUE / NON UNIQUE.

1.e. Sorted Internal Tables Cannot be Declared without UNIQUEDJON-
UNIQUE Keywords.
DATA <9'1'AB> TYPE SOR'I'ED 'I'AB1,E O F <1'Y> WITH UNIQ'IJEAYON-

&lNIQU;;i: K g Y <i?1> <1<!'2> ..
Hashed tables :
This is the nlost appropriate type for ally table where the main operatioil is key
access.
Like database tables, hashed tables always have a unique key.
DATA <ITAB> TYPE HASHED TABLE OF <TY> W I T H UNIQUEDJON-

UNIQUE KEY <F1> <l72> ..
You canllot access a hashed table using its INDEX.
1 h c response (Search) time cloesn't clepelid 011 the 110 of records, Instead it is
always access remains constant, regardless of the number of table entries.
Hashed tables are useful if you want to construct and use an internal table \.vliicli
resembles a database table or for processing large alnounts of data.
SoeciaH Features of Standard T a b l e s :

Sorted tables, liashed tables are only introduced in Release 4.0, sta~ldardtables already
existed several releases previously.
Defining a line type, table type, and tables without a header line have only been
possible since Release 3.0. For this reason, there are certain features of' standard tables
that still exist for compatibilitj~reasons.
Standard 'IB bles Before IPelcasc 3.0

Before Release 3.0, internal tables all had header lines and a flat-structured line type.
There were no independent table types. You could only create a table object using the
OCCURS addition in the DATA statement, followed by a declaration of a flat structure:
DATA: BEGIN O F <Irb'AB> OCCURS <n>,
END 0 1 7 <itab>.
Page 17 0S 23 By Ganapati Adimulam
eMax 'L'echnologies, Ameel-pet, llytlerabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww~~.emaxtech.conn
Internal Tables
-.-,- .
I 111ssla~eliiell~
decinred ai-1 inlei-rial I~tble4 r a b l \\:iLh the line lype defined lollowing the
OCCURS aclditio~i.Furlheni101-e.all internal ~ztbleshad header lines.
The iluinber <n> in the OCCURS addition had the saine illeailiilg as ill the INITIAL
SIZE addition from Release 4.0. Entering '0' had the saille effect as onlitting the
INITIAL SIZE addition. In this case, the initial size of the table- is determined by the
system.
Sliinclard 'Il'ables From Release 3.0

Since Kelease 3.0, it has been possible to create table types using
'I'YPES <t> TYPEILIKE <linetype> OCCURS <n>.
and table objects using
DA'T'A <it;tb> 'I'b'PZl1,lKE <linetype> OCCtJRS <n> [WPTPI IIEADER LINE].
I lie cllect ol' the OC'( Lll<S adcl~tlo~i
1s lo C O I I S ~ I L ~ CnI ~ii11ldal.dtable with the data type
<llnetype>. The line type call be ally data type.
T h e above statements a r e still possible in Release 4.0, a n d have the same function as
the following statements:
TYPES <itab> TYPEILIKE [STANDARD] TABLE 01'<linetype>.
NO'E'K : OCCURS <O> : Allocales the Initial Memory 8P : Allocates Memory For <N> recorcls initially and Keep on allocates
for <N> records ,whenever it requires.
NO'TE: LVhenever the same Inter~lalTable is used again and again in the sarne Progranl.
it is better to JNITIALIZE (Clear the Current Current) and before we use it again.
CLEAR:
i'i.ls;iLi2<"dariabie>.
NO'I'E: 'She <Variable> C a n be a normal Variable, W o r k Area, Internal Table etc.
So that CLEAR C a n Clear the Contents Of the Corresponding Variable.
CLEAR <WA>. - Clears W o r k Area
C:T,EAR <l'TAB>. - Clears Internal Table
Noid: C'leanng the i~iter~lal
1 able means, to take to the state that it was in immediately
after it is declared it.
]Vote: If you are using internal tables with lzeader lines, remember thal the header line
and the body of the table have the same name. If you want to address the body of the
table ill a comparison, you must place two brackets ([ I) after the table name.
eMas 'l'eclinologies, Allleerpel, llytlerabad
I'h No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, y\.ti.canax8eeh.b:0~11
We ever Compromise in Quality, Would You?
module from within any ABAP program by using the following

You can call a f~~nction
ABAP statement:
CALL FUNCTION <function module>
EXPORTING
, fi = a1
...
Fn = an
IMPORTING
fi = at
....
f;; = a;
[CHANGING fl = a1.... f,, = a,]
[TABLES fi = a1.... f,, = a,,]
[EXCEPTIONS el = rl .... e,, = r,,
[ERROR-MESSAGE = r ~ ]
[OTHERS = r,]
Note : You call use the f~~ilction

Pccttevrz in the ABAP editor to call a fuilction from
within your coding.
Position the cursor at the point in your coding where you want to call the function.
1. Choose Pattern. 4

,\
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, \vww.emaxtech.com
6
Working With Subroutines:

Subroutines are principally for local modularization, that is, they are generally
0 DAY -2
called from the program in which they a r c defined. You can use subroutines to
write functions that are used repeatedly within a program. You can define
subroutines in any ABAP program.
I Note : Subroutines are normally called internally, that is, t h e y r

I sections of code or algorithms that are used frequently locally. If you want a 1
(
1 function to be reusable throughout the system, use a function module.

Note: We 'should h o w TWO things to work with any Modulrization Technique.
How to Define the Module and How to Call it.
Note : Subroutines Should be Called F k s t and Defined next in the Program.
No Statements C a n be Executed ater
Calling the Subroutines:

PERFORM <Name> USING <INPUTl>
<INPUTF2> etc
Subroutines are Called
CHANGING <OUTPUTl> Actual Parameters.
<OUTPUT2> etc 1
4
Defining Subroutines
FORM <Name> USING <FP-TNPUTl>
<FP-INPUT2> etc
3 I time
All Arguments Passed at the
of Defining the
CHANGING <FP-OUTPUTl>
Formal Parameters.
<FP-OUTPU~~Z>etc j I
ENDFORM.

P h No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww~v.emaxtfech.com
'I'a bles
I~;tct-n~ai
We Nevel (,'ornpro~~iise
SYNTAX FOR INTERNAL TABLE OPERATIONS

( WIT11 & WITEIOUT HEADER LINES)
T h e following table shows the statements that you must use for internal
iables without a header line, and the equivalent statements that you can use
i,i- interna: Labieb ij itii a fieaJui- i i i i t . :
Operations without header line Operations with header

line
Operatioils for all Table Types
YNSKR'I' <\va> BN'1'0 'Il'ABI,E INSERT 'TABI,E P'I'AB.
COLLEC'I' <wa> lN'I'8 <its b>. COLLEC'I' <itab>.

READ TABLE <itab> ... INTO READ TABLE <itab> ...
MODIFY TABLE <itab> FROM MODIFY TABLE <itab>

<via> ... ...
DELETE 'I'ABLE <it&> FROM DELErl'E TABLE <itab>.

<wa>.
1,OOP AT ITAB INTO <wa> ... LOOP AT ITAB ...
Operatio~lsfor Index Tables
APPEND <wa> '1.0 <itab>. APPEND <iGb>.
MODIFY <itab> FROM <wa> ... I MODIFY <itab> ...

Using the header line as a work area meails that you can use shorter statemeilts;
however, they are not necessarily easier to understand, since you caililot
iininediately recognize the origin and target of the assignment. Furthennore, the
fact that the table and its header line have the salne naine call cause conf~lsionin
operatioils \bill1 entire ~ilternaltables. -1 o avoid confusioi~,you sl~oulduse internal
tables with different1~~-aamed work areas.

eMax Technologies, Arneerpet, IIyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.em;txtecl~,col~~
Jloternal 'T'ables
Exercise
1. Declare a n interninl table for the below fields from CSKS and display
the diitii :
C'ontrullitzgArm, Cost Centre, V[~licl-fi.olzz
(lfrte, Vf~licl-to
cklte,
Depnrtmeizt, i'erson Xespoizsible.
2. Declare a n iniernal table with fields Profit Centre, Coiztrolling Areu,

V u l i ~fro
l ~nz clc~te,Vf~licl-to
(lute, Ilepc~rtineizt,Person Resl~onsible.
Gispia!. these fields with colurnn headings ('Fable CEPC - Profit
.--, . . -.
c,cmtcr- Masicy
3. Declare a n internal table with follo~iingfields:

Sales Docu.Wo, Date, Customer No a n d Sales Docu. Type from table
VBAI<
Item Detaiis like Item No, Material No, Quantity ancl Price from
"&iP.
Sort the table according to Sales Doc.No a n d display the contents
4. Declare a n internal table it bsis, lnaving a similar structure as table

BSIS, explore all possible methods to create the internal table with
Bicader line o r niiihsrrt header line
!,st' t:.,s.. 4 r> :ILS
ri Kid.fz . (;I*. , enc! of, claia lilie , dinla itlclcde slruclure
.- L ; r i l r l tseg:il
e t c j j i ~ p u i i i ~t hee inter-nit1 labie wirh contents of'iSSIS.Sort the table

according io company code and display the contents.
5. Declare a n internal table with the following fields a n d append the

records , refer the DDIC table TOO1 for declaration.
-
I Clountry
0001 I rm
- ---
. -- -- -
0002 In
- . .-
0003 Jublee Hills In
Apply all the below Operations to the Internal Table:
i) Modify all the records with City 'I-Iyderabad'.
ii) Append the fo1ollomling records to the ~ b o v einternal table.

rz,
0003, i iniiih i ccil11oiogies,3eg1iiil1pet,Ilyde~-iibi1d,In.
0092, G mas 'I'echnologics,Madhapur,IIyderabad,~n.

eMax Technologies, Ameerpet, IIyderabad
P!1 N o :-'91 40 -65976727. ('ell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~ x , . e i n a x d e e h . c s m l
Static Local Data Objects
If you want to keep the value of a local data object after exiting the subroutine, you must
use the STATICS statement to declare it instead of the DATA statement. With STATICS
you declare a data object that is globally defined, but only locally visible from the
subroutine in which it is defined. 6
"' PROGRAM : %DI:3MO S?'A7.i'ICS-IN-SliRROl.jTINES

:YAU~.TI-IOII: GANAP.ATT . AI>TMI.JZ~AM
':: PURPOSE : JJ,7RTTTSrfiSIJBR017TTNE I!ST?=JG STATICS VARIABLE
.',;...:,
.,.5',.. 9,.,. .'. d, .;-*:
.,..'.,.. <.....,.-5.,..'. * :# :+ * * *: *
*: .:: :$ :3 ,:: * >: :k * -::::4 * * ::: * * * * * * * *
:g * < I ? :$ $: :) *: ): :g * * ::: :s *
:$
REPORT ZDEMO-STATICS-IN-SUBROUTINES .
PERFORM increment-counter.
SKIP.
*STATICS Variable is Used in the Subro~itine
PERFORM add numnberby-one. a
PERFORM addInumber-by -one.
FORM increment-counter.
Data : 1-counter type i.
1, counter = 1-counter + 1.
lfrite : 1 'The Value Of Counter is', 1-counter.
ENDFORM.
FORM add-number-by-one.
"STATICS Variable will be Initialized Only Once But Not

*Every time we Call the Subroutine Like Local Variables
STATICS 1-number type i. 6
1 number = 1 number -1- 1.

M'rite : 1 he-value Of Number is', 1-number.
When you run the program, the following is displayed:

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~a~v.emaxlech.com
We-
- Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
15 WA RNKA-BANKL,
25 W A ~ B N K A -ANKA,
B
40 WA-BNKA-STRAS,
50 WABNKA-ORTO 1.
ENDLOOP.
Observe the Result of the Macro
THE FiEIjLT CIF TI2£ !.iP.CRC IS
THE LIST OF BRIII: DET>,ILS ![,RE Here First Record from the in
the Internal Table is
AE iljii?O0l:IO C i T i ban!: F l o r i iia Z g E u e r ~ o s
OF; t i : . ~ ~ 3 i j ' j e.srlco R i g !;ai..aT erlio ~uenils- AR 2005000 CitiBank ..
h i 1091!3 De:itsrhe Bani,i l f e i - s t r ~ l ' ~ ~i sr
.W
ST 12345 E ~ I sb:3rli:,
. r; i~l:,enya:.;:~B~rsp~t;3~jt
,"I.! 123.456 ?,HZ FJanIcitig [,or
B) Processing blocks that are called using the ABAP runtime system:
Modularization at Runtime .
Event blocks Ex : INITIALIZATIION, AT SELECTION-SCREEN, START-
OF-SELECTION,END-OF- SELECTION.
Dialog modules
Ex : PROCESS BEFORE OUTPUT.(PBO)
PROCESS AFTER JNPUT.(PAI)

4

Open SQL
Accessing the Database in the R/3 System DAY-1

In the R/3 System, long-life data is stored ill relational database tables. In a
relatioilal database model, the real world is represented by tables. A table is a two-
dimensional matrix, consisting of lines and columils (fields).
Stalndard SQL
SQL (Structured Query Language) is a largely standardized language for
accessing relational databases. It can be divided into three areas:
Data Manipulation Language (aDML)
Statenleilts for reading and changing data in database tables.
Data Definition Language (DDL)
Statements for creating and administering database tables.
Data Control Language (DCL)
Statements for authorization and consistency checks.
Note : The SQL is Database Dependent.
Each database has a programming interface that allows you to access the database
tables using SQL statements. The SQL statements in these programming
interfaces are not fully standardized. To access a specific database system, you
must refer to the documentation of that system for a list of the SQL
statements available and their correct syntax( Since it is Database
t of the database system with which you use

it despite the differences in the SQL syntax between various databases, each work
process on an application server has a database interface. The R13 System
commuilicates with the database by means of this interface. The database
interface converts all of th; database requests from the W3 System into the
correct Standard SQL statements for the database system.

eMax l'echnologies,Amee~-pet,Hyderabad
P h No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~vww.ernaxlech.con~~xtech.con~
Open SQL
-
- * -
Pppllcatlon programs
-7
w" - - --
R E 3 S y s t e m programs
Native S O L O p e n SOL
I O p e n SOL
I.ludules
Plat!. e S I ~ L (Table module.
1 lodult!
Database interface
I S t a n d a r d S O L (d:,,.namic, e r r l b e d d e d : ~
Relational database
There are two ways of accessing the database fro

or Native SQL.
Open SQL, Which is Databas*e Independent and Integrated with ABAP

Workbench.
Open SQL
UPDATE)
(DCL)
COMMHT,ROLkBACH(
I
Note: Open SQk Doesn't Support DDL so that we have DATA
DILCTIONA,R~to Support the DDL Operations.
are a subset of Standard SQL that is fully integrated in

u to access data irrespective of the database system that the
Native SQI,:
Native SQL is only loosely integrated into ABAP, and allows access to all of the
functions contained in the programming interface of the respective database
system. Unlike Open SQL statements, Native SQL statements are not checked
and converted, but instead are sent directly to the database system. When you use
Native SQL, the f~~nction of the database-dependent layer is minimal. Programs
that use Native SQL are specific to the database system for which they were
written. When writing R/3 applications, you should avoid using Native SQL
wherever possible. It is used, however, in some parts of the R/3 Basis System - for
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtech.com
Open SQL
example, for creating or changing fable definitions in the ABAP Dictionary.

The ABAP Dictionary uses the DDL part of Open SQL to create and change
database tables. Open SQL statements can only access tables that exist in the
ABAP Dictionary.
Return Codes
After every Open SQL statement, the system
field SY-SUBRC contains the value 0 if the
operatioil was successful, a value other than 0
--v'
After an open SQL statement, the system field
SY-DBCNT
SY-DBCNT contains the number of database
lines processed.
DML (Data Manipulation Language) Commands:
Reading Database Changing Database
Note: Reading DATA is through SELECTS, Which will be discussed later.
Worlcing with Database Changing Operations:

A set of statements that allow you to change data in the database.
You can insei-t, change and delete entries in database tables. I-Iowever, you must
remember that Open SQL statements do not check authorization or the
consistency of data in,fhe database. The following statements are purely
technical means of pro&&ffhing database updates. They are to be used with
care, and, outside the SAP transaction concept, only to be used in exceptional
1
cases.
Notel: Always, All the Database Changing (INSERT, UPDATE,

MODIFY,DELETE ) Operations for Single Record is through WORK
AREA and for Multiple Records is through INTERNAL TABLES.
Note 2 : In All the Database Changing Operations ,
The Structure Of work area <WA> and <ITAB> must be according to
the structure of the database table.

eMax Technologks,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
P h No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtech.com
Open SQL
INSERT - SYNTAX
INSERT <DBT> FROM <WA>. INSERT <DBT> FROM TABLE <ITAB>

ACCEPTING DUPLICATE KEYS.
Note: ACCEPTING DUPLICATE KEYS Doesn't mean that it Accepts and Inserts
Duplicate Records. Instead it Ignore the records which already exists in Database and
Inserts the rest of the Records.
Note : Whenever you want to insert more than one line into a database table, it is more
efficient to work with an internal table than to insert the lines one by one.
REPORT ZDEMO-OPEN-SQL-INSERT .
** *: ,::;$ * :!. * * ,::,:::k * *: 9. * ,::
$ k (: $ :!$ *: 9: ,:k :: $: 9,: $ :> 3,: ,: :k * * -::
*: $ 3,: 2: :!$ * ,:: * ,> * ,k * <: * * * <: ;y * * *: %; *
9,: $ << 3,: 2: 4 *
':: PROGRi\M ZDEMO-OPEY-SQL_INSERT
':IZCTHOR GAKAPATI .ADIMULAM
:: s ~ , A~ R 4 ' '1~
-t; 27/01/2008
x: PPIJRI'OSE IS TO ?VORK WITH AI-I, OPEN SQI, OPETCATIONS
:c COPIED FROM : NA
:~:~$*:]:*:~*:g*:!:*.:::>;:k*:~:>:!::>:~*,::*:~~:**:~~**:~**,:::>**~~:~**:;:~:>*:>:>***:~$,:.*::k*,::::c:~*:!$:~:~*
* MODIFTCATION LOG:
$' CHANGE REQUES'I' : C11 EMAX4756
4
"MOD-00 I DETAILS OF MBDIFICATIOK 00 1

:kMC)Il-002 DETfAIL,S OF MODIFICATIOIU 002
*SSIII'Pl.lt:iI EMAX TECHNOLOGIES.AMEERPE'1'
*: :!$ :'.: 9,: 4 :k $ * :> *: *
:
Q i;4 :> 4: 2. * *: * k: * *: * * :> *: 4: :p
:!$ :$
! .& *
:i;. 3: *;I;: ;!$ :> : * * :k :: * * * * * *
$ :!$ .$:!$ :$ 1: <! g; *: !4:
9,: $ : ** :!$
TYPES BEGIN OF TY TO0 1.

INCLUDE STRUCTURE TOO].
TYPES END OF TY-TO01 .
DATA : IT TOO1 TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-T001,

W ~ T OI OTYPE TY-TOO1.
*'!'F11,1, 1ST IIECORD
WA TO0 1-BUKRS = 'E00 1'.
W A T O O1~BUTXT= 'eMAX TECHNOLOGIES'.
APPEND WA-TO0 1 TO IT-TO0 1.

CLEAR WA-TO0 1. a

eMax Tecl~nologies,Arneerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.enaaxtech.conn
Open SQL
CLEAR WA-1'001.
"INSER'I' MUL'I'IPLE KECOKLIS FROM I'1'AB

INSERT TOO 1 FROM TABLE IT-TO0 1.
IF SY-SUBRC = 0.
WRITE : 'THE NO OF RECORDS SUCCESSFULLY PROCESSED ARE',
SY-DBCNT. 1
ELSE.
WRITE : I 'NOT ALL THE RECORDS ARE SUCCESSFULLY PROCESSED'
ENDIF.
OUTPUT :
EXECUTE THE PROGRAM
Same in Database.
a

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.cona
Open SQL
a We Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
SO EXECUTE S E l l and DISPLAY the Contents From Table T001.
-. A
.. .....
:v~;:E
[~-.::la;sc f ~ r . - ~ i . : !: of 75 . , r a , ! rn'litrm!~; .- 1 ,,.;~- , I < ?:zri
i-/
.....,
C~l.~(itl.y G?(ri-~niy~ a n g u a g eC h a t M fr~1'1.8

I
UPDATE - Syntax
/'\
Column Update Row Update
UPDATE < D B D SET UPDATE <DBT> FROM <WA>. (Single Rec)
<Fieldl> = <Valuel> UPDATE <DBT> FROM TABLE <ITAB>.
<Field2> = <Value2>. . . (Mult.Rec)
WHERE <Condition>.
If at least one line is changed, the system sets SY-SUBRC to 0, otherwise to 4.
SY-DBCNT contains the number of lines changed.
NOTE: Updates (Overwrites) if record exists else Ignores.

+:
Sample Program for Column Update:
REPORT ZDEMO--OPEN-_SQL-UPDATE.
,. ,.G
9
;':
%:
9:
.,. .,.
p~(~("~p~%,f
:* AUTHOR
..!..'..I:
,. ..I,.*,., .,. , 9,.
5,: S ~ ~ A RI)$,'[-],<
%: PURI'OSE
*: COPIED FROh4 :
*...,,,..,...,*, ,...,.
L
. .b
J'
R401)IF1CA'l~'10lV LOG:
C I - I A N G REQUEST
'"MOD-00 1
"MOII-002
'$SUPPLIER
: :k * %:
~
$: ;k
:
*
:>
* ,,..,.*. *. ,,.,,...,
.;..'. ,. .> .', .<,
4, -1,
* :;: :k
4, J. +
r.
:$
...
.!,.I. ,,. -6 a.I.,
,,. ,. q,,.
.L
. ..,I..a. .'.
,,..,
:k $ :: 6 :k :; :I;
"LIPUA'I'II C:C>LLiMNS OK1'01,OKT02.LANDl FOR TI IE CXIh4.I.APNY CODJ'S '13001';

'E002'
UPDATE TOO 1 SET ORTO 1 = 'HYDERABAD'
LAND 1 = 'IN'
WHERE BUKRS nu (IEOOII, l~ooal).
WRITE : 'THE NO OF RECORDS SUCCESSFULLY PROCESSED AREt,SY-

DBCNT.
Note : This Program Updates the City and Country Key for the Company Codes 'E001'
and 'E002' as we didn't p-ovide the Same at the time of Insertion.
OUTPUT:
.L :#
I,
zDEMO-OPEN SQL IJPDATE

GAKAPATI .ADIMULAM
37/01/2008
9,: $ :I: :$ 9,:
IS TO \1rO1<1< Wl'l't--IAl,I., OPEN SQ1.; OPI'IIA'I'IONS

NA
<. * ,,. .,. .., .!..I.
.* * ..,,..s.* *. ,,.<. * <,,...!.
* * ,.,;,..!. J, 6 .b .I.
:3
.I,
:;: :!: 9: 5,:
Cl lEMAX4756
* *: :;: :I: 2: * :;: * * *

:: ;I:
.,. <. * :$ * * ,-v,..,. +.'-<-',- 1..,.+ .'-..,..,.

4. )I. 6. I .
DETAILS OF MODIFICATIOK 00 1
DETAILS OF MODIFICA'I'IOfi 002
EMAX 'TECHWOLOGIES,AMEERPEEI-
\
-,
$
!: :$
*
Open SQL
.I.
-., .'- .....,.
+ + <',..,..
-1.
$ ::
.I? + .> -'- ..,.
.!.
4:
1
., -1.
:> :$ $:
5,: :I: ;i; %: 5,: 5,: :i: :? J:
+ >,.
.1,
:; ;i: ::: 5::
; :: 9,:
:i; : :I; ;$ >:
);: %
:
5,: :i;
* $: 5,: :i;
:;: 9,: :I;

* 2: :;: ;I; ::
*'-
+ I
**
4,
Q
'I-
;k :I; 2:
9,: ::: ;I:
-:-
:* 2: :: :I; * 8 *
,..j.< .I-
* :!: * 2: :;: * * :i;

+,j -I-
2:
G,
- -- . -- p-p-ppp--
---
--
,l,F i l l , f
~
,\I r mi.,, ,I r L i , 8 3 ,
~
I I I L, I , ,, L<,,l
p - ~ -
, 7
~

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wn7w.emaxlech.com
Open SQL
6if
-.-."
%' I4 4 t )I B @ [j a --
Checktable
heck the Table , It is

Updated For the Given
Details for Both EOOl and
MODIFY (Inserting or Changing) Lines:

MODZFY - Syntax
~c;s~As
INSERT When Record UPDATE When Record Exist.

Doesn't Exist
Syntax For Single Record : MODIFY <DBT> FROM <WA>.
For Multiple Recs : MODIFY <DBT> FROM TABLE <Itab>.
EXAMPLE :
REPORT ZDEMO-OPENSQL-MODIFY .
: * PROGRAM : ZDEMO-OPEN SQL MODIFY

* ALITHOR GANAPATI. A ~ I M U L A M
" START DATE 30lQ612006
" PURPOSE IS TO WORK WITH MODIFY
#' COPIED FROM : hiA
* J,
::$: :i: :p ,::4: :# + ,:: $: $ * ,::+ + :p g: $: +; :p 4: ::: :) * ,::g: :# J J $: *
:!: ,::$ *
:p g: ,:: :) 4: 4: :!: + ,::$ :) :) ,::$ ;) J ,::4: :i: .+ 4: $: :i: * * * :I a
*' MODIFTCATTON LOG:
* C H A N G EREQUEST : C l lGh4AX4756
..................................................................
J
"MOD-00 1 DE'TAILS OF MODIFICATION 001

"MOD-002 DETAILS OF MODIFICATIOFi 002
"'SUPPLIER EMAX TECHNOLOGIES+4MEERPET
eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,Hydera bad
Ph No :+918 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww7v.ernaxtecih.com
Open SQI,
We Never Compro~nisein Quality, Would You?
,,.
.Ir ,
.!.,..,.
-1. .!, ...
.!. ., -.. ,., *. ..,,..
, .,- 4
.I. .I. .a, J. 1
.
,.!..,...!.
<.,.-6 .* .,!., ..
4. .,.<. .,I,. , J. 4.
*
,. .,!., ...,I..,. 2 * :;: ::: 4: : :I: : 21: * :!:* :!: :? :; :: ::::::.4 : ;: :: 2;: : :: >: :j *
: ;: :: :: $: * * :;: :: :::i: :;: * 2:
TYPES BEGIN OF TY-T001.
INCLUDE STRUCTURE TO0 1.
TYPES END OF TY-TO0 1.
DATA : IT-TO01 TYPE ST4NDARD TABJ,E OF TY-T001,

WA-TOO 1 TYPE TY-TO0 1.
MODIFY TOO1 FROM W,4-T001.
WRITE : 'THE NO OF RECORDS SUCCESSFULLY PROCESSED ARE1,SY-

DBCNT.
CLEAR WA-TO0 1.
WA TO0 1-BUKRS = 'E004'.

WA-TOO1-BUTXT = 'ASAP TECHNOL
WA-TOO
- I -ORTO1 = 'CHENNAI':
APPEND WA-TO0 1 TO IT-T001.

CLEAR WA-TO0 1.
WA TO01-BUKRS = 'E005'.
W A ~ T OIO-BUTXT = 'IFLEX TECHNOLOGIES'.
WA-TO0 1-0RT0 1 = 'HYDERABAD'.

CLEAR WA-TO0 1.
WA-TOO 1-BUKRS = 'E002'.

WA T001-BUTXT = 'CLARION PARK TECHNOLOGIES'.
W A ~ O O ~ - O=
~ 'BANGLORE'.
TO~
APPEND WA-TOO 1 TO IT-TO01 .
*MODIFY MULTIPLE RECORDS FROM ITAB.

MODIFY TOO 1 FROM TABLE ITTOO 1.
ULJNE.
WRITE : 'THE NO OF RECORDS SUCCESSFULLY PROCESSED FROM
ITAB',
Ph No :+9B 40 -65976727, Cell No :99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxteclla.com
4
Open SQL
SY-DBCNT.
) H E +It> (:k RE:::$jF(L!C: SIJl:".:ES'jFlILL" I'K(:CESSEO , H t I
THE ,TI0 0.F RECOI(D'I SUCCESSFULL.'? PNOCESSED FRVI.1 7TP.U
-
--
%'"aI4
?-
---
-
4 b bl @I
--- -
-n"
[Ta
-r --i18 Check table
"-- ". - -
. .
ASAP TECHNOLOGIES
Company Codes E002, E003, E004,

Record is overwritten
E005 are Newly Inserted as there are no
for the Given Details
records for the Given Keys.
from Work Area

Ph N o :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www;.emaxtech.com
a
Open SQL
Deleting Lines :
DELETE <DBT> FROM <WA>. "Single Rec
DELETE <DBT> FROM TABLE <ltab>. "Multiple Rec
DELETE FROM <DBT> WHERE <Condition>.
Note : Deletion Depends On the WHERE Condition.
Note : Deletes If Exists Else Ignores.
REPORT ZDEMO-OPEN-SQL-DELETE .
;k *:;, ;::;: * :; . .;..: .: <.....,. ."
8'. 2
. 2.-, -,.
.',9
4
. ...' * ;::* :; * * ):: :i: * *: * :) *: *: ':::k * *: *: :k * * :) :k * *: >: :I: * ;::: :I: * 4: * $ :* * <: :I: ;:<:; :I':I: * * * :::*
,$
" I'ROGRAM ZDEM'\/IO_PEN-_SQTJ~-UEI.,k~.:'I'E

:k AUTHOR GANAPATI .ADIMULAM
$' START DATE 2710 1DO08
*pu~p~~j.; IS TO O R I l l Al..,I.~ OPFN SQI.,
OI'EI~A'I'ION S
::: COPIED FR(IIZ1 : NA
.* * :+ *, 9,.,,..,..,..,..,..,..,
*. .!. :. 9,..,..,..,..,.
.9 4. c* .!. .-.>. 9,: + * 1 ,-..,.,,.
..!, 4. , <* + 9,. ., * 9,....
,..,..,..,4, .-L ., ., '...,..,....
, <. .:..:.3 <+ <* ..( .!.* * :2 * * ;> 3: :': 4: :;: :+ :+ * >:; :I 4: * :k :s ,. .,.
.!. ,.,...,..,..,..,..,..,.
6.1. J- .!. 4, 4, :(: :$ )'I 4,
:$ I\/IODIF'ICAcI'jO&
CHAYGE ICEQUEST : C l lEMAX4756 : ,.

...' :
* .................................................................., .:. . , ,
'"MOD-OO1 DETAI1,S OF MODIFICATION 00 1

+T\/I'OD-(!O? , DFT.TT.S OF 34001FTC.A.T!OW On3
'!:SUPPLIER EMAX TECHNOL.OGIES,AbIEERPET
.!.a.+ .L ...,. .,..'I >, ,,...,!..* * * q $. ,,-...,..,,,,..,..,. ... I,..,..,..,.I,..,.q.
.,. +..,,...,.!....
,t. 4, .i. .a+
, .I, 4, Q .
!,.
I. 4. .ar .!, .> .,. ... ....,.
4, I., l . +
.I. r. 4, .b .I. :: :> ... ..,....,..,
.+
r. .9, .I.
C :L,....r;..,-.A
.L 4,.s. .., <, -, * ,..,,.
.!,,.,.... ,,..,..,.-i.,..,.,,.,.,...,.
1
.. .!, .L .I,
+ 4, \!, .I. .I, I.
.i J. +.I, .
!,+.I,
-i.
TYPES BEGIN OF TY T001.

INCLUDE S T R U C T U ~TO0 1. a
DATA : IT-TO01 TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-T001,

WA-TO01 TYPE TY-TO0 1.
APPEND WA-TO0 1 TO IT-TOO I .

CLEAR WA-T001.
APPEND \VA-TO0 1 TO IT-TO0 1.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emi~xtech.con~
Open SQL
"DELETE MULTIPLE RECORDS FOR THE ENTRIES IN ITAB.

DELETE TOOl FROM TABLE IT-TO01 .
4
ULNE.
WRITE : 'THE 1VO OF RECORDS SUCCESSFULLY DELETEDt,SY-DBCNT.
NOTE : EXECUTE S E l l and Check For the Contents Before AND After
Executing the Program.
BEFORE :
Entries in TOOl Before Executing(De1eting the Entries E004,EOOS) the

Program.
63, 14
"-- ------m"
4 P ,I & %
mv------ "7-n"
aa Check table
--
f ai; ' e I+;
E
L ; , F F ~3y6::: f ; 1,:~.
~ '7 ,,f 72 =.Ii:,..lil,c. 7 i?st .+.?,lit.;
0259 .-,
I /
I /
C l i e n t Comp^any Code Cornparty n a r l ~ e City Country Currevcy Langu! :

.! I.
e00 EOOI eMAY TECHNOLOGIES a HYDERABAD IN
800 E002 CLARION PARK TECHNOLOGIES BANGLORE IllR
800 E003 PG TECHNOLOGIES MUMABI
800 E004 PSAP TECHIIOLOGIES CHEIIPJAI
EOO E005 I F L E < TECHINOLOGIES HYDERABAO

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wviw.ernaxteck.com
Open SQL
Entries in Database Table ,After Executing the Program :
.
&- ,Z~
. I4
.--
4 b bI
....-.-.-..-------.v .
%? @
. ..
a ,--.-p,-,.--.
Cliec? table . . .
. . ,. . . . , ....
i A i
Call i ? i -7
.., .
;ls,:.~la.yarj +-s!il.;: r.?.' o i. -1-2 , .,
-,
F ? x e d :oli.:::iny 2 i; st .;!I i..i?5il I
r
'I
C 1 i ~ n Cnrnpqn\*
t Corio Corny-ny nalne
-Clty
- Con entry Cllrrency ~ a n g u :
1
:
I
I
:BOO EOUl ellAX TECHNOLOGIES HYDERAB4D I 11.
/ 1
lson EOU~ CLARION PAPK TECHNOLOGIES BRNGLOPE IIIF 8 I
eci0 ~ 0 0 3 9G TELHIIOLOGIES MUPIPBI
/
I
1
I
1 /
I /
I I
Note : Observe the Entries for 'E004' and 'E005'

are deleted after Executing the Program.
Page 13 o f 34 By Ganapati Adimulam

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emtlxtech.com
Open SQL
Result Of Database Changing Operations:
SY-SUBRC SY-SUBRC
For Single For Multiple Records
Record
INSERT 0 - For Successs 0 - For Successful
Insertion Insertion of All
4 - For Un Records.
SuEcessful 4 - When One More
Lines Cannot be
Inserted Because of the
Duplicates.
UPDATE UPDATE 0 - If atleast One Line

COLUMNS <target> SET is Changed.
<setl> <set 2> 4 - When None of the
... [WHERE Records is Changed.
<cond>].
0 - If atlea
One Line is
Changed.
4 - When None
of 'the Records
is Changed.
UPDATE( 0 - For Successs 0 - For Successful
Overwritin UPDATE Updation Of all
€9 Records
4 Otherwise
--
SY-SUBRC is always set to 0. Because it

Overwrites the Record if it finds a Match with
Primary Key Otherwise it Inserts a New
Successfully processed. ----- -.
Page 1 4 of 34 By Ganapati Adimulam

Open SQL
Working With Database Reading :

The Open SQI, statement for reading data from database tables is:
SELECT <F1>
<F2>
INTO TABLE <Itab> a
FROM <DBT>
WHERE <Condition>.
NOTE : We Can also Use GROUP BY, HAVING,ORDER B Y . But it is

not recommended in Real time Because we have lots of records , so it is not
better to do it at Database Level.
Note : hlake Sure that the Structure Of the lntern le and the Order of
Fields in the SELECTS Should be 811w ecause the data is
transferred according i.e lStField Conten T Into lStField Of
<]lTAIB> and Similarly all Other Fields.
mote : When we need to read 80% of the Fields From a table then it is better to
declare the Targct Area with all the Fields and Querry for all the Columns
(SELECT *).
a
Reading Aggregate Data for Columns
0 MAX: returns the maximum value of .the column <C i >
MIN: returfis the minimum value of the column <Ci >
AVG: returns the average value of the column <C i >
S um value of the column <C i >
C alues or lines as follows:
3 COUNT ( DISTINCT <C i> ) returns the number of different values in the
3 COUNT( "
column <C,>.
returns -thetotal number of lines in the selection.
You can exclude duplicate values from the calculation using the DISTINCT
option. The spaces between the parentheses and the arguments of the aggregate
expressions must not be left o~lt.The arithmetic operators AVG and SUM only
a
work with numeric fields.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtec8n.com
Open SQL
4
EXAMPLE Program :
REPORT ZDEMO-GET-COMPANY-DATA .
:: :: +: :; :;: :: :;: %: :; $ .+ :> *: >:; P:; <;: :; .+ Q .>, , .,.!,,.'.
,,. ;!., .', .'. ,.,.'..'+, ,,.
,. -.. .,..'.
.!..'. <. , .$
-8, .' : 4: :!::b :I: 2: :I :I: :: ,::;!: :: :: $: :!:;: : :; ;: :: :: 2: :i: : :;: 2: .+ :: :!: .+ .+ :!:,:;2:
::: PROGLIM ZDEMO GET COivlPANY-DATA

:k A~.;prI~.rok GANAPATI .KDIMI.II-,AM
2: s - [ ~ A J ~< - ~~ ~ . ~ - ~ ~2710
+ 113,008
'VPljRPOSE IS TO WORK WITH INTO STATEMEhTT IN
sELE,Crr
* COPII:l'> 1;KC)M : NA
:) * y: y: :I .+ y: * :b * y: y: :!:* y: <: y: 4 * y: y: * y: :: :k * * * y: .+
$$ :$ $ $ :$ $$ 9,: y: :!: * *
*: :$ .+ 9,: 8: :$ ;$ y: ,:: :$ * y: :: :$ * y: :!: * * * ;!:
$: :$
*: h40DIFICATION LOG:
*: CHANGE REQUEST : C l lEMAX4756
*MOD-00 1 DEI'ATLS OF MODIFICATION 00 1
:$plOD-OO:! DETAILS OF h4ODIFICATION 003
'bSUPPLIER EMAX TECHT\IOLOGIES,AhIEERPET
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY--Tool,

BUTXT TYPE BUTXT, "NAME
ORTO 1 TYPE ORTO 1, "CITY
LAND1 TYPE LAND1. "COUNTRY KEY
END OF T Y T 0 0 1.
DATA : IT TOO 1 TYPE STAIVDARD TABLE OF TY-TO0 1,

wA-TOO I TYPE T Y T O O1.
SEL *
INTO TABLE IT TOO1

FROM TOO 1 UPTO 20 ROWS.
*: 11 rsw ,AY D A - L ~
LOOP AT IT TOO 1 INTO WA-TOO 1.
WRITE : 1
WA TO0 1-BUKRS,
~ ~ 3 1-BUTXT,0 0 WA-TO0 1-0RTO 1,WA-TO0 1-LAND 1,
WA-TOO1 -WAERS.
CLEAR WA-TO0 1.
EIVDLOOP.
Page 16 of 34 6 By Ganapati Adimulam
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtec8r.com
Open SQL
We Never Cornpl-ornise
--
in Quality, Would YOU?
Out Put: EXECUTE THE PRQGRAM
Note : This Reads all the 20 rows at a time into the internal table Rut there is
another way where you can read the data in packages of records(i.e <N> no
cf recsrds every t i ~ ).e -
REPORT ZDEMO_-GET-COMPANY-DATA.
:,: :;.C :$ 4: $ :+ :: :: ;
: :+ 6 :;: A: ;::g $: * :k ::. $ :k ::' J: 2: i;* * J: : ;!: $: z,k 8: :k $ + 2. :b :? :: ::;k .:' :': k :F ::' :: :: -> -:: >: ::.;:. ;.: :.4. ,!. ;!:<: 4: 4 >: q: 4
ET-COMPAKY-CODE
PATI..AL)IMUI..,AM
RK WITH APPENDING STATEME,NT
* COPIED FKOhl :
* *: :!: :k :> 2: :k :*
:t $: * $: +
. +; ;:
$< 8< ;k ,* * :k >; #: 2: ;k * 4: 2: >k
$: *: 4: 2: :k * $: J
.: .,..!.
;k ;> 9,.i t. ,.
1.4.., 4::k
* -6)I. .I.*+: *
'I MODIFICATION LO
* CHllNGE REQUEST : C 1 lEMAX4756
*:MO[l-00 1 DETAILS OF MODIFICATION 001

"MOD-002 DETAILS OF h4ODIFICATION 002
'%SUPPLIER EMAX TECHNOLOGIE.S,AMEERPET
1:*****:~:~*:***$:*:)*****$:***~:$:***~:~:~***<:**::**!<1**.I:*:I;:**:$;~:*.::*:;-$*,:::~**,::*:~*:'.:*
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-TO0 1,

BLTKRS TYPE BUKRS, "COMPANY CODE
BUTXT TYPE BUTXT, "NAME
ORTOl TYPE ORTO1, "CITY
LAND 1 TYPE LAND1, "COUNTRY KEY
END OF TY-TOO 1.
1

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.emaxtech.com
Open SQL
DATA WA TOOl TYPE TY-T001.

DATA : 1 ~ ~ ~ TYPE
0 0 1STANDARD TABLE OF TY-roo1
SELECT BUKRS
BUTXT
1
ORTO 1
LAND 1
WAERS
APPENDING TABLE IT TOOl
FROM TOOl UP TO 20 ROWS
PACKAGE SIZE 5 .
ENDSELECT.
"DISPI.AY T>ArlA
WRITE : 1
WA TOO 1-BUKRS,WA-TO0 1-
W A T O O1-ORTO1,WA-TOO1-
WA TO0 1-WAERS.
CLEAR W A - ~ 0 01.
ENDLOOP.
Note : It Reads the 20 rows from TO01 But Every time it reads and appends
Only 5 records.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.cnaaxtec8a.coln1xfech.com
Open SQL
Working With JOINS:
In a relational database. you normally need to read data simultaneously from

more than one database table into an application program. You can read from
mose than one table in a single SELECT statement via JOINS.
Note : There are TWO types Of JOINS.
A) INNER JOIN
a
B) LEFT OUTER JOIN

Syntax : SELECT <DBTl>-<Fl>
<DBTl>-<F2>
INTO TABLE <Itab>

FROM <I)BTl> INNER JOIN 1 LEFT OUTER JOIN
ON <DBTI>-<Fl> = <DBT2>dF2> "JOIN CONDITION
WHERE (Conditions OnaFields From DBTl and DBT2 If Required).
Note : When Working With JOINS Make Sure that <DBTl> (Left Hand
Side Table) is AIways One Entry Table and <DBT2> is Always Many
Entries Table(Right Hand Side Table).
INNER JOIN: The Join Expression links each line of <DBTl> with the lines in
<DBT2> that meet the Join condition <cond>. This means that thcrc is always
one or more lines from the right-hand table that is linked to each line from the
left-hand table by the join. If <DBT2> does not contain any lines that meet the
JOIN condition <cond>, the line from <DBTl> is not included in the
selection.
Left Outer Join :

In an inner join, a line from the left-hand database table or join is only included in
the selection if there is one or more lines in the right-hand database table that
meet the ON condition <cond>. The left outer join, on the other hand, reads
lines from the left-hand database table or join even if there is no
corresponding line in the right-hand table.
Note : The Same Syntax rules apply as in an inner join. The tables are linked in
the same way as the inner join with the one exception that all lines selected from
a
Open SQL
<DBTl> are included in the final selection. Even <DBT2> does not contain any
lines that meet the condition <Condition>,i.e the system includes a single line
From <DBTl> in the selection whose columns from <DBT2> a r e filled with
null values.
Example :
Example for Both Inner a n d Outer Join :
Entries from K N A l Entries From KNBK(Bank Details).
1 KUNNR 1 NAME1 I KUNNR BANKN BANKS
EOOl ICICI 018301004245

1 EOOl SBI 010098236655
'
b
r'
A
JOIN
nKUNNR
INNER J O I N ~ E JOIN(A1ways
R LEFT)
001
001
eMAX IC
eMAX SBI
AX ICICI
I 018301004245
010098236655
EXAMPLE P R O G R A M ON JOINS :
$ ;< ;I+ +I:$+. * :;: * :) 2: 2: <: 4: :g *: <: :i: :g 2: 2: :;: * 1: <: :;! >;: 9.,. .'.
6. .*. .".".,. .".'.;.
,<. . .".,.
.">,.",,.
.', ."
.,. 1,',, -I. ,;..,. 4.
.!,.'-
.!.
.,...,.!..'>. , >..".,,!...,. 9.., ,..!,4,,.. *..'. +
I.
4. .".<.,,.,.
.',,,. "..'.
$
.,
-
,. .!,.:.<..,. -k..,",.,.,.
4. <. ,
.,
'.
.
* PROGILL\hl ZDEMO JOINS

:3 AI-YI-IIOR C;ANAPATL. ADIMIU I.,A~\/I
* S-J-ARTJ ~ A ~ ~ E 3,710 112008
" PlJRPOSE IS TO lJTORI(WITH JOINS FROM TWO TABLE
:: COPIED FROM : NA
* * :k.++....I:**
....!,<. . :I::i:**:~:I:**:,:::k**!:*:I:***:I:***:i:*~:*:I:***:~**:*:I:**::::k**:*:~*~:*:k***:I:***:I:**:*
'k MOI'>IFlCATTON 1,OC;:
* CHANGE REQUEST : C l lEMAX4756

* - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
'kMOD-OO1 DETAILS OF MOD LI~ICA'I'ION00 1
"MOD-002 DETAII.,S OF MODTFICA'I'ION 002
'"SUPPLIER EMAX TECKNOLOGIES,AMEERPET
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~v~vw.eaazaxlech.co~~l
Open SQL
8
..,
..;,.,,..,.;.,,..,....
. .!,.!, .I. <. .L .,....
i- 6 .'...,.!.
-..,...,..
&$. .,... ., .....
.L 4.i.+...I. ..,.....
c .? 5:, 3. 4
...c ..,...-,.
.-
C 6 .., ...,..!.+...a .,.....c
.!, *q.,
4. -1. .L I. .
!, .j.,
I. ,.,.....
9 &.I. ++
.I.
.I. .!,
,,.-,.
.b -;.C;i::!$*8*:k*t+:!$*:I:+:!$$C*:$%I+
a.
REPORT ZGDEMO-JOINS NO STANDARD PAGE HEADING LINE-SIZE 1.50

LINE-COUNT 25.
DATA : V-KUNNR TYPE KUNNR.
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-SALES,
KUNNR TYPE KUNNR, "CUSTOMER NO1
VBELN TYPE VBELN-VA, "SALES DOCUMENT
END OF TY-SALES.
DATA WA-SALES TYPE TY-SALES.
DATA : IT-SALES TYPE TABLE OF TY-SALES.
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BLOCK B1 WITH FRAME

PARAMETER : RB-IJOIN RADIOBUTTON GROUP GI
RB-OJOIN RADIOBUTTON GROUP GI.
SELECTION-SCREEN END OF BLOCK R 1.
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BLOCK B2 WITH FRAME TITLE TEXT-001
SELECT-OPTIONS S-KLJIWR FOR V-KUNNR.
SELECTION-SCREEN END OF BLOCK B2.
IF RB-IJOIN = 'XI.
WRITE : / 'THE RESULT 0
SELECT
VBAK-KUNNR
VBAK-VBELN
INTO TABLE IT-SALES
FROM KNAl INNER JOIN VBAK
ON KNA 1-KUNNR = VBAK-KUNNR
WHERE KNA1-KUNNR IN S-KUT\TNR.
ELSEIF RB-OJOIN = 'XI.
SELECT
VBAK-KUNNR
VBAK-VBELN
INTO TABLE IT-SALES
FROM KNAl LEFT OUTEK JOIN VBAK
ON KNA 1- K W R = VBAK-KUNNR
WHERE KNA 1-KUNNR l N S-KUNNR.
a
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~vww.emaxtech.com
Open SQL
WRITE : / 'THE RESULT OF LEFT OUTER JOIN IS'.

ENDIF.
8
IF SY-SUBRC NE 0.
WRITE : / 'NO RECORDS FOUND FOR THE GIVEN SELECTION CRITERIA'.
EXIT.
ELSE.
DA'TA V-LINES TYPE I.
SORT IT SALES BY KUNNR VBELN.
DESCRIBE TABLE IT-SALES LINES V-LIhTES.
WRITE : / 'THE lV0 OF RECORDS FROM IT-SALES', V-LINES.
ULrNE.
WRITE: i 'CUSTOMER NO', 'SALES ORDER'.

ULINE. *
LOOP AT IT-SALES INTO WA-SALES.
WRITE : / WA-SALES-KLTNNR,
WA-SALES-VBELN.
d
ENDLOOP.
ENDIF.
OUTPUT:- EXECUTE THE PROGRAM FOR INNER JOIN
Press F8 or click on Execute button. This is the final output screen.
Page 22 og34 By Ganapati Adimulam

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~w.emaxteclr.com
Open SQL
SAP
..,.-.
: :
---- c
CLCT3!,lEF. K L SiiLES ORCEF:
--A
:LO13 53L5
?LOO h'C4
C(,* -.I>. L C
2
>,:cu .,..#, r
r-7.
:I C O i37'1
'irju c,s:c
.:ccu ""
I,,:
:rail ;,4?x
>LO" >.;:,
i i:;,, 035"
Cl:O 591::
.1 . I.?
' <,,.I.! " , > -.'
.,.-,
?C1,,j a< L;;
!,CCC 2.5:
il'L:O .'.;;hg
;rt11 ; KT
iLijl, :,'h
:coo ..
9.0.
~?
i CC1 I.;!!
1r.1 5 62
ITCl 5'95

eMax Technologies,Anieerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.emaxtech.com
Open SQL
We Never Cornr~rornisein Oualitv, Would You?
. .
rpt: Y F ~ L I II FI I E F T ! j i i ~ k ~ , j i t . I:; .- ..:
:
! t F iI3 Ill :!:.;oF!E:- zl(71, I1 ,:,;,l.Ec
j,12 1
.ri;i
8 i 3;:
J q.. .J ::
i'
,
Notice the Nd Of Result Records
In INNER JOIN : 147
In OUI'ER JOIN : 150
",j', -.,:, - >
i cot 51?5
< L- G, I jlgt
i!.'lil .,.
c,,.,.
;cr;, - .,
.It ,.
< - .,.
: .I I, 53;
i CCI 53:i
./_I 53*:0
llrl -,
.,>.,
: , :.
tic; > . ;"v -
.
: IIQI 5145

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,I~yderabad
Oben SQL
Working With FOR ALL ENTRIES:
NOTE : FOR ALL EN'TRIES CAN REPLACE INNER JOINS.
IS MANDATORY TO READ THE DATA FROM DATABSE AND

INTERNAL TABLE COMBINATION.
The WHERE clause of the SELECT statement has a special variant that
allows you to derive conditions from the lines and columns of an internal
table:
SELECT ... FOR ALL ENTRIES IN <itab> WHERE <con& . ..
<cond> may be formulated as described above. If you specify a field of the
internal table <itab> as an operand in a condition, you address all lines of the
internal table. The comparison is then performed for each line of the internal
table. For each line, the system selects the lines from the database table that
satisfy the condition. The result set of the SELECT statement is the union of
the individual selections for each line of the internal table.
You can use the option FOR ALL ENTRIES to replace nested select loops by
operations on internal tables. This can significantly improve the performance
for large sets of selected data.
REPORT ZGDEMO-FOR-ALL-ENTRIES line-size 300.
,;: PROGRAh1 ZGDEMO-FOR-ALLENTRIES

%' AUTI-ICIK GkJAPATI . ADIMULAIM
*' STAK71'DATE> 28/01/2008
"" PIJKVOSF: IS TO WORK WI1-1-1 FOR c\I,L EN'I RIES
: : ~ ' 0 1 FROM ~ 1 ~ ~: NA
: :$ !:$ * ::* 4: :::::+ * :) * !:$ >; :;: * * * " >: >; >: :;: ::;* .>>; !:$ ::* * !:$ >: :;: ::;+. :t :> !:$ $: :; :'" !:$ ;"-> * : * :t & 4: :;:t * * .+
!:$ > >!$ f $
!: * * I:
"; MC>DTFICAI'IOW I .O(i:
*: CI-I4NCiE IRFQllt.:ST : C11 EMAX4756

*MOD-00 1 DETAILS OF MODIFICATION 001
*MOD-002 DETAILS OF MOD1 1:'ICA'I'ION 002
*SIJPL31.1EIZ EMAX 7'ECI-lNOI,OGIES~AMEERPE.'1'
..,* .,k, , 5'. ,. ,,. .;....,.
.t
++
.t. <!: .!,.c 4. .I,
+ ,,. .;,...
.b
<. ,> s..$ 5.*.+ 24.. .,*,.>!,.+ + 4.,.
-7. .t. J. ...,.I., .,. 4, *
4. .., , ,4. .<.,..'3..?.r. b,.,. $.,. + *
.., +
., " '',
** <. >."
.,.!..'.
<. .b,. ,$ - ,-L. I!. .'I
q. ,4., >) :;: * * * * ;g ::;2: * ...'I , .!.
;$ -...'+. +.',
& !:$ 9 2-.

eMax TechnoIogies,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 31399, w ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . e m i a a x t e c i ~ . c o ~ ~ ~
Open SQL
REPORT ZGDEMO-FOR-ALL-ENTRIES
DATA : V-BELNR TYPE BELNR-D.
SELECT-OPTIONS : S-BELNR FOR V BELNR. -
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-BKPF,

BUKRS TYPE BUKRS, " COMPAlVY CODE
BELNR TYPE BELNR-D, " ACCOUNTING DOCUIVIENT NUMBER
XBLNR TYPE XBLNR, " REFERENCE DOCUMENT NUMBER
BUDAT TYPE BUDAT, " POSTING DATE
END OF TY-BKPF.
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-BSEG,

BUKRS TYPE BUKRS, " COMPAIVY CODE
BELNR TYPE BELNR-D, " ACCOUNTING DOCUMENT NUMBER
BUZEI TYPE BUZEI, " LINE ITFM NUMBER
GSBER TYPE GSBER, " BUSINESS AREA
ZUONR TYPE DZUONR, " ASSIGNMENT NUMBER
WRBTR TYPE WRBTR, " AMOUNT IN CURRENCY
KLrNNR TYPE KLrNNR, " CUSTOMER NUMBER
END OF TY-BSEG.
~I)EC:1,4RINCiA FINAL S'r'IIliCT'CIREFOR HSF:G AND RI<PF.
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY FINAL,

BUKRS TYPE BUKRS, COMPANY CODE
BELIVR TYPE BELNR-D, " ACCOUNTING DOCUMENT NUMBER
XBLNR TYPE XBLNR, " REFEREIVCE DOCUMENT NUMBER
BUDAT TYPE BUDAT, POSTING DATE
BUZEI TYPE BUZEI, " LINE ITEM NUMBER
GSBER TYPE GSBER, " BUSINESS AREA
ZUONR TYPE DZUONR, " ASSIGNMENT NUMBER
WRBTR TYPE WRBTR, " AMOUNT IN CURRENCY
KUNhTR TYPE KUhn\TR, " CUSTOMER NUMBER
ElVD OF TY-FINAL.
......................................................................
* INTERNAL TABLES & WORK AREAS

2: .i:: * 1: 1: * :I: * * * * 4: * * * * * * * * * :!:* * * * *: *: *
2: :!: :: :!: :!: :: :I: :$ * * <: *: * 2: * 2: :!:* * :',
:$ .
-'. .I, 4- 4- .'-
,..s.,,.,......j.~*
3-
DATA : IT-BSEG TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-_-BSEG,

IT BKPF TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY BKPF,
IT~FINALTYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TYFINAL.
-
DATA : WA-BSEG TYPE TY-BSEG,

WA-BKPF TYPE TY-BICPF,
WA-FINAL TYPE TY-FINAL.
Page 26 of 34 1 By Ganapati Adimulam

Open SQL
SELECT BUICRS
BELNR
XBLNR
a
BUDAT FROM BKPF
INTO TABLE IT-BKPF
WHERE BELNR IN S.-BELNR.
IF NOT IT BKPF IS INITIAL.

SELECT BUKRS
BELNR
BUZEI
GSBER
ZUONR
WRBTR
KUNNR FROM BSEG
INTO TABLE IT-BSEG
FOR ALL ENTRIES IN IT-BKPF
WI-IERE BELNR = IT-BKPF-BELNR.
ENDIF. a
LOOP AT IT BSEG INTO WABSEG.

MOVE-CORRESPONDING : WA-BSEG TO WA-FINAL.
READ TABLE IT-BKPF INTO WA-BKPF WITH KEY BUKRS = WA__FINAL-
HLlKRS
BELNR = WA-.FINAL-BELNR.
IF SY-SUBRC = 0.
MOVE : WA-BKPF-XBLNR TO WA-FINAL-XBLNR,
TO WA FINAL-BUDAT.
WRITE :/ ' COD a
'REF DOC NO1,'POSTINGDATE','ITEM NO',

'BUSINESS AREA1,'ASSIGNMENTNO1,'AMTIN CURR1,'CUSTNO'
ULINE.
IF SY-SUBRC - 0.
LOOP AT IT-FINAL INTO WA-FINAL.
WRITE :/I SY-VLrNE,WA-FINAL-BUIW UNDER 'COM CODE1,SY-VLINE,
WA-FINAL-BELNR UNDER 'ACC DOC NO',SY-VLIhTE,
WA-FINAL-XBLhTR LWDER 'REF DOC NO1,SY-VLNE,
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxlech.conm
Open SQL
WA-FINAL-BUDAT UNDER 'POSTING DATE1,SY-VLINE,

WA-FINAL-BUZEI UNDER 'LINE ITEM NUMBER1,SY-VLINE,
WA-FINAL-GSBER UNDER 'BUSINESS AREA1,SY-VLINE,
WA 'FINAL-ZUONR LThTDER 'ASSIGNMEhTT NO',SY-VLINE,
WAFIIVAL-WRBTR UNDER IAMTIN CURR' RIGHT-JUSTIFIED~SY-VLINE,
WA FINAL-KUIVIYR UNDER 'CUST lVO1,SY-VLIIVE.
ENDLOO?. a
ELSE.
WRITE :I 'NO record Found'.
ENDIF
OUTPUT:- EXECUTE THE PROGRAM
A ~ c u u r ~ tD~ or !w~r n ~ r Number

~t 100000001 tn 100000005~ 0

eMax Technologies,Ameet*pet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtecb.com
Open SQL
.... .. . . - - ... .- --. . .

'A:
......
-:
.....
>.-.
C D ~ CA C C D S ~nc n r i ooc. rcsri:rL oarc ;-[;I irc C:~~I:ICS; r ; ~ , ,&L.:;:!!:ir.r :lo -!I? I>! m?n r L c i DI:
. .
I-: ,I)',
> " - -
; . . .[ :.:;;;
' '
. ;
. . . .
. ' ..
.. . .. . .. . .. .. .,:.. . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. . . . . .
"
. . . . . . . . .; !~;;
..... - . ..
1 1 I
,
--.
: : I
THINGS T O BE CONSIDERED WHEN WORKING WITH FOR ALL ENTRIES:
"For all entries in" 3 pitfalls :

select shkzg wrbtr saknr "debit/credif indicator, amount, GL acct
from bseg into table t b s e g
for all entries in it bkpf
tbkpf-belnr and bukrs = 'CUK I.
of saying "select distinct shkzg wrbtr saknr"
Duplicates are removed from the answer set as if you had specified "SELECT
DISTINCT" ... So unless you intend for duplicates to be deleted include the unique key
of the detail line items in your select statement. It will only pick up one line item if
multiple line items appear with the same debitlcredit indicator, amount and GL Account.
If you want all occurrences of these you must have a select statement that includes
the table's unique key, also called primhry key.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.conrmi.con~
Open SQL
We Never Compl-omise in Quality, Would You?
Instead Do:
SELECT bukrs belnr gjahr buzei shkzg wrbtr saknr "bseg unique ltey + dlc ind,
amt, GL acct from BSEG into table t-bseg for all entries in t bkpf where belnr
-. =
t-bkpf-belnr and bukrs = 'CUR '.
a
FOR ALL ENTRIES IN ...acts like a range table, so that if the "one" table is empty, all
rows in the "many" table are selected. Therefore make sure you check that the "one" table
has rows before issuing a select with the "FOR ALL ENTRIES IN ..." clause.
IF NOT IT BKPF IS INITIAL.

SELECT BUKRS BELNR GJAHK BUZEI SHKZG
WRBTR SAKIVR
"BSEG UNIQUE KEY + d/c ind, amt, GL acct
FROM BSEG INTO TABLE IT-BSEG
FOR ALL ENTRIES IN IT BKPF
where belnr = it-blqf-beinr and bukrs = 'CUR I.
ENDIF. "if there are any projects
Note:So that having the IF NOT ITB$PF IS INITIAL. Is Mandatory.
IVOTE : If the parent table ( i t blcpf) is very large there is performance degradation
WORKING WITH SELECT SINGLE & UP TO 1 ROWS :
Note: Both retrieves Only One Record Always.
UP TO 1 ROWS
WHERE <Condition>.
1 It Reads the Exact Record It Reads the First Record

-- -..
.-- -.. -. --. -
- -. -. -.
Found(May not be Exact)
~ ..
2 The WHERE Condition Should The WHERE Condition
k
Include all the Primary Keys Can have the Part of the
To Identify the record Uniquely. Primary Key.
3 Prefer this to read the G t Prefer this to Validate Input
Information. as we are not Interested
with the Exact Match.
Because a record is Valid if 1
LPA--- at-least-
one-1
record found. 1
Ph No :+91' 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtec&.com
Open SQL
Note1 :
When we Don't Pass all the p;irnary Keys in the SELECT SINGLE , it Acts
as SELECT UP TO 1 ROWS, but doesn't throw error.
Note 2 : If the Input is SELECT-OPTIONS We cannot expect SINGLE

Record and where as we can expect UP TO 1 ROWS because it can bc any no
of records for the Input Range.
REPORT ZDEMO-SELECT-SINGLE-UPTO-1
,. ,.!.
.*, 4: :;P
,. .>,-1. . :> :;: <: k: :I :;: :; ;: :: :;: 2: ;P :g : >:::;P >: :I : Q :I j: :; :;P :; :;: 4: ;P * :I 4: ::I; :s * 2: :>MESSAGE-ID ZDEMO.
:;: 2: 2: >; >; :;: ;: * : * :; ::*: 2: :!: :g :;: 2: :t :I :;:
$
; $ ;:I; >:
": PROCR/\M ZDEMO-SELECT SINGLE-UPTO -1
* :L,I'I IOU GAI\~APATI-II
.ATI~;~/IUI.AM
:!' STA IC'1' 11A'l-E 2710 112008
':: PURPOSE IS TO WORK WITH SELECT SINGLE AND
SELECT UPTO 1 ROWS
* COPIED FROM : NA a
<: 2: * *: 2: $< :g :$ q: 4: :;P * 2: <: * *: 2: ;* 2: g: * 2: * * *: ;: :k * 2: 4: *,** <: * * * * * *
;:I; >> ;:I; :) ;P $< >: :2 *: j: ;g * 2: 9: ;!: * *: * :* * <: ;!*
j: *< <:
" MODIFICATION LOG:
": CHAXGE REQUEST : CllEMAX.1756
s,: .................................................................
~~~~1OI:I-OOl DETAILS OF ~l/IODIFICAcTIONO i ) 1

*MC)T>-~@ DETAILS OF MODIFICATIOK 002
:;:SUPPLILR EMAX TECHNOLOC;IES.AME.ERPET
:> * ,.:9: :g :$ ,:: :: :> * * 2: :g :* * * :+ %: * :: 'b :'--<: * :;: :* * * :+ :::<: :? :b :+ ,::* :g 2: 2: * :> :: ::: :) :k ::: 2: ::: :; >: * * :: * 2: ;:::it * 2: * >k* * -'- :k 9
DATA : V BUKRS TYPE BUKRS, " COMPANY CODE

V-KUNNR
- TYPE KUNNR. CUSTOMER NUMBER fl
S TYPE BUKRS,
S KLhTIYTR INTO (V-BUKRS , V-KUNNR)
RE BUKRS = P-BUKRS AND

KUNNR = P-KUNNR.
IF SY-SUBRC = 0.
WRITE : / 'The Details Are' , V-BUKRS, V-KUNNR.
ELSE.
MESSAGE 1000.
ENDIF.
CLEAR : V-BUKRS,V-KUNNR.
SELECT BUKRS KLrNnTR INTO (V-BUKRS ,V-KUNNR)
UP TO 1 ROWS
FROM KNB 1
WHERE KUNNR = P-KUNP\TR.
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No :99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~m~.emaxteclh.com
Open SQL
ENDSELECT.
ULINE.
IF SY-SLJBRC= 0.
WRlTE : / 'Tlie Details Are', V-HUKKS,V-KUNNR.
ELSE.
WRITE : / ' It is Not a Valid Customer'.
ENDIF.
OLTTPUT :-EXECUTE THE PROGRAM
1
Tiit- :i,z,,.i:ni 1s ,;I r. F3rJI.: SELErT 5INGi.E ( f i ; S O 34E;T
Tile s e t s : 1s .&,reFROII !JPTT: 1 ROW ARE 100U 3487 . .

i i
. .

eMax Technologies,Ameerpei,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~ ~ ~ ~ w . e m a x t e c h . c o n ~
Open SQL
In case of invalid company code we get the fofilowing screen.
DATA CONTROL LANGUAGE
Committing Database Changes

COMMIT WORK. (To Save the Changes Permanently in DB)
ROLLBACK WORK to Undo the Changes Which are not Yet Committed.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.ernaxtech.com
Open SQL
Exercises
d
List all the rows from the table LAGP (Storage Bins)
List all the rows from the table EINA (Purchase Info Record) for the
given Range of Vendor.
List up to 5 rows from table EBAN (Purchase Requisition)
List all the rows from the tables KNAl (Customer General Data),
KNB4 (Customer Payment History) for
Accept Doc.No. From user, display doc.

Docu.type and Item Details from BKPP
Accept document no. from user and display the particulars of the
Sales Docu. No, corresponding material no. description of that
material and item category. (Table VBAP, default docu. no.
'0010000031').

eMax Technologies,Arneerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~vww.emax$ech.cm
8.ABAP Debugger
a. Purpose
a. Features
6. Starting the Debugger
c. Break Points, Types and Setting
Break Points
d. Display Modes in Debugging
e. Watch Points
f. Execution Types in Debugging Mode
ABAP Debugging
ABAP Debugger:
a
Use
The ABAP Debugger is an integrated test tool within the ABAP Workbench. You
use it to trace the source code of an ABAP program. In the Debugger, you can
step through the source code of a program. The running program Can be
interrupted after each step, allowing us to check its processing logic and the
results of individual statements.
Features
The Debugger provides an efficient illeails of identifying errors in ABAP
programs.
It contains the following functions:
> Ways of starting the Debugger
P Choosing Debugger settings
P Choosing different execution options in the Debugger
> Displaying source code in the Debugger
> Setting and deleting breakpoints
> Setting and deleting watchpoints
3 Stopping a program at a particular statement. event, subroutine, or
function module
> Display d contents at runtime
Starting the Debugger ,
, > By setting breakpoints"hen running the program

\ ~
> By running the program in debugging mode.

Setting Breakpoints :
a
A breakpoint is a signal in a line of code that tells the ABAP runtime processor to
interrupt the program at that line and start the ABAP Debugger. Breakpoints are
useful when you want to analyze a program further in the following cases:
P After -thesystem has processed particular events,
> Before a particular event is triggered,
> When you want to go directly to a particular routine or call.

a
ABAP Debugging
Running a Program in Debugging Mode

You can start the Debugger without previously having set breakpoints. This is the
best procedure to use when you want to test a program right from the
beginning. You call also use it to debug a transaction starting with the first PBO
module. It is also useful if you do not lmow the program very well and therefore
are not sure where best to set breakpoints.
You can start the Debugger as follows:
Choose Debugging
the Debugging pushbutton).
screen
" in the command field(Transacti0

, screen
Display Modes in the D

When you are debugging a program, there are various display modes that you can
use. The Goto menu allows you to switch between the different modes. There are
also pushbuttons on the screen allowing you to switch to the most frequently-
used.

eMax Technologfes,Arneerpet,Hyderabad
P h No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w~.emaxtech.corn
ABAP Debugging
-- -
We Never Compronlise in Quality, Would You?
Display Modes Available Using Pushbuttons
The scrollable field display contains th

contents of up to eight fields. Th
contents of the three most importa
system fields are always displaye
This is the default display mode in th
Debugger. See also:
Processing Fields : Enter a field nam
display. When you select a

the source code display, t
autoinatically enters it in
is display mode allows you t

the contents of ally field
Ids. The three
ing All Field Names
Use this button 8/ to delete all fieldj

Displays the contents of an intern
table. This mode allows you to displa
and edit the entries in an internal table.
jb
I:
11
To Display Internal Table Contents: 1
li
I 1. The Table pushbutton from an$!ii
,: other display mode.
ill i
p,!$
:8
2. Enter the name of an internal1
$ table in the Internal table field, os,i
1:
if select <itab> by double-clicking its/
!$
jl name in the source code. ]I II
Page 3 of 13
-
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w1~7w.emaxteck.co1~i
ABAP Debugging
We Never Compromise in Quality, Would You? I\
A scrollable display containing up

30 breakpoints. Next to ea
breakpoint is a counter. You can a1
delete breakpoints in this display.
Which are Intelligent Break Points
whenever the value of that
reverse chronorogical order. When
This mode displays the structure o f t
settings by selecting or deselecti

various options. For furth
information, refer to:

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.e~naxtech~con~
ABAP Debugging
Instead of starting an ABAP program directly in the Debugger, you can also
debug a program by creating one or more brealtpoints in the program. A
breakpoint is a signal at a particular point in the program that tells the
ABAP runtime processor to interrupt processing and start the Debugger.
The program runs normally until the breakpoint is reached.
Iifferent Types Of Breakpoints :
not normally user-sp

can make them use
Debugger. Dynamic bre

displayed as stop signs in
i,
and
:, .
ABAP Editor. LJnlilte stat
.- b$eakpoints, they are user-specific, an
d when you log off fi-om th
Static Breakpoints :
Static breakpoints.are not normally user-specific. Once a user has inserted a
BREAK-POINT sta~e~nent in an-ABAP program, the system always interrupts
the'program at that point. You should set static breakpoints whenever more
than one programmer is:wo,rking on the same program and you always want
to stop the program in the same place. You should only use static breakpoints
during the development phase of an application.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wviw.emaxtech.com
ABAP Debugging - - -
Repart ZDEI.IO_MODIF~~-DELETE-FROM-ITAE Active

-- -
-. .- -. -- - - . .-
,\,?iai@:
6 i t-j;m/ ;sf&
-,
...._: ....... %-.-i

............................................................................................................................... -------- -......... ............................................................................................................................
1' P.DRI,IF: TYPE HDRNE. .
i END OF W;i-LF.fi,1
!
. .:
;: DATA. IT-LFA1 L I K E T,A.ELE OF !n!A_LFA1

1 SELECT
ij .;rURNR
'
/' Il4TO TABLE IT-LFAI
1
I/
FROM L F A l
......
LOI:IF' AT IT-IF.&' INTO !.!A-LFA,I
l:!lRITE / I;,!P.-LFHI -1IANDT ,!JA_LFI;I LIFI.lE. WA-LFAI . ORTO1 .PI.a.-LFAI .+?DEN6 !.;
.
' - .A
i: CLE,&E IJ,~,-LFAI
..... . . . . . . .- ..........-. -
........ -..-
. . . . . . - .-
. . . . . . . .-
. ...... .- - ...............
.Li 20,Co 2 - L i 20.Co 15 L n 7 - L n 26 of 27 lines
_ ............... . . .. -_I___-- . -......... -._
. . : ,,_"_ ....... ,
:. : SAPUSER :fi/ ernax INS
.. _, ?..^
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ' ,,,.,
This Program will be always executed for all the Users because of tlie Statenlent

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 9948444808,98490 34399, www.ernaxfech.com
ABAP Debugging
~p
w e Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
- - -- --- -.--
. - ---- - -- -
,
Fl~Ids
pf ~'g13rrt
hla~l-i
Table
- - -
Rteakpo~nts
;DEt.;0-l10DIF
-.
Watchpnlnts
- -
i-DELETE-FPOtI-IT4B
-
Call:
- - -- - - -
7-
f
Ove~iievv
r >
Sett~ngs
- "--
-
-t
Source code of ZDEM0_14ODIF'~-DELETE-FROl4-ITAB 18 - 23 ~ ( Q I

-" - - ---------^^-I----.
1 ~ ;
-- --
EVENT START-Or SELECTIOIJ '1
b BREW F i l I l l T
LOOP AT I T - L F A I IFIT0 Un-LFPI
he Program. So it is always better to
c. You should therefore use them whell you
Dynamic breakpoints are more flexible than static breakpoints, because you
can deactivate or delete them at runtime.
Special Dynamic Breakpoints

Special dynamic breakpoints are useful when you want to interrupt a program
directly before a particular ABAP statement, a subroutine, or an event, but do not
know exactly where to find it in the program code. Special dynamic breakpoints
are user-specific. You can only set them in the Debugger.
Breakpoints at Statements a
Breakpoints at Subroutines
Breakpoints at Function Module Calls
Breakpoints at.System Exceptions

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~v.emaxtech.com
ABAP Debugging
8ctivate:deactivati
jla.-r/,;..
@'g2gh --L,->,.-,":/ ,*, W/eIISr.*y
s-3 -,:2c
Delete all
r...
*= -s. : .= i.5 a ,~;\/~t~hDeactivate ail
-
-*
........ ........... ActCiate all
Fields
.i.- Teble
Save
- -
tvlain program
- Breakpoint
- at
Sourl-e code of , ,' ZDEM
........... Create ~ a t c h p o i n t ShiR+FE; Subroutine.
EVEIlIT STAF:T-C~F-SELE~~TI(-~,,,
..............................................................................
IIAIICIT
LIFNE
ORTO I
kOFil\lR
I l l T O T46LE IT-LFA 1
k @ FROM L F A l
Operations On Internal table in Debugging Mode

Click on Table tab and enter the <ITAB> name

Ph No :+91,40-65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, cvww.emaxtech.com
ABAP Debugging
~ T ~ e v eCompromise
l- in Quality, Would You?
Here you Select the Record, Click On ChangelInsertIDelete for the respective
Operations.
Steps to CreateISet Watch points:
If you want to interrupt a program when the contents of a field or structure
change, use a watchpoint. You can set up to five watclipoints, including
watchpoints for strings.
A watchpointm.ay be either local or global: Local watchpoints are only valid in
the specified *rograrn. Global watchpoints are valid in the specified program, and
also in all other programs that it calls.
tart the Debugger and proceed as follows:

1. Choose Breakpoint 3 Create ~fatchpoint or the corresponding
pushbutton.

0
ABAP Debugging
2. Decide whether you want to set a local or global watchpoint.

7
3. Enter the name of the field for which you want to set the watchpoint.
4. If you want your watchpoint to be activated each time the contents of the
fiela change, the definition is now complete, and you can return to the Debugger
by pressing ENTER . The watchpoint appears in the watchpoint display.
If you want to specify conditions on which the watchpoint should be activated,
continue with step 6. a
5. To create a conditional watchpoint, choose a relational operator. Valid

operators:
I: 1:
/.i Operator Meaning I/
li
1:. . . . "
. . . . . .,., .. ...* -........................
....."*-~.-, -.-;" . .. . ... ... -. . ... .........
..,.-&.mw.G~-Ad---," ,.* a, --.,,.*.,,,, -=., %
.. -ww&-A"A&-

Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell No :99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.con~
ABAP Debugging
-.
- -........
Greater than or equal
Greater than
6. You call use the Comparison Jield option to specify whether the
cornparisoil should be with a value that you specify or with the contents of
another field.
7. Depending on your choice from ue or a field for the
comparison.
r-
. field (Cornpat~sonvalue !I riot selected]
~-.omparlsos~
Crimp iieldivalue 3il~i1I
8. Choose ENTER to create the conditional watchpoint.

Execute it (FS). a

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No :99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw.emaxtech.com
ABAP Debugging
-- -
- -"------
. - "
F1elC15 able ~reakpolnts w a t c h olnts ! calls Orrlrlevr Seltcngq

rdain program
Source code or
ZOEM~-~ET-G~T+-INTO-ITAR
/DEMO. G E T -0.Tn_ I N T O . I T n B
EY.'EI-ITSTART-OF-SELECTION
8 4
A,
j . l ~
27 52 -a '
i:
73 F k ~ l dr ? l m e c 3 1
Observe Watch Point is

Reached.
loop a t I t - t o 0 1 i n t o w a _ t U O
WRITE : / 5 WA-TO01 - EUKE5,
sy-vline,
the Source Code

in which you can step tluough the source code of a prograni
/Function v o d u l e ... at a time with out entering into the

F7 - After Entering the Definition of The FORM -ENDFORM/FUNCTION-
ENDFUNCTION, To Come Out from any Point of Definition.
F8 - Jumps to Next Break Pointmatch Point if available .Otherwise It Executes the
Whole Program and Comes Out Of it.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w'o~w.emaxtec81.com
d
ABAP Debugging
Single step Use this option to step through the prograin statementi
by statement. This allows you to branch into subroutines'
and function modules, and to execute these routines step'
by step as well. Once a subroutine or function module/
has been processed, control returns to the statement'
lc
following the CALL FUNCTION or PERFORM/$
statement. .I
I
Execute 'z Use this option to process a program line by line. All ofi
The Debugger returns from .a routine to the point

which control returns to the main. program. Use thi
option to return from a su~broutine,function module, o
called program to the callingprogr&n.
Continu Use this option to process the program up to the next

i
e-F8 dynamic or static breakpoint or up to the cursor positi0n.i
If there are no more breakpoints in the program and no!
t, "i cursor has been set, the system exits debugging mod4
- and executesatherest of the program normally. 19!i

eMax Technologies,Ameerpei-,Hyderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtec$~.ssaam
a. Classical Reports
b. Defining selection Screen
i. PAR.A~"VIETER
ii. SELECT-OPTIONS
iii. Check Boxes, Radio Buttons
c. Formatting Selection Screens
I. Blank Lines, Ondcrlines,
Comments, Blocks
D. Classical Report Events:
a. BNIrI'lAklZA'FION.
Ib. AT SE1,KCTION-SCREEN.
C. AT SELECTION-SCREEN ON.
d. START-OF-SELECTION.
C. TOP-OF-PAGE.
i: END-Q)H;-L'PaCE.
g. dl:NI[)-OF-SIII:LBi:Crr91411N.
e. Interactive Report Events:

AT LPNE-SELECTION.
AT USER-CONlMANBb.
TOP-OF-PAGE DURING LBNE-SELECTION.
f. System Fields for Detail Lists
Passing Data by Program Statements
.EPI)E
.GET' CLJBPSOR
.READ LINE
Reports
We Never Compron~ise~ I Quality,
I Would You?
Introduction :
Report is displaying the application data in the required foi-nlat. Technically
spealting, a report is an executable program with three stage f~~nction:
Data input -> data processing -> data output.
DATAINPUT (Selection Screen)

DATA PROCESSING (SELECT Statements)
DATAOUTPUT. (Write, Skip, Uline, Vline etc to Output the Data).
~ a t i n Of
~ sSAP Institutes:
Output Ratings
Selection Screen Database -----------
(Input) ~etriGva1Logic I EOOl eMAX
2 1001 iMAX
3 ZOO1 zMAX
4 YO02 yMAX
F3 Database
Purpose : It helps to analyze the current situation and also for decision Malting.
1.e. to Decide the right Institute using the above Report.
Real time Report Scenarios:

i.e. to stop the Purchases from the Specific Vendors, the Purchasing Department need a
report for Vendor Evaluation and to terminate the employees from the Organization
,the HR Department need one report with Employee Performance etc.
late data from database tables, without actually changing it.

Reports are of two Types :
a) Classical Reports
Definition: Displaying the wl~oledata as One List.
b) lnteractive Reports
Definition: Display the Su~nmarizedInformation as the First List
And Display the detailed information as Secondary Lists.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wmw-.emaxtech.com
Reports
Working With CLASSICAL Reports

Note : Either Classical and Interactive Reports , Providing the INPUT is
always through SELECTION SCREEN Only.
a
Defining Selection Screens :
ABAP programs use Selection screens to obtain input from users.
There are three ABAP statements for defining selection screens:
for single fields

t -
---
SELECT-OPTIONS For Single and Multiple Range Of
Fields
SELECTION-SCREEN for formatting the selection screen ,
Standard selection screens

The standard selection screen of executable pro predefined and has screen
number 1000.
PARAMETER in Detail : Each parameter declared with the PARAMETER(S)

statement appears as a11 input field on the relevant selection screen.
Parameters are used for simple queries of single values ONLY
SYNTAX For Parameters :
me>[(<length>)] TYPE <type>\ LIKE <Variable>
e Length Of parameter names are limited to eight .

0
Note: The data types valid for parameters include all elementary ABAP types
except data type F.
If the parameter refers to data types from the Dictionary, it adopts all attributes of
the Dictionary field. C u ~ ~ e n t l parameters
y, can only refer to fields of database
tables, views and structures. In particular, the field help (Fl) and the possible
entries help (F4) defined for these fields in the Dictionary are available to the
user.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www;.ernaxtech.con~
Reports
We Never comprimise In Quality, Would You?
Default Values for Parameters :
PARAMETERS p-bulcrs TYPE BUKRS DEFAULT '1000' .

The input field of the parameter on the selection screen is filled with the default
value. The user can accept or change this value.
6
Defining PARAMETER as Mandatory (Required) Fields :

PARAMETER p-bulus TYPE BUKRS OBLIGATORY.
Note : The user cannot continue with the program without entering a value in this
field on the selectioii screen.
Checking Input Values :

To check a user entry against a check table or against fixed values in the ABAP
Dictionary.
PARAMETER <Name> TYPE <Data type> VALUE CHECK
PARAMETERS P-BUKRS LIKE UKRS OBLIGATORY VALLTE

CHECK.
b
Parameter P-BUKRS is declared with reference to field BUKRS of database table
KNB 1.
For this field, check table TOOl is specified in the ABAP Dictionary.
The user can only enter Company Code values that are contained in T001.
The possible entries help of the input field for P BUKRS displays the allowed
values.
Note: ~ i n d eCompany code '1 11 1 ' doesn't exist in TOOl

Ph No :+9L 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.com
Reports
I
Defining Checkboxes:
PARAMETER <Name> AS CHECKBOX.
Parameter <Name> is created with type C and length 1.
Defining Radio Buttons:
PARAMETER <Name> RADIOBUTTON GROUP < G I > .
Parameter <Name> is created with type C and length 1, and is assigned to group
<GI>. Each Radiobutton Group ];as atleast Two Radiobuttons and by default the
First Radiobutton from the group is Selected .
I
Note: The Value Of the Selected Checltbox/Radiobutton is 'X' and for the
Deselected is ' ' (SPACE).
SELECT-OPTIONS to Defininc Complex Selections:
Note : PARAMETER Accepts Only Single INPUT and SELECT-OPTIONS to

accept Range Of INPUTS on the Selectioil Screen.
<'
Click On , to enter Multiple Ranges, Multiple Single Values to be
INCLUDEd and to be EXCLUDed.

eMax 'l'echnologies,Ameerpei,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~vaa.w.ernaxtec8-t.com
Reports
We Never Comprolnise In Quality, Would You?
--
Structure of Selection T~~~~(SELECT-OPTIONS)

:
Note : An Internal Table(Se1ection Table) with header line is Created by the
System with the name of the SELECT-OPTIONS and the row type of a selection
table is a structure that consists of four components: LOW, HIGH, SIGN,
OPTION.
t
\
HIGH
alues are I and E.
- I stands for "inclusive"

- E stands for "exclusive"
OPTION : Possible Operators

- If HIGH is empty, you can use EQ, NE, GT, LE, LT,CP, and NP.
- If HIGH is filled, you can use BT (Between) and NB (Not Between).

1
Page 5 of 74 By Canapati Adimulam

Ph No 3-91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.emaaxtecQl.com
Reports
SYNTAX :
SELECT-OPTIONS <Name> FOR <Variable>.
a
Providing Default Values :
DATA V-BUKRS TYPE BUKRS.

SELECT-OPTIONS s _bul<rsFOR V BUKRS
DEFAULT '1 000' TO '5000'
OPTION BT SIGN I.
Restricting Entry to One Row

SELECT-OPTIONS s-KUNhTR for V-KLhThTR NO-EXTENSION .
Restricting Entry to Single ltields

SELECT-OPTIONS s-LIFNR for V-LIFNR for NO INTERVALS
REPORT ZDEMO-SELECT-OPTION
:i:******:X:k*~:*:i:*******:i:***:i:***
.
:i:***:i:**:::****:g***:i::::*::::i::$*>>:i::i::::$::k:$*:
*: I' R(IGILAM ZD~MO-SELECT-OPTION

:':AUTHOR *'GANAPATI . A D I M T ~ L A ~ , I
:: START DATE 30/06,/2006
$' PL:KPOSI~ IS 7 ' 0 U'OKI< l4'I71'II SEl-t'C'S-OPr1'I(.)NS
,"01-'kl<41 ItIKS
<: COPIED FROM : NA
* ,."
-1,
,. .'.,.
.+.'..!, ...+'..',,,..,..' ".
<. .'.,.". .,. ." ,..,.'..,. .'+, ..',,. ,.
"
.? -,. -5, -3,
.$ .?
'. .'. ,...
..
.' .'.4, .... .. .j 4,.,..?.r .; :>
-1. 1.. .I,
::::$ :$ * >: * * :: * * * , , :: ::::> >:
$ I: $: 3.,. .'. . ::;
, :I: '1. -" .',- .'.
CI..I..,.' ..,..,.
.'-, .'.
:* MoI>It*lC:ATIO&LOG:
*1 .Q S ' : C I I EMAX1756
'4~__----_--__-_---------------------------------------------
'khlOD-OO1 DETAILS OF !blODIFIC:2TIOh' 00 1

*h/lOD-002 TAILS OF MODIFICA'I'ION 002
"SUPPLIERS AX TECHNO120GIES
* 4 4: * 4: <: 4 *: * 4: * * % $: :) , , :k 6 * ;g :i:4: * 4 1* * 8 5 ;i::: : * :i: 4 4: * ::: a .
$: $; , :*: $: ;!: :) *: g: k:
DATA :V BUKRS TYPE BUKRS,
K M R TYPE K M R ,
V L I F N R TYPE LIFNR.
SELECT-OPTIONS S-BUKRS FOR V-BUKRS

DEFAULT ' 1000'
TO '5000'
OPTION BT
SIGN I.
SELECT-OPTIONS S-KUNNR FOR V-KUNNR NO-EX'L'ENSION .
SELECT-OPTIONS S-LIFNR FOR V-LIFNR NO INTERVALS.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~ ~ i l ~ ~ . e m a x t e c & . c o t n
Reports
comparr,; c o d e
Venaor Nclrrtber
Formatting Selection Screens

4
The selection screen that you define when you u PARAMETERS or

SELECT-OPTIONS statements on their own, has a standard layout in which :ill
parameters appear line by line. This layout may not always sufficient.
SELECTION-SCREEN statement has its own forinattiilg options that you

can use to define the layout for selection screens. You call define the layout of
parameters and selection criteria and display comments and underlines on the
selection screen.
Blank Lines:
SELECTION-SCR~ENSKIP [<n>l.
tes <n> blank lines, where <n> can have a value between 1
single blank line, you can omit <n>.
Underlines
To place underlii~eson the selection screen, you use:
SELECTION-SCREEN ULINE [[/]<pos(len)>] .
This stateineilt generates an underline. If you do not use the <pos(len)> addition, a
new line is generated for the underline below the cur-rent line, and the underline
has the saime length as the line. If you use the <pos(lei~)>addition, the underline
begins at position <pas> in the current line and continues for a length of
Page 7 of 74, By Ganapati Adimulam

Ph No 3-91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtech.com
Reports
c l e w characters. With several eleil~entsin one line, you can also specify (<len>)
witl~out<POS>.A slash (I) produces a line feed.
Comments :
SELECTION-SCREEN COMMENT [/]<pos(len)> <comrn> [FOR FIELD <comrn> [FOR FIELD <Dl.
This statement writes the <comm> comment on the selection screen. For
<comm>, you can specify a text symbol. You must always specify the <pos(len)>
addition.
Only if there are several elements in one line, can you omit <pas>
The test <coinm> will be displayed, starting in colu~nilcpos>, for a length of

<len>. If you do not use a slash (I), the comment is written into the current line;
otherwise a new line is created.
You use FOR FIELD <D sign a field label to the comment. <f, can be the
name of a parameter or a s n criterion(SELECT-OPTION).
Blocks of Elements :
SELEC
[WITH
SELEC
Note : Make Su Screen Block should be a

TEXT Sysmbol.
Page 8 of 74 By Ganapati Adi~nulam

Reports
Requirement: Design the below Selection Screen AND

Process the Resultant Materials according to the Output
Selection.
.... ... . ... .-

, ..... ..
to :. 4;.
' e m i F~nisl-led
#
\
PROGRAM
:: &
"&--------------- -- - -- - - - - *
REPORT ZGDEMO
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-MARA,

MATNR TYPE MATWR,
MTART TYPE MTART,
END OF TY-MARA.
DATA : WA MARA TYPE TY-MARA,

IT-MARA TYPE TABLE OF TY-MARA.
DATA V-MATNR TYPE MATNR.
DATA V-MTART TYPE MTART.
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BLOCK B1 WITH FRAME TITLE TEXT-001.
SELECTION-SCREEN END OF BLOCK B1

Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Ceil No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxlech.con~
Reports

PARAMETER : RB RAW RADIOBUTTON GROUP GI,
RB-SFIN -RADIOBUTTON GROUP GI,
RB FIN RADIOBUTTON GROUP GI,
R B ~ S A M PRADIOBUTTON GROUP GI.

PARAMETER : CB-DISP AS CHECKBOX,
CB FILE AS CHECKBOX.
SELECTION~CREENEND OF BLOCK B3.
IF FE-lULW = 'X'. "SELECTED

V MTART 'ROH'.-
E L ~ E I FRB-SFIN = 'XI.
V MTART = 'FERT'.
ELSEIF RB FIN = 'XI. a
v MTART= 'FERT'.
ELCEIFRB-SAMP = 'XI.
V MTART = 'AEM'.
ENDIF.
SELECT MATNR MTART INTO TABLE IT MARA
FROM MARA
WHERE MATNR IN S-MA
IF CB DISP = 'XI.
WRITE: / 'MATER
uline.
LOOP AT IT-MARA IN
WRITE : / WA MA , 2 0 WA-MARA-MTART.
ENDLOOP.
ELSEIF CB-FILE = 'XI.
CALL FUNCTION 'GUI-DOWNLOAD'

EXPORTING
>: FILESIZE -
FILERATVIE = 'C:\MATERIAL.TXTI
" ;l~,~;,'yyp~ = 'AS<.?'
AI'PEND --
-- t I
WRITE-FIELD-SEPARATOR = 1x1
TABLES
DATA-TAB = IT-MARA

eMax ~ e c h n o l o ~ ~ e s , ~ m e e r ~ e t , ~ ~ d e r a b a d
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxteeh.com
Reports
IF SY-SUBRC 0.
WRITE / 'DATA IS DOWNLOADED SUCCESSFULLY'.
-
ENDIF. a
ENDIF.
OUTPUT OF THE PROGRAM :
EXECUTE THE PROGRAM FOR DISPLAY OPTION
RESULT :
L , F ~ Y "I, Lie;? c!ll-.r.r, :1,e t.?'?Cf O i l
I,, TF?I..l F.9.i 'I>,. T'?:,R
36 HILa
56 "!EL
5= liilii
(.
-.
i rl'l?]
,4 IZFN
SF FERl
8" FEHT
22 HiiLt:
i 7lj I'JLSC.
170 llL?b
is::
,. ,.>.
:
',II
.
*
Ell *ST.
ill, i:;
(i ">,.,>'.
.... 11: t. P.
7''I l,sl:P.
,-:.3 I ~$l,
i?i barli!..

Ph N o :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.com
4
Reports
W e Never Compromise In Quality, Would You?
EXECUTE THE PROGRAM FOR FILE OPTION
<&
Serni F i n i s h e d
OUTPUT
#jf&33qgj []jjj ~ $ gs&$jg2cfk)p
~ j @ , $ j ~ g j f ~jijxg
W,A
.
- - . . . . . ... . . . - .......................
FILE DErTAILs(Which is Downloaded):

Ftle Ed~t Fqrrnat y e w Help
[~00000000000000038 HALE
H I EE
H I EE
FHMI
DIEN
FERT
FERT
HALB
N LAG
N LAG
N LAG
HALB
HAWA
HAWA
HAWA
Page 12 of 74 By Garlapati Adirnulam

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~~~.emaxtech.com
Reports
CLASSICAL REPORT EVENTS :-
/%me
1 Event
of the
I -7
1 INITIALIZATION I This event occurs
1
Trigger~ng Purpose
I
before the standard the standard selection screen
selection screen is
I called.
I AT SELECTION- I This event is To Validate the input provided
/ SCREEN /
processe(d before .through I
Selection Screen. I
1 I leaving- the Selection I ~ o t e :If an error message 1
Screen i.e. when the occurs in t h s processing block,
selection screen has the selection screen is
been processed (at redisplayed with all of its
the end of PA1 once fields ready for input. This
the ABAP runtime allows you to check input
ellvironinent has values for consistency.
passed all of the input
data fiom the
selection screen to
the ABAP program).
To Validate 1-
I SCREEN ON <Field input provided through
Selection Screen.
Note: It re displays only the
this Particular Field if the input
is wrongly entered.
I
1 START-OF- This event occurs -:-The REPORT statement
SELECTION after the selection always executes a START-OF-
screen has been SELECTION implcitly
processed and before consequently all processing
data is read using the logic
logical database. i.e, non-declarative statenlents
that occur between the
REPORT or PROGRAM
statement and the first
processing block are also
1
processed in the START-OF-
,
SELECTION block.
TOP-OF-PAGE Tl~is is
processing
a list
event
This allows you
define output which
tC
executed before the supplements
first data is output on standard page header at
Page I 3 of 74 By Ganapati Adirnulam
e M a x Technologies,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell NO: 99484 44808,98490 34399, wwn.emi~xtech.coun
Reports
We Never ~omp'romiseIn Quality, Would You?
r
- -- - - . --
a new page. the beginning of the
This is processed page.
only when generating
basic list.
This is only executed
before outputting the
first line using any
output statement such
as write , uline, skip
on a new page. Note:
It is not triggered by
a NEW-PAGE
statement.
.- -- .- -----
END-OF-PAGE is used to print the same

details for all the pages.
-- .- - - -- -- - - - - .- -- -- -. -
-- -
END-01'- This is the last of the Used to print the final output .
SELECTION events called by the
runtime environment Used to print Grand Totals
to occur. when working with Logical
It is triggered after all Database.
of the data has been
read from the logical
database,
and before the list
processor is started.
criterion, you must fill at least the components <seltab>-
, and +eltab>-LOW of the selection table <seltab>, otherwise

it remains undefined.
Note : Initialization event is processed only once.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww~v.emaxteclr,soi~l 1,
Reports
We Never cornpro-mise I n Quality, Would You?
EXAMPLE PROGRAM ON CCASSICAL RIEPQRT EVENTS
*: ::: :$ :!:<: ::. :$ s: :!: >',< :k >...,....
,. .'. .
,, .'.,.. ,, .,. .,. .,!.
.!..'. . * *: :i: :k >: :: :j :I: * 2: : :!: : :;: 4: :I :> ;: $: :: * * :;!: :
; : : :: ;I:: 9 2: >; :i: ,:: <: :,t :!:& :i: ;!:
:" PROGRAM zDEMO CLASSICAL REPORT EVEKTS

:$ AL'THOR GANAPATI .ADIMULAM
x: S'~;AKI‘ ~~4'1'~ 2710 112008
:K 111.jI<13 0 I-; REPOR?' 'I'O DlSPl>AY '1'1-IE P1lRCIiASE IIOCS
IJsmTC; EVENTS
+' COPIkD I-RC)M : Nr j
.,..,. ....,.
.,, -+ .!.:IC
*. ,,..,. ..
. <.,. ....,..;.....,......,
.!. ....,. .;. 2: :I::k %: :> :? ::r :? 4: 2: ::.::: .:;::: * ;: :I: ;:: :: 2: ::: ;: c ;:: :: * $: ::: :: * ;i.: :: ::: .,..,,.....
.;. .,. ::2 ;:. *. -.
.: .*, .,. .,....
.,. .,, -.*.,,.+
-I .!.
* h~l0DIFICAI'ION I,OG:
"CHAXGE REQCEST : C l lEMAX4756
'F--,-------------------------------------------------------
':'h40D-001 DETAlLS OF MODI1;ICA'C'ION 001

'pMOD-002 DETAILS OF MODIFICATION 002
:%SIJPPLIERS EMAX TECHIVOLOGIES
,,. ,,. .,, ...
#., . .!.
&
.> ., .,...,
,,..,,,. .!..,.,. .,,
.,. .,.
.!. .,.,,. ...
.;.... .',.*.,. ,;. >,.,. ....!,
.,..,.
.!. 1
.,
.<.
.I,
,.. ". .,. .,..Ir <..'.,
-;. C
.> 4.
.j.
d,A!.,!.
.j.
> >, <. ,,..,, .'- ,,. ...
,...,. -i-
J. J,
,,.....,. ..,!.. :: : * ::::3 :t * :!:
.!..'.,.,,,. ,. .,. ,. ,;..,.
.!,.b + .-3-j. J . d, L I!. +
J, .!-.I,
+ .!. $.
REPORT ZDEMO-CLASSICAL-REPORT-EVENTS NO STANDARD PAGE

HEADING LTNE-COUNT 20(3).
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-POS,

EBELN TYPE EBELN,
LIFNR TYPE ELTFN,
BUKRS TYPE BUKRS
END OF TY POS.
b
DATA : WA-POS TYPE TY-POS,

IT POS TYPE TABLE OF TY-POS.
DATA : V ~ B U K R STYPE BUKRS,
V-EKORG TYPE EKORG.
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BLOCK B1 WITH F U M E .

SELECT-OPTIOIVS: S-BUKRS FOR V-BUKRS, "COMPANY CODE
S-EICORG FOR V-EKORG. "PURCHASING ORGANIZATION

Reports
* TOP-OF-PAGE
* ................................................
TOP-OF-PAGE. a
WRITE : 15 'Comp.Codel,
17 'Vendor',
28 'Pur.Orgl,
40 'Doc.Nof,
5 2 'Item',
60 'Mat.Nol,
80 'Price'.
ULINE.
INITIALIZATION
:k 8 * 3: >: * :i:& 4: k: :* ::;* * :i: : * * :; ::; 2: * :k * :* + :* * * * :k * ::* :I * k: * * *
:
: :$
INITIALIZATION.
S-BUKRS-LOW = '1000'.
SBUKRS-HIGH = '5000'.
SBUKRS-SIGN = '1'. a
S-BUKRS-OPTION = 'BT'.
APPEND S-BUKRS.
AT SELECTION-SCREEN ON SBUKRS.
SELECT BUKRS INTO V-BUKRS FROM TO01 WHERE BUKRS IN
S BUKRS.
ENDSELECT.
IF SY-SUBRC <> 0.
WRITE ; / 'INVALID COMPANY CODE'.
ENDIF.
AT SELECTION-SCREEN ON S-EKORG.
SELECT EKORG INTO V-EKORG FROM EKKO WHERE EKORG IN
S EKORG. a
ENDSELECT.
IF SY-SUBRC 00.
WRITE : / 'INVALID PURCHASING ORGANIZATION'.
ENDIF.

Ph No :+91'40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.coin
Reports
START-OF-SELECTION.
SELECT EKKO-EBELN
EKKO-LIFhTR a
EKKO-BUKRS
EKKO-EKORG
EKPO-EBELP
EKPO-MATNR
EICPO-MENGE
EICPO-NETPR
INTO TABLE IT-POS
FROM EKKO INNER JOIN EKPO
ON EKKO -EBELN = EKPO-EBELN
WHERE EKKO-BUKRS IN S-BUKRS
AND EKKO-EKORG IN S-EKORG.
:+*:!:***:!::$:$:+:$******:$********:k****:~:~****$:*>k:*:$
END-OF-SELECTION.
;~**!:**:*:~:*:::::**:::$::+************~:****~:***:::****
a
END-OF-SELECTION.
IF NOT IT-POS IS INITIL.
LOOP AT IT-POS INTO WA-POS.
WFUTE : I5 WA-POS-BUKRS,
17 WA POS-LIFNR,
28 WA-POS-EKORG,
40WA-POS-EBELN,
WRITE : 1 ' NO RECORDS FOUND FOR THE GIVEN SELECTION

CRITERIA'.
ENDIF. 6
;.:: $: ::!: $ #: :: I: :* :I: * :I * :: :: +: 4: *: i:* :? $ *
4: 2: !::! :b :i: :$ $: :$ * ;!: >: :',;;:<;i; : %: I;: ;i;I: 4:
* END-OF-PAGE
$: $ * $ :!: :+ * * * * +: * 2: :+ * 2:
$ $: >$ $ :+ $ $ $ :$ *
y 4: $ :!:$ ,:!$ :!: 4: 4: :g : $ :$
$: :k
END-OF-PAGE.
IJLIhTE.
WRITE : I30 'eMAX Technologies,Ameerpet,Ph-66972767'.
ULINE.
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.co1111.coi11
Reports
We Never Compromise In Quality, Worlld Yon?
Corr- pat-ty Code 11 nu0

Furchasing Organisation 1 BOG
------- -" " *- ---7""""-7m---- -- ---- "-" " " * - "- ---- ---*
Coma T.o(ie \;endor F i r Ory Ciuc 1.o Iteri ilat No FI-1 ce
1080
7 il00
.1000
'irJgu
1(1 I3rj
I gfiu
1 ':I80
.I rJ[iU
1 illjlj
l 080
1058
., - ,.
I l11,8
.1 onu
1 UIjO
1080

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxteck.com
Reports
We Never Com~rorniseIn Quality, Would You?
Control level Processin~(Contro1Break Statements ) :

Control level processing is allowed within a LOOP over an internal table. This
means that you can divide sequences of entries into groups based on the contents
of certain fields.
Internal tables are divided into groups according to the sequence of the fields in
the line structure. The first column defines the higl~estcontrol level and so on.
The control level hierarchy must be known when you create the internal
-
table.
The control levels a r e formed by sorting the internal table in the sequence of
its structure, that is, by the first field first, then by the second field, and so
on. Tables in which the table key occurs at the start of the table are particularly
suitable for control level processing.
The followi~lgdiagram illustrates control level processing in a sorted table, where
different field contents in the first three fields are indicated by different colors:
The AT statement introduces a statement block that you end wit11 the ENDAT
statement.
<Statement Block>.
ENDAT.
You can react to the following control level changes:
l<level> Meaning. 1
P T FIRST First line of the internal table
AT LAST Last line of the internal table I
/ATNEW
A T END Of
<f>/ Beginning of a group of lines with the same contents
in the field 4 6 and in the fields left of <D
End of a group of lines with the same contents in the
<f> field <6and in the fields left of <f,
You can use control level statements to react to control breaks in internal lables
instead of programming them yourself with logical expressions. Within the loop,
you must order the AT-ENDAT statenlent blocl<s accordi~lgto the hierarchy of
the control levels. If the internal table has the columns <fl>, <f 2>, ...., and if it is
sorted by these columns, you must program the loop as follows:
a
Page 19 of 74 By Ganapati Adirnulam
eMax Technologies,Amecrpet,Hyderabad
P h No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.co~~~
Reports
LOOP AT <itab>.
AT FIRST. ...ENDAT.
AT NEW <fl>. ...... ENDAT. a
T NEW <f2 >. ...... ENDAT.
<single line processing>

.......
AT END OF <f2>.... ENDAT.
AT END OF <fl>. ... ENDAT.
AT LAST. .... ENDAT.
ENDLOOP.
The innermost hierarchy level <single line processing> processes the table lines
that do not correspond to a control level change. You do not have to use all
control level statements. But you must place the used ones in the above sequence.
You should not use control level statements in loops where the linedselectionis
restricted by WHERE or FROM and TO. Neither should the table be modified
during the loop.
If you are working with a work aFea <wa>, it does not contain the current line in
the AT ... ENDAT statement block. All character fields to the right of the
current group key are filled with asterisks ("). All other fields to the right of
the current group key contain tfieir initial value.
Within an AT ...ENDA1' block, you can calculate the contents of the nu1nel.i~
el using the SUM statement.
. .
'hill a LOOP. If you use SUM in an AT -

ENDAT block, the system calculates totals for the numeric fields of all lines in
the current line group and writes thein to the corresponding fields in the work area
(see example in ). If you use the SUM statement outside an AT - ENDAT block
(single entry processing), tlie system calculates totals for the numeric fields of all
lines of the internal table in each loop pass and writes them to the corresponding
fields of the work area. It therefore only makes sense to use the SUM statement in
AT ...ENDAT blocks.
a
If the table contains a nested table, you cannot use the SUM statement. Neither
can you use it if you are using a field syinbol instead of a work area in the LOOP
statement.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.ernaxtech.com
Reports
Wc Ncver Compromise In Quality, Would You?
EXAMPLE PROGRAM
REPORT ZDEMO-CONTROL-BREAK-EVENTS line-size 200.
:k **
::: :$ ,:: :!: * ::.: :::* ::: ::. * :i:>: ,::* :k >: * * ::.* * * * * * * * >: * :$ +: :$ :!: :) :;: * >: * :!: $ :;: :) $!: * :i: >: :b <: :!: * :) :\
* P.ROGKAM ZDEMO-CONTROL-BREAKEVENTS
:k A UTI..IOR GANAPA'I'I .ADIMULAM
" START DATE 2710 1i2008
* PT_;RPOSE CTRL BREAK STATEMENTS
'"pERA'.I'ION.'S
*: COl-'IEI> FROh4 : NA
:k :: :I 4: * :: :; 2: * :> :;: ;: ;) :;: :: ;: :g ;!.,..'.
.,. + 1. ."
.'--,,. .,...'.,...
,,.". .".',,.. .,. ,,!...,.
.I. . .
,. ,.',. .'.
.;.4: ;) :$ * :: :) :: :I: :: ;!: >: ::: :: :\ ::: ::: :\ :: :: :: : :':, :!:, 2: ;) :':, :!-
,..'.
.P
:I: MODIFICATION LOG:

':: CI4ANC;I:: KI.iQU]::ST : C 1.1EMAX4756
'gMC)D-OO 1 IIF~:T'AlI.,S(IF MC>I>IFIC'A'l'ION 001
:1'~7or>-oo2 DETAILS OF MO1)IFTCATIOK 002
:::SUPPLIERS ER/IAX T~CHi%TOL.0(311?5
DATA : V-EKORG TYPE EKKO-EKO

V-BUKRS TYPE BUKRS.
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BIIOCK B1 WITH F U M E TITLE TEXT-

000. *
SELECT-OPTIONS : S BUKRS FOR V-BUKRS,
s EKORG FOK V-EKORG.
SELECTION-SCREEN END OF BLOCK B 1.
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-EKKO,

BUKRS TYPE BLTKRS,
EKORG TYPE EKORG,
EBELN TYPE EBELN,
LIFNR TYPE ELIFN,
ANGNR TYPE ANGNR,
VERKF TYPE EVERK,
LLIEF TYPE LLIEF,
INCO1 TYPE INCOI,
INC02 TYPE INC02,
EBELP TYPE EBELP,
MATNR TYPE MATNR,
WERKS TYPE EWERK,
LGORT TYPE LGORT-D,
MATKL TYPE MATKL,
NETWR TYPE BWERT,
END OF TY-EKKO.

eMax Technologies,Amee~-pet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw.cmaxiech.corrn
Reports
We Never ~ o m ~ r d i n i In
s e Quality, Would You?
DATA : IT EKKO TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-EKICO,

WE-EKKO TYPE TY-EKKO.
SELECT
EKKO-BUKRS
EKKO-EKORG
EKKO-EBELN
EKKO-LIFNR
EKKO-ANGhTR
EKKO-VERKF
EKKO-LLIEF
EKKO-INCO 1
EKKO-NC02
EKPO-EBELP
EKPO-MATNR
EKPO-WERKS
EKPO-LGORT
EKPO-MATKL
EKPO-NETWR
ON EKKO-EBELN =
WHERE EKKO-BUKRS
4 'PO', 35 'ITEM1,50'AMOLThTT'.
SORT IT-EKKO BY BUKRS EKORG EBELN.
LOOP AT IT-EKKO INTO WA-EKKO.

WRITE : / WA EKKO-BUKRS UNDER 'BUKRS',
WA:EKKO-EKORG UNDER (EKORG',
WA-EKKO-EBELN UhTDER 'PO',
WA-EKKO-EBELP UNDER 'ITEM',
WA-EKKO-IVETWR UNDER 'AMOUNT'.
AT END OF EBELN.
SUM.
ULINE.
WRITE : 140 'SUM OF EACH PO' ,WA-EKKO-EBELN, WA-EKKO-NETWR.
ULllTE.
ENDAT.
Page 22 of 74 By Gallapati Adimulam

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, tvw;w.emaxtech.com
Reports
We Never Con~promiseIn Quality, Would You?
AT END OF EICORG.
SUM.
SICIP.
WRITE : 140 'SUM OF EACH EI<ORG',WA-EKKO-BUKRS,
WA-EKKO-EKORG,WA-EKKO-NETWK.
SKIP.
ENDAT.
AT END OF BUKRS.
SUM.
SKIP.
WRITE : I40 'SUM OF EACH BUKRSf,WA-EKKO-BUKKS,WA-EKKO-
hTETWR.
SKIP. s
ENDAT.
CLEAR : WA-EKKO.
ENDLOOP.
ELSE.
WRITE : 1 'NO RECORDS FOUND FOR THE GIVEN SELECTION'.
EMDIF.
Page 23 of 74 By Ganapati Aditnulam

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~w.emiaxtech.cona
Reports
i GOO
~-11-)1:,
: ., . 2
'! ..jii!.;
:: ,]F,p
.,
:00i:i
"300
.q 7 -
c. LI12
.;nno
< 300
':1' 01]
.,
!
.- .. -
iluu
f .!
Sum Of Each PO 414-6100 21 ,521.
UO < !

Reports
Interactive Reports
Display the Summarized Information as the First List-And letting the USER Interact for
the Detailed Info. a
20th
Ex : Basic List 1" Secondary 2"dSecondary 3"d
f
SY-LSIND = 0
11
NOTE: We Can go up to 20 Secondary Lists.
Different Ways Of User ~nteractioh

and the Corresponding Events Triggered for Each type Of User lnteraction
User cajz interact witlz Output List
Line Selection User Commands

(Double click) (Click on Function Key )
1 1
Event: AT LINE-SELECTION AT USER-COMMAND.
Note:The List Index SY-LSIND will be incremented by 1 for each user Interaction.
It is ZERO for Basic List , 1 for 1" tnd

ry, 2 for 2ndry etc.upto 20
As We Can Generate Upto 20 Levels. ,
By default, the basic list has a standard list status and a standard page header. The TOP-
OF-PAGE and END-OF-PAGE events can occur while the basic list is being created.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtec8a.co111
Reports
Working With AT LINE-SELECTION

It Triggers When the User Interacts with the Output Line (Line
Selection/Double Click).
Useful System Fields for Details Lists

After each user action on a list, the following ABAP system fields will be set in
the corresponding event block: a
Information
SY-LSIND Index of the list created during the

current event (basic list = 0)
event was triggered
olute number of the line from whi
of the line from which th
in the window fro

was triggered (counti
m which the event was triggere

ounting starts with 2)
SY-CPAGE Page number of the first displayed page

of the list from which the event was
triggered
; SY-STAR0 Number of the first line of the first page:

i
displayed of the list from which the:
i
I event was triggered. (counting starts with!
i3 ! 1). This line may contain the pagej
i header.
i !
Number of the first column displayed i

the list from which the event w

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~vo;.ermaaxtech.co~~~
Reports
W e Never Compromise I n Quality, Would You?
SY-UCOMM Function code that tiiggered the event
SY-PFKEY Status of the list currently being

displayed.
Note : Each 2"" ry List is a normal output list Only. But the Next Level Data
depends on the Selected Line and Contents from the Previous List. So it is
enough to know the way to find out the Selected Line Details of the Previous
List.
a
Ways to Find out the Selected Line Details from the Previous List (OR)
Passing Data by Program Statements :
SY-LISEL : Note : SY-LISEL is the System Variable to Maintain, the Entire

Selected Line Contents and we need to split it for the required Field Contents.
HIDE : The HIDE statelllent is one of the fundainental statemei~tsfor interactive
reporting. You use the I-IIDE te when creating a basic list. It defines the
GET CURSOR : Use the stateme FIELD and GET CURSOR LINE
ursor was positioned during the
interactive event t
ain, the Entire Selected Line

uired Field Contents.
EXAMPLE PROGRAM :
REPORT ZGDEMO-INTERACTIIVE-SY-LISEL
Program Heading
.I.
,. .~,, _,.,, _.__._
,, ...
...,, ,. _,. _,__I.
,, ,, ...
,. ,, _,_ _I_ _I. _I. _I. .
I .
I
.
,..~,, ,. ,, _._
,. ,~,, ....
,. ., ,~,, ,. .~,. ,. ., ,, _._ i.
_I. _.__I.
,. .. ,. ,~.~,~.. ,. .. ,.,, _..
.. ...._ _I. .I, I.
., .. ., '~,. .*I
_I. _#. _I_
.. ,. ,, .. .. ,, _._
.. ., _.._I. _I.
.~.. .._
_I. .I.
.~,. ,. .. _._
., ...
-1.
<.
_I. _I. _ I _ _I. _I. _I. .
I
. _I. _t. .I. _I. .C _.._,..I. .I. _I. .I. I.
"AUTHOR : GANAPATI .ADIMULAM

"PROGRAM : ZGDEMO-INTERACTIIVE-SY-LISEL
"C0P:CED FROM : NA
"PURPOSE : D I S P L A Y THE COMPANY D E T A I L S AS B A S I C L I S T
AND CUSTOMER DETAILS AND R e c o n c i 1 i a t i o n
A c c o u n t As Secondary D e t a i l s
"REFERENCE DOCS : DEVWRO065
.,.,, _..
,~_,.
,~ ,, .,.
.)_
,. _._...,, _._
,, ., ,, .,_
,. ,,.,, _,. _I. .I.
,* _,.
.< ,~ .. .._
_,.
,~ ,. ,, .,.. _..
_I.
,~ ,, ,. ,, ,, .,I.. .._
,, .~,~
_I.
.. ...
,. ,~
_I.
,, .,
J.
.~,, ., ., .._
-1. _I. _I.
,. _._
,. ,, ,. _.I,, .._.._._.._
.I_
...._,~_,.,, ., ,, _._
,. _..
_PI _I_ _I. _I. I.
,> ,> ,. .~,. ,, .. _._
,. _._ .
I. _I.
.~...
,. _..
i
.
,, _I. .
I
.
,\
_I. .t. .I. _I. .I. _I_
>,
"MODIFICATION LOG :
"MOD-0001 : D E T A I L S ABOUT THE F I R S T CHANGE I N THE PROG
"IvlOD-002 : D E T A I L S ABOUT THE,ZND CHANGE I N THE PROC
"TRANSPORT REQ. NO : C l l D E V 1 2 3 5 4
_I. .I.
,. ,. .. ,. ,. ,~_._
,, ,* ,....
,, ,, .,_ _>_ _(. .I_
.~_,_,._._
,. .._
_I. _I_ _._
,, ,~ .C ...,. ,, ., ..._
., ,, .~ ,, ,~,, ..I .._
_I.
.. ,. .. ,. .~_,_
_I. -1. _I. -8. I.
,._..
_..
,, <.,. ,, .~,, ,~ ,, ., ., .._
_I.
.> ,, ,, .....
.. .._ ,. .. ...,, ,, ,. ,. ., ...,, ,. ,. ,....,. ,~., ...,,
_a_ _1_ -7. _I. 7-. .
I. _I. _I. .L _I_ .I.
.\
<._ .1_ .I._,...
%
.
_I. .I. -1. .1_ J. .1_ 2
. .I. _1_ .C

P h No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w ~ ~ ~ ~ . e m a x 8 e c h . c o m
Reports
6
BUTXT TYPE BUTXT, "NAME OF THE COMPANY
ORTO 1 TYPE ORTO1, "CITY
LAND 1 TYPE LAND1, "COLTNTRY KEY
END OF TY-TO0 1.
DATA : WA-TO01 TYPE TY T001,
IT-TOO1 TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-TOO1.
*:CUSTUbilER M:ISTER DATA

AKONT TYPE AKONT, "RECONCILIATION ACCOUNT
END OF TY-CUSTOMER.
DATA : IT CUSTOMER TYPE STAhTDARD TABLE OF TY-CUSTOMER,

WACUSTOMER
TYPE TY-CUSTOMER.
"DESIGNING '1.1-IE SkI,I;,C-I'ION SCREEN

SELECT-OPTIONS : S B U K R S FOR V-BUKRS.
*$:*******:!:*::::$*:$$:**:x:$***:~**>$:k******$:***:$***:~::$::!::~*:$$::k
* START-OF-SELECTION. :i:
********$:**:$*:$*$:*************:$*********************
START-OF-SELECTION.
BUTXT "NAME OF THE COMPAIVY
ORTOl "C&Y
a
LAND1 "COUNTRY KEY
WAERS "CURRENCY KEY
INTO TABLE IT-TOO 1
FROM TOO1
WHERE BUKRS lN S-BUKRS.
***:+*:$~:***:!::::*$:$:******~::$*#:*****:~$:***#:**;$******:~*:!::::**
********>k*****************$<********$<***$<***********
END-OF-SELECTION.
IF NOT ITTOOl IS INITIAL.

ULINE.8

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~w.emaxtech.csm
Reports
LOOP AT IT-TO0 1 INTO WA-TO0 1
WRITE : / 5 WA-TO01 -BUKRS,

15 WA T001-BUTXT,
45 WA-TOO - 1-ORTO1,
70 WA-TOO1 -LAND 1.
CLEAR WA-T001. SY-LISEL+4(4) gives the Company Code Of the
ENDLOOP. Selected Line. Bacause BUKRS was Printed as
WRITE: /5 WA-T001-BUKRS.
ENDIF. Since String starts at ZERO Place, +4(4) = 4
**:!:*d:*A:***$:******+*:*$::$:k**<:*:*
Chars from 5thPosition.
':AT LINE-SELECTION.
AT LIhTE-SELECT10
CASE SY-LSIND.
WHEN 1.
V BUKRS = SY-LISEL+4(4).
*:RE-~~IEV E TI-11: CUSTOMERS FOR THE SELECTED co
AI.,I.>
..
6
SELECT KUNNR "CUSTOMER

BUKRS "COMPANY CODE
AKONT "RECON.ACC
INTO TABLE IT-CUSTOMER
FROM KNB 1 WHERE BUKRS = V-BUKRS.
d'IIISPLAY 1 111- IIA1'A

IF NOT IT-CUSTOMER IS INITIAL.
WRITE : 15 'COM.CODE1,15 'CUSTOMER',30 'RECON ACC'.
ULINE.
LOOP AT IT-CUSTOMER INTO WA-CUSTOMER.
WRITE : 15 WA CUSTOMER-BUKRS, "COMPANY CODE
15 WA-CUSTOMER~JNNR,n~~~~~~~~
30 WA CUSTOMER-AKONT. "RECONCILIATION ACCOUNT
CLEAR WA-CUSTOMER.
EIVDLOOP. a
ELSE.
WRI1'E :I 'NO FURTHER DETAILS FOUND FOR THE SELECTED
COMP.CODE1.
ENDIF.
ENDCASE.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w\w~.ernaxtech.con~
6
Reports
EXECUTE THE PROGRAM :
EXECUTE
-pI-_l____rr_)-- - ..--
CUM ILOUE CLISTUHER RELUII ACC

eMas Technologies,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 9 9 4 8 4 44808,98490 34399, w~~~.c.c.emax8eeh,cowm
Reports
WORKING WITH HIDE TECHNIQUE:
You use the HIDE teclinique while creating a list level to store line-specific information
for later use.
LOOP AT IT-TO01 INTO WA T001.

:
WRITE : / WA TOO1-BUKRS WA-~001-BUTXT, WA-TOO 1-ORTO.
HIDE : WA TO0 1-BUKRS.
Actual List
From WRITE
K'
\
Copy in HIDE Area
From HIDE
I001 iMAX 1001 iMAX
NOTE: HIDE should be always a utput (write) statement.. Hide maintains the
NOTE:When the leve1,the system checks for the

nding selected line contents, If
HIDE Area Fo ts Back from HIDE Area to the
REPORT ZDEMO-INTERACTIVE-HIDE.
;,: 2: :) :;: :i <: ;I: * *: :;: :{; :) :;: 4: :{: %: :;: 2: ;$ :) I: * * & :;: * ,k :> * * :!: *
$: :$ $: 9: $
, <: :I :* :;: * ;:;>: :; : :: ;+ :;; 2: ;) ;: $< << *
;:: :;: 2: :!; * 2: 2: >$
P Prograin Heading
: $ * ~ : ~ * ~ ~ : ~ : ~ ~ ~ & : ; : ~ ~ : ~ ~ ~ ~ : ~ : $ ~ ~ ~ : k * , : : ~ : : i : * ~ : p ~ ~ < : ~ : $ i : ~ ~ : ) ~ 9 , : ~ : ~ ~ ~ ~ : ! : ~ g $ r : i :
':'AI.J?'I-IOR : GANAPA1'I.ADIMULAM
*PROGRAM : ZDErVIO-INTERACTIVE-HIDE
"'COPIED FROM : NA
*:PU'RPOSl:.: : DISPLAY THE COMPANY DG'I-AIJ,S O N BASIC LIST
:k
AN11 CIJSTOMER DETATLS AND Reconciliation
Account: IS DEVELOPED USING HIDE
*
*KEFE.RENCE DOCS : DEVWR0065
*: ;k * * 8: >k *
j: 9,: *
8: ;i: 8: 4: :k * *: 4: :k * *: 8: * * * 4: * * 2: * * :* 8: * :g * *: 8: * 8: :k * *: * :k * 2:
:) j: $: :i: :$ 8: j: :) * * :k * 2: 4:
*: :$
'%IODIFICATION LOG :
" ' ~ O ~ - 010 0 : DETAILS ABOUT THE F1KST CHANGE IN THE PROG
*:h/IO1>-002 : 1)ETAII.S ,4130111' 'Sl---IT:2ND CIIANG113 I:N ']:'I--11; PROG
Page 31 of 74 By Gatlapati Adimulam

Ph No 3-91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~%~w.emaxtech.conIm~.co~~~
Reports
We Never ~ornpro-miseIn Quality, Would You?

BUTXT TYPE BUTXT, "NANIE OF THE COMPANY
ORTOl TYPE ORTO1, "CITY
LANDl TYPE LAND1, "COUNTRY KEY
END OF TY-TO0 1.
+'CUSTOMERMASTER DATA
ICUNNR TYPE KUNNR, "CUSTOMER NO
BII'KRS TYPE BUKRS, "COMPANY CODE
AKONT TYPE AICONT, "RECONCILIATION ACCOUNT
END OF TY-CUSTOMER.
DATA : IT CUSTOMER TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY CUSTOMER,

WA-CUSTOMER TYPE TY-c u s 1 . 0 ~. ~ ~
"DDESIGNJNG 'I'HE SELECTIOhr SCREEN
SELECT-OPTIONS : S-BUKRS FOR V-BUKRS.
,..,.!:9,,..a, * $ : $ : * * > $ * * * * ~ * * * * * $ : * * * * * * * * * * * * $ : * * * * * * * * * * * * * * < : * * *
+
* -START-OF-SELECTION.
****:g**********************$*********g*:g*******:g***
START-OF-SELECTION.
BUTXT "NAME OF THE COMPANY
'ORTO 1 "CITY
LANDl "COUNTRY KEY
WAERS "CURRENCY KEY
INTO TABLE IT-TOO1
FROM TOO 1
WHERE BUKRS IN S-BUKRS.
q ,,,<,*********<:*************************+**********
.a.
q**q*;g******q*****q*******:>*:~****<:$;**>.*:~<.*<:*.:~.~..~..t..~..~..t..!..~. T -? * q. <. .> + <.
END-OF-SELECTION.
IF NOT IT-TOO1 IS INITIAL.

Ph N o :+91 40 -65976727, Cell N o : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emax8ech.com
Reports
W e Never Compromise In Qualily, Would You?

ULINE.
LOOP AT IT-TOO1 INTO WA-T001.
WRITE : 15 WA-TO0 1-BUKRS,

15 WA T001-BIJTXT,
45 WA-TOO1-ORTO1,
70 -LAND 1.
W A ~ T O1O
HIDE : WA-T001-BUKRS,
WA-T001-RUTXT,
WA T001-ORT01,
WA-TOOI-
- LAND^.
CLEAR WA-TOO 1.
ENDLOOP.
:$*:>*;$****:**:***;;:~:;:*:~::****;:*:~:.*::**:~:*~:*******::****~:~:.****:*::*
;:
;: :k : ;: :> :> >: >!<: * :: *: AT
* .",. ."LINE-SELECTION.
,i.9.' ."
<. <. <. . ., .'..' * ::* .;.
...,.,.
,;.,.';..." .".,.
"C + .$ 1I.. ?.. .*.+. ::* * +, ::* >: :: :::4: :I: * * :l: 2: >: ::
.*..,. a. ,r.,;.<.
.;.+
.t. ..4.
?
AT LINE-SELECTION.
CASE SY-LSIIVD.
WHEN 1.
""RETRTEI'E ALL THE C'I_:STOL'lGRS FOR THE SELECTED COMPANY
COI>I'

1 BUKRS "COMPANY CODE
AKONT llRECON.ACC
INTO T-LE IT-CUSTOMER
FROM KNB 1 WHERE BUKRS = WA-TO0 1-BUKRS.
*
'$DISPLAY TI-I E DATA
IF NOT IT-CUSTOMER IS INITIAL.
WRITE : 15 'COM.CODE', 15 'CUSTOMER1,30'RECON ACC'.
ULINE.
WRITE : 15 WA-CUSTOMER-BLTKRS, "COMPANY CODE

15 WA-CUSTOMER-KLTNNR, "CUSTOMER
30 WA-CUSTOMER-AKONT. "RECONCILIATION ACCOUNT
CLEAR WA-CUSTOMER.
ENDLOOP.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.emaxtech.com1
Reports
We Never compl-okise In Quality, Would You?
ELSE.
WRITE :I 'NO FURTHER DETAILS FOUND FOR THE SELECTED
COMP.CODEf.
ENDIF.
ENDCASE.
EXECUTE THE PROGRAM:
. .-p---..-p
OUTPUT:
q
. -- . . . . .......
Dint+ ~ r ' lI n t e r + : ~1 4 1 cc
ac-c:,,,e ~ : ~ ~ ) o l -D,-: ,I;.:. -...,:"
......
,-.+vtr~
. forfr. Text Cl -ty ~ C o v n tyr ,
.
1
:
:~u,.>< SAI' A G
7 0130 I D E S AG
1010 w 7 p,-0
1-1 0 1 LJIPEI, T e c h n o 1 n g i e s hydel-alld I N
? 818 emz!r t e c h n o ! o g y a hyd
.I m.7
,,.iD r~nar amp
ZGO~I IDES Oli Lonclon G E:
21 Dl3 IClES Por-t8.ig;il L i shon PT
--
7 7 ~ 0 I D E S I-rsi-lcr Par ,is rR
23012 I l>E5 Esaaiia Earcel o n a ES
2400 IClES 1 t : a l - i a i.!ilarlcl I T
2500 1l)LS. Nc;t:l?ri-; +nd,6. ~(GT:~~I-cJ~II) I<L
.::;I~I.J!.I rr~r?.;us .rrk, Idoitc Y o r k ;')I
r100 U I D E S ,;s!-,s,d.:: To?-onta .,e!
,..,
;I
.?r:r;[.: ,-,.1.' *;-, ':<>;"l>*,~!.~

........ I Toror, t o Ck
~ U O ~ J ir>K':, Japan -l'ilx:,u J::'
6131313 I D E S 1'16;: ice, S i!. J, c ,; . ',i t,lh:: ~ c o DF llX
1 000 I D E S Ur:az i 1 550 Paulo 13N
Page 34 of 74 By Canapati Adirnularn
Ph No :+9$40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw.emsxtech.com

Reports
If you double click on the company code a secondary list is displayed wliich
displays the coinpaliy code, customer number, Recollciliation Account.
ICurn. Code C~.~cCurrir;. R e c o n licc .:.-i... . ,.

224
'1 oon
'l or:1
I.., ',.>
2L-
1iIC3
In'! 2
11.1 : ;i
I L.;i;(.t
s C!:JI
l G.32
., 11, 5
'I l:i.?:l
'I cis6
I.ino
I !in
.,.I.
I , : I
,.I ' a
I.! 71
I
displayed.
jpd..".,,";
,,,/,.~j!~~,
la,$..
' 9 . , ,9t2j,.,$4..*;
t,,,!{< f<j> ,.., *,,?,
<<,"*.<$,&
F? *2>,2h$j.?<.
-,,., $
.,,
( % . ~tl;,P*g
*,,~#t E~L,&+
p$
...,.. --. ..,
1.L
rlil ;iJETFEi3 05TiiTi.S FiJiJNT! FOE THE SELECTED COt!P <:ODE ..-
ivi
. .....
. .
EXAMPLE PROGRAM2 USING I-IIDE :-

:! :I: 4: :I: :$ :I: $: ;I: :I: :I: $ ! ;: :$ :I: $: ;: ;$ 6 2: :;: :$ $: $ $
; :$ $: <: ;: :$ :;: <: :$ :: $: <: ;I: :$ :I: C 4: :: <: :;: :: :! :I: <: $: :$ <: Q :$ :: :: $ :: >: 2: C $ :: 2:

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxteclr.com~xtech,co~~~
Reports
Program I-Ieading
> * : ::; , *,.. ..,, , 9,,. ..,.. .<. ..> . * >.:. .I. .,....
, ,. .
; ; : * ......
: , <.
3, + .> ?. .,.-1.: * * ):: :k *
.$ ,, .I 1
. :k * 2: >:::I: * d.:: :I: * 4: :: :k * 4: :: :: 5:: :1: :I * $:
.I. :)i
$:A[~ ~ r 1 . 1 0 ~ : GANAPAT1,ADrMULAM
'!'PROGRAM : ZDEMO-INTERACTIVE-HIDE-COMPLEX
'$COPIED FROM : NA *
+'PURPQIS1'7 : I>ISPI.,AY TI-3E VENDOR T)I':1'I-AII,S ON I3ASIC L,IS'I'
9s
AI4D PURCI-IASINC; I-IEAlIEII IIt.:I'AIi..,S FOR ?'I 11%
2:
SELECTED VENDOR IN THE NEXT SECONDARY
LIST*
:$
AND DISPLAY THE PUKCI-IASING ITEMS FOR. TIlE
*:
SLECTED PIJRCI-IASE DOC. IN NEXT I,IS?I' AND
:I-
DISPLAY THE MATERIAL DETAILS FOR THE
* SELECTED MATERIAL IN NEXT LIST.
$:
REFERENCE DOCS : DEVWR0065
:$ :$ $: $: ::: * * :!: *: * :;::!: * * :i:* * * * :'.: *
$: :$ $: Q $: $: $: ::::g * :i: * :$ $: $: :1: ::: :> :;: :$ * ., * * * * * :* :> :;: * :: 4: ;k
90-. * i;* :$ 1: 4: :) **
, ...
.
*MODIFICATION LOG : ,
:::MOD-OOO 1 : DETAILS ABOUT THE FIRST CHANGE IY THE'PRO

"MC>I)-002. : III<'.L'ATL,SABOUT T I E 2ND CL-IANGI:, LN ':fI-II5 PKOG
~'TRANSI'OliT REQ.h;O : CI 1 ZiEV12354
REPORT ZDEMO-INTE E COMPLEX LDVE-SIZE 150 NO

STANDARD PAGE HEAD 0 MESSAGE-ID ZDEMO.
ORTO 1 TYPE ORTO 1, "CITY.

ANRED TYPE ANRED,, "TITLE.
END OF TY-LFA 1.
DATA : IT-LFA1 TYPE TABLE OF TY-LFAI,

WA-LFAl TYPE TY-LFA1.
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-EKKO,

LIFIVR TYPE LIFNR, "VENDOR NUMBER.
EBELN TYPE EBELN, "PUCHASE DOCUMENT NUMBER.
BSTYP TYPE EBSTYP, "PURCHASIIVG DOCUMENT CATEGORY
' EKORG TYPE EKORG, "PURCHASING ORGANIZATIOIV.
END OF TY-EKKO.
DATA : IT-EKKO TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-EKKO,

WA-- EKKO TYPE TY-EKKO .
Page 36 of 74 By Canapati Adimulam (,
Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxlech.com
Reports
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY EKPO,

EBELN TYPE EBELN, DOCUMENT NUMBER. H~~~~~~~~~~
EBELP TYPE EBELP, "ITEM NO OF PURCHASING NUMBER

MATNR TYPE MATNR. "MATERIAL NUMBER.
MENGE TYPE BSTMG, "PURCHASE ORDEK QUANTITY.
IVETPR TYPE BPREI, "NET PRICE IN PURCHASE DOCUMENT.
END OF TY-EKPO.
DATA : IT EKPO TYPE STAhTDARD TABLE OF TILEKPO,

wA-EKPO TYPE TY-EKPO .
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-MAKT,
MATNR TYPE MATNR, "MATERIAL NUMBER.
MAKTX TYPE MAKTX, "MATERIAL DESCRIPTION.
END OF TY-MAKT. 4
DATA IT-MAKT TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-MAKT.

DATA WA MAKT TYPE TY-MAKT.
:!C 4 3 :$ :$ :$ 4 $ 4 :;. $ 2: %: t: ::%: 4: % :$ SELECTION-SCREEN .?: % :!: 4 % :! :$ 4 :> :: $: 1::) * :: 8 4: :: :!
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BLOCK SREE WITH FRAME TITLE

TEXT-001 .
DATA V-LIFMR TYPE LIFNR.
SELECT-OPTIONS : S-LIFNR FOR VLIFNR.
SELECTION-SCREEN END OF BLOCK SREE.
., ... .,.,.
..,..,. .*.+.,..*..
,. +,.,. .AT SELECTION-SCREEN
. .*.
.,,. ,p
.>.A .. %
, p,. >., &. k, 4 :,. t
:::4*4::::44:*::::::%::44:$
AT, SELECTION-SCREEN.
SELECT SINGLE LIFNR INTO S-LIFNR
FROM LFAl
WHERE LIFNK IN S-LIFNR.
IF SY-SUBRC NE 0. 4
MESSAGE E000. "NOT VALID VENDOR(S).

ENDIF.
$**4*C*~*+e*:F+~*:~:k:):#:b+4;4<i$*Q*****%***~***~:4$*~:*~:~~~~:::4$**~****:~*~
* START-OF-SELECTION 4:
4 : % ~ 4 * % * * * ~ * 4 $ 4 $ : > ~ ~ * ~ > $ ~ 9 . 9 - b ,-4 +.a 7.

*~*<:***+$*:>~:~;!::g:!:***:;:;!:$;g:g~:!:$$~**~***$:!:*
START-OF-SELECTION.
SELECT LIFNR
NAME1
ILAND1
ORTO 1
ANRED INTO TABLE IT-LFAl
FROM LFAl
4
Page 37 of 74 By Ganapati Adirnularn

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No :99484 44808,98490 34399, ww.or.ernaxlech.com
Reports
WHERE LIFNR IN S-LIFNR.
* * C * * * * * : g : l : * * * * : k * * * * * : k * * * * * Y * * * * * : f : : i : : k * * ; I : *,; i : * ,4 ; ; k * * * * * : k * * * * * : ) * * * * * * * * * *
END-OF-SELECTION.
*DISPLAY VENDOR DETAILS BASIC LIST

LOOP AT IT LFAl INTO WA LFAI .
WRITE : 13 W A LFA 1-LIFNR,
15 WALFA 1-NAME 1,
52 WA-LFA 1-LAND 1,
62 WA LFAI -0RTO1,
95 I -ANRED. WAILFA
WIDE THE REQUIRED TO QUERRY THE NE
QIDE : WA-LFA1-LIFNR.
CLEAR : WA-LFA1 .
ENDLOOP.
........................ ***>$*****
* TOP-OF-PAGE *
::*$:A*$::#************** **********************4:*Q+****;#*****
TOP-OF-PAGE.
FORMAT COLOR 3.
WRITE : 13 'VENDOR FA1 TABLE '.
FORMAT COLOR OFF.
ULINE.
E1,52'COUNTRY',62 'CITY', 95 'TITLE'
AT LINE-SELECTION.
CASE SY-LSIND.
WHEN 1.
::' DISPLAY PUR.DOC.NO I N 1ST SECONDRY LIST
SELECT LIFNR "VENDOR
EBELN "PUR.DOC
BSTYP "DOC.TYPE
EKORG "PUR.DOC
INTO TABLE IT-EKKO
FROM EKKO
WHERE LIFNR = WA-LFAI-LIFIVR.
IF NOT IT-EI<I<O IS INITIAL.

Reports
We Never ~ o r n ~ r ~ mIni sQuality,
e Would You?

AT FIRST.
1 FORMAT COLOR 4.
WRITE : 13 'PURCHASE DOCUMENT NUMBER DLTAILS FROM
EKKO' .
FORMAT COLOR OFF.
ULINE.
WRITE : I3 'VNUMBER', 15 'PDOC.N0',30 'DOC.CAl'GRY1,
45 'PO.ORG1.
ULWE.
ENDAT
WRITE : 13 WA EKKO-LIFNR,
15 WA-EKKO-EBELN,
30 WAEKKO-BSTYP,
45 LVA-EKKO-EKORG.
':.HIDE EBELh' TO QI JERY NEXT LEVEL

HIDE : WA EKKO-EBELN.
CLEAR :WAEKKO.
ENDLOOP.
ELSE.
WRITE : 13 'NO RECORD(SJ FOUND F ELECTED VENDOR'.
EhTDIF.
WHEN 2.
" DISPLAY LTNE ITEM IN 2ND SECONDRY LIST
SELECT EBELN
EBELP
MATNR
MENGE
= %'A EKKO-EBELN.
LREADY HIDDEN AT PREVIOUS LIST
0 IS INITIAL.
LOOP ATIT -EKPO WTO WA-EIWO.
AT FIRST. a
FORMAT COLOR 5.
WRITE : I3 'ITEM NO OF PURCHASE DOCUMENT FROM EKPO
TABLE'.
FORMAT COLOR OFF.
ULINE.
WKITE : 13 'PU.DOC.NO1,15 'ITEIVI.I\J0',25'MATEKIAL.NO1,
45 'QUANTITY', 65 'NET.PRICE1.
ULINE.
Ph No :-t9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw~.emaxtech.com
Reports
We Never Compromise 111 Quality, Would You?
ENDAl .
WRITE : 13 WA-EKPO-EBELN,
15 WAEKPO-EBELP,
25 WA EKPO-MATNR,
45 WA-EKPO-MENGE LEFT-JUSTIFIED,
65 WA-EKPO-NETPR LEFI -JUSTIFIED.
*HIDE THE MATERIAL NUMBER, TO QUERRY THE MORE ABOUT
MATERIALS
HIDE :WA EKPO-MATNR.
CLEAR : wA-EKPO.
ENDLOOP. a
ELSE.
WMTE : 13 'NO RECORD(S) FOUIVD FOR THE SELECTED RECORD'.
ENDIF.
WHEN 3.
* DISPLAY MATERIALS DETAILS IN 3RD SECONDRY LIST
SELECT MATNR
MAKTX
INTO TABLE IT MAK
FROM MAKT
WHERE MATNR = 0-MATNR AND
SPRAS = SY-LA
IF NOT IT-MAKT IS
LOOP AT IT-MAKT I
PTION DETAILS'.
.NOt,15 'MAT.DESCt.
ENDAT.
WRITE : 13 WA MAKT-MATNR,
15 WA MAKT-MAKTX.
CLEAR W A ~ M A K T .
ENDLOOP.
ELSE.
WRITE : I3 'NO RECORD FOUIVD FOR THE SELECTED RECORD'.
,ENDIF.
ENDCASE.
Page 40 o f 7 4 By Ganapati Adirnulam

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~vww.emaxtec&.com
Reports
We Never ~ o r n ~ r ~ r nIn
i sQuality,
e Would
-- You?
&E:f,.fa <>I",'fi/jP>LEX @jc'jz

cg
... .,
' 4 '
.. ..,
VENDOR DETAILS FEOM LFAl TQ.BLE .... . ..
:-:
F i ~ rsi !:znufact.;.-i n g GiiihL

E:c:trc,-,jr c,2,np2:-,e:-!:5 [l;;tr?:j,.,
I;,!? 'i :i a I.13 is.;-
KO?; Schsarzr. P , . i p o
St,lF Giiii:,!i
Expr~ssVendor Tnc
A l ~ C a s t3niLH
Sedoiia S..ippi ie r a
C E 8 . GERI.II~I
Double Click on Vendor Number 1000
Page 41 of74 By Canapati Adirnularn

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w.c~~w.emaxtecch.conl
Reports
.L1
~......
PIJRCHASE OOCIIPIE1~IT NIJFIBEF: D E T A I L S FROi-l EKKO r_/
3
I T E M NO OF PURCH4SE DOCUMAENT FROM EKPO T4BLE - -I
Double click on the Material Number.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 64808,98490 34399, www.emaxteclh.com
Reports
MQI E R I A L I J O 6 D E S C R I P T I O N D E T A I L S
-
WORKING WITH GET CURSOR :
Reading Lists at the Cursor Position :
Note : When the User is Interested with Selected Field Details, i.e when the
User Interactio~ldepends on the Selected Field Name and Field Value , Both
the above techniques : SY-LISEL and HIDE are not enough because they Can
return only the Contents but the Selected Field Names. So in this Case it is
Mandatory to go for GET CURSOR Technique, Which gives both Selected
Field Name and Value.
GET CURSOR FTELD <V-FNAM> VALUE <V-FVAL>.

Note:
This statement trailsfers {he name of the field on which the cursor is positioned
dur'ing a user action into the variable <VFIVAM> and Field Value into
<V-FVAL>.
Note : If the cursor is on a field, the system sets SY-SUBRC to 0, otherwise to 4.
6

Reports
EXAMPLE PROGRAM ON GET CURSOR:
I
: Program Heading
: :g *: ,:::: :g $ :;: :$ y $
:, * :2 y ,:: $ :!: :+ * * * * :k * ,:: ,::* * 1: * :: * *: * :k * *: :!:*
:$ $: y *: 9: y * *: :I: :!: ,:: * %: * ,::<: * *:
$ :$ >> :$ y $:
4:~iy~\1-101? : GANAPATI.AD1MGLAM
*PROGRAM : ZDEMO-fiTTERhCTIVE-GET-CURSOR
*'COPIED FROM : NA
*:PURPOSE? : DiSPI.,AY THE COMPANY DETAI[.,S ON R4SIC: LIST
AND CUSTOMER DETAILS AND Reconciliation
::
Account
: IS DEVELCIPED USING GET CURSOR TECHNIQUE
'"Rf31:1-3RENCI:::, DOCS : 1)1113V\VRO065
,::$< :: : ,:: *: :f * 9 *: :k $ 3,: *: :k :g $: ,::;i: * * 4: ::::g $ *: :$ * * <: :$ :k $: *: ;f y $ $: :f :f 3,: <: ;.I- $: 2: *: :$ * $: $: :$ :g ,::::: :I: :g 1: ,:::g y :;: 4: :;:
~>YlODIFICiZTION LO<; :
:3~IOD-000 1 : DETAILS ABOUT THE FIRST CHANGE IN THE PPROG
"MMOII-002 : DE'I'AI1,S A13OG'I' TI-IF'2ND CI--lAh'C;I3IN 'TI-11: PKC)G
' ! ' ~ ' [ : $; ,::;k :g >: >',.. ,::;g ;t
;!< , >",.,
,. ,..' 'h., <. ,*.."
." 4. q, 'I,
'1, ,,, .<.
,;..,. 9,,.,* ',.
.!. " ."."
," . ,*.
-.'.,.'.. .",,. .' <. .",."
,;.
.4,'"" ">:. ,,..,
,. .,~
'9' .), 8' . "' 7',
REPORT ZDEMO-INTERACTIVE-GET-CUSR
TYPES : BEGTN OF TY T001,
BUTXT TYPE BUTXT, "NAME OF THE CO
ORTO 1 TYPE ORTO 1, "CITY
LAND1 TYPE LAND1 , "COUNTRY KEY
WAERS TYPE WAERS, "CURREIVCY KEY
END OF TY-TO0 1.
DATA : WA TOO1 TYPE TY-T001,

IT-TOOi TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-TOO1.
TYPES : BEGlN OF TY-CUSTOMER,

AKONT TYPE AKONT, "RECONCILIATION
a
ACCOUNT
EhTD OF TY-CUSTOMER.
DATA : WA-CUSTOMER TYPE TY-CUSTOMER,

IT CUSTOMER TYPE STAhTDARD TABLE OF TY-_CUSTOMER.
*:DESIGNINGTHE SELECTION SCREEN
SELECT-OPTlOIVS : S-BUKRS FOR V-BUKRS.
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.emaxteclti.com
Reports
We Never cornpro-mise In Quality, Would You?
.,.
,,..*.
2..I. .I. .I.4. .I. 1
..,.4.
,;.,p<..;.T.>++<.<.<.*4.<.,;.
.I. 1-. .I. .I, .
I
. .
I
, .t
START-OF-SELECTION. ,.*.;.
3. "
"..'. ,.>.'." "
,,.,.'.. , . T."m.“' + , , . n“.."'
, .“.'9. .,.*.
..'. r m".* * " " " "
‘9.
START-OF-SELECTION.
BUTXT "NAME OF THE COMPANY
ORTOl "CITY
LAND1 "COUhTTRY KEY
WAERS "CURRENCY KEY
INTO TABLE IT-TO01
FROM TOOl
WHERE BUKRS IN SBUKRS.
".
.I..* "....-;. ".". ~ + i .", ." ". ." - + ?.
* -2-. > . ", . + , " -,.
~.'.
- ..i,--a
!. -- .'- END-OF-SELECTION, . -4 :$ '-"+
+ . "" ';'-';I A
.I .!,
T1- .L <. .!.
.'.
-E. -?,I-
.b .b A, -47.
T1- + I. .
.b .t. .#-
1. T .
. .L -!- b ".
1-
END-OF-SELECTION.
IF NOT IT-TOO 1 IS INITIAL.

WRITE : I5 'COM.CODE1,15 'TEXT', 45 'CITY', 70 'COUNTRY'.
ULINE.
LOOP AT IT TOOl INTO WA-T001.
WRITE : 15 -WA-TOOI-BUKR
15 WA TO0 1-BUTXT,
45 WA-TOOI -ORTO1,
70 W A ~ T O1O
-LAND I .
CLEAR WA-TOO 1.
ENDLOOP.
AT LINE-SELECT10
GET CURSOR FIELD V-F VALUE V-FVAL.

CASE SY-LSIKTD.
WHEN 1.
IF V FNAM = 'WA TOO
:~:KI::,L'KIEVI;:
AI,I.,.:r~-i~-;,C:~;s'romm
FOR THE SEI.,L'C.I:EDCOMPANY C:O.DI:
"IhTNER JOIN
BUKRS "COMPANY CODE
AKONT "RECON.ACC
INTO TABLE IT-CUSTOMER
FROM KNB 1
WHERE BUKRS = V-FVAL.
*I)ISPI,AY TI-IE DATA
IF NOT IT CUSTOMER IS INITIAL.
WRITE : 75 'COM.CODE', 15 'CUSTOMER', 30 'RECON ACC'.
UI,JNE.

P11 No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www .emaxtecih.com
Reports
a
WRITE : 15 WA-CUSTOMER-BUKRS, "COMPANY CODE
15 WA-CUSTOMER-KUNNR, "CUSTOMER
30 WA-CUSTOMER-AKONT. "RECONCILIATION ACCOUNT

CLEAR WA-CUSTOMER.
ENDLOOP.
ELSE.
WRITE : 1 'NO FURTHER DETAILS FOUND FOR THE SELECTED
COMP.CODE1.
ENDIF.
ENDIF,.
ENDCASE.
OUTPUT :-EXECUTE THE PROGMM
-.
Cotnpany Code DO01 tu 90001 5".

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wwvr;.ernaxtech.co~~~
Reports
We Never ~ o m ~ r o k i In
s eQuality, Would You?
TF.,+ C i :y
- " ,.
>.'<?
,,
,,, ,.- W-? 1 d n r f
~LIE; I,>[ Fr inl<f:irt
'">,,pr,
l,,lIiPRO i';.rhr-r? " a i r -
~:,.>: I.%:-; ,fit.;; <.,L,.;
e,<\< /
T D E
in.<.- L- , L?t~.~,:31
i D E S Fr-anco
E s - c e 1 cna
1.1 I Ini-,a
R u i:i.rr n:~tn
3i11213 ICIE'Z IJC I I K h b w 't fi? t~
4 0 12'3 I D E S r;sn;,dsi To:.unrs
<?,,Q> ibnodi or, Co::,pa!?y Tnrar~to
(:>I.Jl:>.:! 1,l:t:'; .!5;33n i'o;.yo
If you double click on the company code a secondary list is displayed which
displays the company code, customer
:./
number, Reconciliation Account.
.> .. -
.-,l.!L;rl
30EU
301313
.3hClli
3DUIJ
31~~i!~
snoo
.313i l
:nue
'3000
.3llCIU
SU@O
If 110 further selected details of the company code are present then this screen is
displayed.

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,lIyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w\vvv.emaxtech.com
Reports
Dety,.:; (,>j-j ~ p ~ ; j . :O
:r>e.pi.ac~jy+ ~ rf ir(2E'';T
~ CUR.E<;'R
tg
--.-. -
--
-?-
-, ..-- .....-.- "..,- ",-.w--.
!.iO F;IRTl-iEII D E T A I L S FOUPID .FDR THE SELECTEC) COI.IP. CODE ;:....>.:

A:

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxteeh.coi~~
Reports
We Never ~ o r n ~ r o ~ mIn
i sQuality,
e Would
--
You? -
EXAMPLE PROGRAM2 USING GET CURSOR:-
Note: In this Program, We Use Conversion Exit.

Conversion Routines are Maintained at Domain Level of the Data
Eleii~ents And For those fields which refer those Data Elements, the
External(0utput) Format and Internal(Database) Format Differs. So that Before
we #usethe Selected Data From the Output list, it has to be Converted to Internal
Format then Select the Next Level Data.
CALL FUNCTION 'CONVERSION-EXIT-ALPHA-INPUT'

EXPORTING
INPUT = V-FVAL-LIFNR "Internal Format
INIPORTING
OUTPUT = V-FVAL -LIFNR. "Output Format
*:AUTHOR : GANAPATI.ADTMIJ1,AM
;':PROC;RAM ZDEMO-GET-CURSOR-CO~IPLEX
'?COPIED FROM : NA
':PURPOSE : DISP1,AY TI-JE VEKDOR DI~I'AIJ,SON BASIC 1.1S'17
.k
AhrD PURCHASING HEADER DEI AI1,S FOR '[TIE
SELECTED VENDOR IN THE NEXT SECOYDARY
LISTx'
.k
AN11 DISPLAY THG PURCHASlNG ITEMS I'OK '1-1-1 E
SLECTED PURCHASE DOC. J N NEXT LIST AND
:$
DISPLAY THE h4ATERIAL DETAILS FOR THE
SELECTED MATERIAL IN NEXT LIST.
* : 1S l>f'VI'I.OPED USIKG GET CURSOR I 1 XI IT\'IQ1113
'"KEFEREhCE DOCS : DEV\NR0065
l l l ~ l ~ l ~ B l ~ ~ l l l l l l l l l l l H B l l l H l ~ l H l l l l l ~ l l l ~ l ~ l l ~ l l l ~ B l ~ H ~ B l ~ B m B
*MOI)1 FlCA'l'ION LOG :

-"VIOD-0001 . DETAILS ABOUT THE FIRS CHANGE Ii\J THE PROCj
'I:MOD-002 : DETAILS ABOUT THE 2hTD CHANGE IN THE PROG
4'TRANSPOR7' REQ.hrO : C'llDEV12354
,k ::*~2. ,!: >$ *: >. ;k * 4: 2: &: * $ 2: :$ :g *: +: * >:: *: :$ :!:* *: :k ::*: <. :$ :$ 2: ::. :k :k 2: 2. .k * * 2 .I :k <: 4. :k <; 2. 4. 4: ,+ ;. 4. :k &
:) . *: 4: ;). :$ 2: 2. >b ,+
REPORT ZDEMO-GET-CURSOR-CONIPLEX LINE-SIZE 150 NO

STANDARD PAGE HEADING LINE-COUNT 20 MESSAGE-ID ZDEMO.
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-LFAI ,

LIFNR TYPE LIFNR, "VENDOR NUMBER.
NAME1 TYPE NANIE1, "NAME.
LAND1 TYPE LAND1, "COUNTRY KEY.
ORTO1 TYPE ORTOI, "CITY.
ANRED TYPE ANRED, "TITLE.
END OF TY-LFA1 .
eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,T3yderabad
Ph N o :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, %$~7\~.emaxtech.com
Reports
We Never comdromise In Quality, Would You?
DATA : IT-LFA1 TYPE TABLE OF WA-LFA1,

WA-LFA 1 TYPE TY-LFA 1.
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-EI<I<O,

LIFNR TYPE LIFNR, "VEIUDOR NUMBER.
EBELN TYPE EBELN, "PUCHASE DOCUMENT NUMBER.
BSTYP TYPE EBSTYP,
"PURCHASING DOCUMENT CATEGORY
EKORG TYPE EKORG, "PURCHASING ORGANIZATION.
END OF TY-EKKO.
DATA : IT-EKKO TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-EKKO,
WA-EKKO TYPE TY-EKKO.
TYPES: BEGIN OF TY-EKPO,
EBELN TYPE EBELN, "PURCH DOCU
EBELP TYPE EBEL'P, "ITEM NO OF PURCHASING NUMBER
MENGE TYPE BSTMG, "PURCHASE ORDER QUANTITY.
NETPR TYPE BPREI, "hTET PRICE
END OF TY-EKPO.
LIATA : WA-EKPO TYPE TY-EKPO,

IT-EKPO TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-EKPO.
TYPES : BEGIN OF TY-MAKT,

MAKTX TYPE MAKTX, "MATERIAL DESCRIPTION.
END OF TY-MAKT.
I
DATA IT-MAKT TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-MAKT.
DATA : V FNAM(15) TYPE c , ~

V-FVAL-LIFNR TYPE LIFNR,
V FVAL EBELN TYPE EBELN,
VIFVALMATNR TYPE MATNR.
SELECTION-SCREEN *"* :':* ***** **" *"'"
****:I:j:j:*****X**l:x:**** -?..I.+.!. "'-
SELECTION-SCREEN BEGIN OF BLOCK SKEE WITH FRAME TITLE

TEXT-001 .
DATA V LIFNR TYPE LIFNR.
SELECT-OPTIONS: S-LIFNR FOR V-LIFNR.
SELECTION-SCREEN END OF BLOCK SREE.
**$$*$*************** AT SELECTION-SCREEN * *" e ":" * * * ***
AT SELECTION-SCREEN.
SELECT SINGLE LIFNR INTO S-LIFNR
FROM LFAl a

Reports

IF SY-SUBRC NE 0. 8
--
MESSAGE E000. "NOT VALID VENDOR(S).
ENDIF.
*****<:*<:<:*****:*+
START-OF-SELECTION ***$*$*$:**:*:::**:******
START-OF-SELECTION.
SELECT LIFNR
NAME1
LAND1
ORTO 1
ANRED INTO TABLE IT-LFAl
FROM LFAl
* * * **:I: * :* * * * * 4 * END-OF-SELECTION :k * :::
$: $ 3',
."
+ . .9.' r - 5i' : + L+ . F9. & , > . + + . ;L, *' C. +9.' . . .".'. .".,..*
", .!.
9.'
END-OF-SELECTION.
*DISPLAY VENDOR DETAILS BASIC LI
LOOP AT IT-LFA1 INTO WA'LFAl.
WRITE : I3 WA-LFA1-LIFNR,
15 WA LFA1-NAME1,
WAILFA
52 I -LANDI ,
62 WA-LFA 1-0RTO 1,
95 WA-LFA 1-ANRED.
CLEAR : TVA-LFA 1.
ENDLOOP.
$***:**:)*******:k***# TOP-OF-PAGE **+~***:$:>*****:k**
TOP-OF-PAGE.
FORMAT COLOR 3.
WRITE : 13 'VENDOR DETAILS FROM LFAl TABLE '.
'. 15 'NMAE1,52'COUNTRY1,62'CITY', 95 'TITLE'.
L ~ T E - s ~ ~***( $E** *~ ~**~** ~ ~ +
WHEN 1.
GET CURSOR FIELD V FNAM VALUE V FVAL LIFNR.
* CONVERTS FROM EXTERNAL TO INTERNAL FORMAT
CALL FUNCTION 'CONVERSION EXIT ALPHA INPUT'
EXPORTING
INPUT = V-FVAL-LIFNR
IMPORTING Which Converts Extesnal(Disp1ay)
OUTPUT = V-FVAL-LIFNR. Format to Internal(Database Format).
IF V-FNAM = 'WA-LFA1 -LIFNR1.
'k DISPLAY PUR.DOC.NO IN 1ST SECONDRY LIST

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxteclh.con~
Reports
SELECT LIFNR "VENDOR

EBELN "PUR.DOC
BSTYP "DOC.TYPE
EKORG "PUR.DOC
INTO TABLE IT-EKKO
FROM EKKO a
WHERE LIFNR = V-FVAL-LIFNR.
IF NOT IT-EKKO IS INITIAL.
AT FIRST.
FORMAT COLOR.
WRITE : /3 'PURCHASE DOCUMEhTT NUMBER DETAILS FROM
EKKO' .
FORMAT COLOR OFF.
ULINE.
WRITE : /3 'VNUMBER', 15 'PDOC.NO1,
45 'PO.ORG'.
I ULIhTE.
ENDAT.
WRITE :/3 WA-EKKO-LIFNR,
a
FOUND FOR THE SELECTED VENDOR'.
WI-IEN 2.
CLEAR V-FNAM.
GET CURSOR FIEL;D V-FNAM VALUE V-FVAL-EBELN.
IF V FNAM = 'WA EKKO-EBELN'.
:!: CONVERTSFROM EXTERNAL TO INTERNAL FORMAT
CALL FUNCTION
EXPORTING
IhTPUT = V-FVAL-EPELN
INIPORTING
OUTPUT = V FVAL EBELN.
* DISPLAY LINE I T E M ~ N ~ S E C O N D R Y
SELECT EBELlV '\
EBELP Which Coilverts External(Disp1ay)

MATNR Format to Intenlal(Database Format).
MENGE
NETPR
INTO TABLE IT-EKPO
Ph No :+91' 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~vw.emaxtec&.co~n
Reports
FROM EICPO
WHERE EBELN = V FVAL EBELN.
IF NOT IT-EKPO IS INITIAL:
LOOP AT IT-EKPO INTO WA-EKPO.
, AT FIRST.
FORMAT COLOR 5 .
WRITE : 13 'ITEM NO OF PURCHASE DOCUMENT FROM EKPO
TABLE'.
FORMAT COLOR OFF.'
ULINE.
WRITE : I3 'PU.DOC.NO', 15 'ITEM.NOf,25'MATERIAL.NOV,
45 'QUANTITY', 65 'NET.PRICE1.
ULINE.
ENDAT.
WRITE : 13 WA EKPO-EBELN,
15 WA-EKPO-EBELP,
25 WA-EKPO-MATNR,
45 WA EKPO-MENGE LEFT-JUSTIFIED,
65 WA-EKPO-~TETPRLEFT-JUSTIFIED.
CLEAR : W ~ E K P O .
ENDLOOP.
ELSE.
WRITE : 13 'NO RECORD(S) FOUND FOR THE SELECTED RECORD'.
ENDIF.
ENDIF. n ~ ~ - ~ ~ c ~ ~ - ~ ~ ~ ~ f l
WHEN 3.
WISPLAY MATERIALS DETAILS IN 3RD SECONDRY LIST
CLEAR V-FNAM.
GET CURSOR FIELD V-FIVAM VALUE V-FVAL-MATNR.
IF V FNAM = 'WA-EKPO-MATNR'.
* CONVERTS FROM EXTERNAL TO INTERNAL FORMAT
CALL FUNCTION 'CONVERSION-EXIT-ALPHA-INPUT'
EXPORTING
INPUT = V-FVAL-MATNR
IMPORTING Which Collverts External(Disp1ay)
OUTPUT = V-
' SELECT MAThTR
MAKTX
INTO TABLE IT-MAKT
FROM MAKT a
WHERE MATIVR = V FVAL -MATNR AhTD

SPRAS = SY-LANGU.
IF NOT IT-MAKT IS INITIAL.
LOOP AT IT-MAKT INTO WAMAKT.
AT FIRST.
FORMAT COLOR 1.
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.emaxtech.colat
Reports
i
WRITE : 13 ' MATERIAL NO & DESCRIPTION DETAILS'.
FORMAT COLOR OFF.
ULINE.
WRITE : 13 'MATERIAL.NO1,l5 'MAT.DESC1.
ULINE.
ENDAT.
WRITE : 13 WAMAKT-MATNR,
15 WA MAKT-MAKTX.
CLEAR WA~MAKT.
ENDLOOP.
ELSE.
WRITE : 13 'NO RECORD ~ O U I V D
FOR THE SELECTED RECORD'.
ENDIF.
ENDIF . "WA-EKPO-MATNR
ENDCASE.
Page 54 of 74 By Ganapati Adimulam I ,

Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wwiv.enmaxtech.conmm
Reports
1
B
- - ..-- .
- - - -- - - -.. - -- - --
A
PURCHASE DOCUMEIIT 1~111146ER DETAILS FROM ERKO -

d
\'I.j!..II,IBER . l.!O DDC . CSTBHY

A 7. - ,- 451300.72354 F
I L #-I
I.,
Ican 45gwocrn8 F
,!ZOO 45130!3:2835 F
i '13:3 4:30033!3~,~. K
113GO 4?;00013;300< K
'I 000 4fig0000~02 E
10013 :4EOOflC0003 K
1no0 4600000022 K
1G00 45U0094365 F
qnoo ~JXI~UU!IR~~ F
'I :on 451j000513s F
,ICGCI 450@!105140 F
,I 000 4500005354 F
100U 458000585'; F
.I:l7',-1;i,,- ~~,Jo~c,z,--:.:
Lr.to,+ i
1O 0 l j 453CI0k5126 F
6
Ph N o :+9140 -65976727, Cell N o : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtecln.com
Reports
a Y
... ...
;-J
.ITEM NO OF 'PURCHASE DGCllMENT FROM EKPO TABLE , ..
:-,
Pb D O C . t,!0 ITE.1 N O I,!nTER:AI El0 OIJAI.ITIiY I I E T . P R I TF ' I

I
.' < ~ , ~ ~ , , .~ ' L i 6:
.: . : I i 1133d 2 3 0 0 , COO l i i , 00 ;. .I
45:101:02865 10c11.7.20 c i 031 2 mil. s n o 1'1 R O i I
. M A T E R I 4 L NO 8 D E S C R I P T I O N U E T P L S
I<,:TEFX;>.I. t:.:) IIA.I-. nEz,c

C; - 103; e; >
T
m .k +.+,.I P A : i- Z-1,: F

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxlech.com
Reports
WORKING WITH EVENT AT USER-COMMAND:
EVENT AT USER-COMMAND Triggers When the User Interacts with Custom

Function Keys (Buttons).
NOTE: Adding the Custom Function keys to the Output list is always through the
Custom GUI Status and the Same has t'o be Created foi. the Pi-ogram and attached
to the required Output List Of the Program.
NOTE : Each Function Code is Identified Uniquely, and it is Collected into System
Variable SY-UCOMM automatically, Each time the User Interacts with the
Function Key.
Flow Of AT USER-COMMAND :
AT USER-COMMAND.
CASE SY-UCOMM.
' WHEN 'FCODE1'. /'
--
--
WHEN 'FCODE2'
--
ENDCASE.
Example Screen :
......
I.: EI0ol
<
SAP A . G . ~ a1 dot-.T
l DE
I::!<""..! ,
I-
0 111 0
, Ict E S ..I; DE
: ., ,QBO
-.... I D E S UK LorllJutl ;I B
i,...... i 2.1 1110 IDES por-tuyal
i::I,,-,i2 2 0 EI I D E S F I--a n c E! I Pa ,
L i sbon
.3
FT
FR
i . 1 2 3 0 8 ILIES Espar'in Barcelona ES
,,..2. 4 1 3 1 3 IDES I t a l i a
$-.'-
I'l i1 n n 111 I T
-.........1 2 5 11113 I [:I E :S fa) e t h e t-. 7 :3t-I ~:js
i.. ,
Ratter-darn trl L
i . ,. f, 313BB IJS I N K ; I.1 e (v .'; 111 r.b;. 1-1 S
~
.......
Subs, di:st-.v -
... ..... 1301rJ
i
, .
E e l g i urn Kt-uc.stz~~l s BE
i . . ....! 4(3Bl_f I D E E ; C;ar-!ada 1-oronto :
i $8,
,i...............j 4.5 11
1B C: a r-I a d ia r~:I 13rn p a r~ y 7-oronto 11
$1,
1.........
-
j5BQ0 I D E S Japan Tok y i t JP

P h No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.com
Reports
Steps to Create a custom GUI status

Define the pus11 button Export/Download.
EXECUTE SE41 (MENU PAINTER)
poq&p,al $2&&pp.; JS~&'E~;J Scyc9e#$
$,z . i( ;U s e r ltiterface Ststus User interface Statui. Userit-8tetfsce

--
F kei, S B ~ I T I ~ P
.: .' Function list
Tltle lisl
CREATE.
Shutt text D e m o On - -~
13-. I rr ~ t e t i a c c -
ENTER

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,Hyclerabad
8
Reports
.#,/, .rz .,.ii

iili,;/v<f.,>j,. ---.'r.--"i,'.
vQ+,>i3,,.
d<sr<,s ~,.bI $4 3 ,zs of i~&$?~f,>c;.csZ(;Dj:$flQ fj$E%C@f$Jfi~&fjDT
"B) s;' 6; s <- : &tiO
a ::O 6? ye3 Futiclion code :. : ?,., ,, :i.... :.,; .. 2
3 v I4 4 b bl
-- -- .- -- .- ...,.,..... . . .., ,.,., .
,
. .. . ,. "....--,T,....., ..-"
: A
...,..... .,,.,..,,.7,-. ." ....,-,.-n. ,
F u n c t i o n keys & i)?6:7 i1.8 : I S ? - 11:TBril~i
CLICK ON Application Toolbar & Enter the Function Code DOWNLOAD, Which
is the Unique Identification for the Punction ~ e ~ .
.t9 x- f
i
- * -
ENTER 6

Ph Ns :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxlech.com
Reports
Provide Function Text , 1nfo.text e Details for Display

Purpose.
ENTER
DIIWWLI:IP,[j
Dos~nLoad
i s n o t ass7 gned t o a f u r l c t i on k e y
Choose a f u t - ~ c t i o nk e y
Ed FF2
r,F5
@ FG
@ F7
r F8
m Stiift-FJ
ra S h i f t - F 5
o Shift-FG
@ Shi f t - F ?
r St-li f t - F C
r Shift-FS
er Shi i t - C t r - , l - fl
@ Shift-F1.1
Double Click On Some Shortcut Key.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~w.emaxtech.com
Reports
Fuuction Key DOWNLOAD Is Completed.

Note : Repeat the Same for other Function Codes : SALL(Se1ect All) and
DALLI(Dese1ect All).
' y ?; @ $ ' 9 + ."o

----
-19 ef aa 7; Funcliollcade a. A r I4 4 b bl
User I n t e r r a c e ZGDENU-USER-CflMbIHNDI
-
Click On Functio

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~v.ernaxtech.com
Reports
V ~ O L Ib a r 7
. & a:!,,r, o:, I::-.. :qA-r--,ce
~ p p l , p t ? o ntaoi1,ar 7+:' B .& r,t>ui r'r, iir;rtr iim!.i~r,cit~. P
Standard T o o l u a a i /
ehCKl :
8 B 0 Q el Q M ~8 a TI a a m i
Provide the Function Code as BACK For BACK and this function works
automatically.
SAVE,CHECK and ACTIVATE.
Note : Creating the GUI STATUS for the Program is not enough, It has to
be Linked to the Output List v b SET PF-STATUS <Status Name> for the
required Output List.
Reading Lines from Lists

enerated by a single program are stored internally in the system.
re access any list in a program that was created for the same
as not yet been deleted by returning to a lower list level. To read
ts READ LINE and READ CURRENT LINE.
a list after an interactive list event, use the READ LINE
RE'AD LINE <lin> [INDEX <idx>]

[FIELD VALUE <fi> [INTO <g I>] ... <f n> [INTO <g n>II

P h No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.emaxtecR.colmm
Reports
*&--------------------------------------------------------------------- X
X
*& Report ZGDEMO-USER-COMMAND1
*&
*
"&--------------------------------------------------------------------- *
REPORT ZGDEMO-USER-COMMAND1

BUTXT TYPE BUTXT, "Nameaof the company
ORTO1 TYPE ORTO1, ''CITY
LAND1 TYPE LAND1, "COUNTRY KEY
END OF N-T001.
TYPES : BEGIN OF N-KNB1,
KUNNR TYPE KUNNR,

ZTERM TYPE DZTERM,
END OF TY-KNB1.
DATA : IT-TOO -T001,
DATA : IT-KNB1 TY ABLE OF TY-KNB1,

WA-KNB1 TYPE N-
DATA : IT-SELECTED-TO01 TYPE STANDARD TABLE OF TY-T001.

DATA : V-BOX(1) TYPE C,
V-LINES TYPE I,
V-BUKRS WPE BUKRS.
*DESIGNING THE SELECTION SCREEN

SELECT-OPTIONS : 5-BUKRS FOR V-BUKRS.
*****************************X***Jr*********************************
*** a
x START-OF-SELECTION. *

eMax Technologies,Ameerpet,Nyderabad
Reports
a
START-OF-SELECTION.

BUTXT "Name of t h e company
ORTOl "CITY
LAhID1 "COUNTRY KEY
WAERS "CURREIVCY KEY
I N T O TABLE IT-TO01
FROM TOO1
WHERE BUKRS I N S-BUKRS.
x END-OF-SELECTION. *
...................................................................
***
END-OF-SELECTION.
*SETTING USER DEFINED G U I STATUS

*HERE WE HAVE DOWNLOAD BUTTON
Sf T PF-STATUS 'ZSTATUS' .
I F NOT IT-TO01 I S I N I T I A L .
LOOP AT IT-TO01 I N T O WA-TBO1.
WRITE : /5 V-BOX AS CHECKBOX,
WA-T001-BUKRS,
WA-T0O.l-BUTXT,
WA-~001-0~~01,
WA-TOO1-LANDI.
CLEAR WA-T001.
ENDLOOP.
ENDIF.

Reports
We Never compromise In Quality, Would You?
* A T USER-COMMAND. ' *
...................................................................
A T USER-COMMAND.
CASE SY-UCOMM.
WHEN 'SALL'. "Select All
V-BOX = ' X ' . "SELECT AND DISPLAY THE RECORDS
LOOP AT IT-TO01 I N T O WA-T001.
WRITE : / 5 V-BOX AS CHECKBOX,
WA-T001-BUKRS,
' WA-T001-BUTXT,
WA-7-001-ORT01,
WA-7-001-LAND1.
6
CLEAR WA-T001.
ENDLOOP.
WHEN 'DALL'. "Deselect All
V-BOX = SPACE. "SELECT AND DISPLAY THE RECORDS
LOOP A T IT-TO01 I N T O WA-T001.
WRITE : /5 V-BOX AS CHECKBOX,
WA-T001-BUKRS,
WA-T001-BUTXT,
WA-T001-ORT01,
REFRESH IT-SELECTED-T001.
DESCRIBE L I S T NUMBER OF LINES V-LINES.
DO V-LINES TIMES.
READ L I N E SY-INDEX FIELD VALUE V-BOX
WA-T001-BUKRS
WA-T001-BUTXT
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wvvv+7.emaxteclh.com
I
Reports
WA-TOO1-ORTO1
WA-T001-LAND1
WA-T001-WAERS.
I F V-BOX = ' X ' .
APPEND WA-TO01 TO IT-SELECTED-T001.
1
ENDIF.
ENDDO.
I F IT-SELECTED-TO01 I S I N I T I A L .
WRITE / ' N O RECORDS Selected t o DownLoad'
ELSE.
CALL FUNCTION 'GUI-DOWNLOAD'

EXPORTING
FILENAME = 'C: \DOWNLOAD.TXT'
WRITE-FIELD-SEPARATOR = '
TABLES
DATA-TAB = IT-SELECTED
a
I F SY-SUBRC <> 0.
WRITE : / ' I T A B I S N O T SUCCESSFULLY DOWNLOAD'.
ELSE.
WRITE : / ' I T A B I S SUCCESSFULLY DOWNLOAD TO
C:\DOWNLOAD.TXT'.
EkIDIF.
DESCRIBE L I S T NUMBER OF LINES V-LINES.

a
I30 V-LINES TIMES.

READ LINE SY-IklDEX FIELD VALUE V-BOX
WA-T001-BUKRS
WA-T001-BUTXT
WA-T001-ORTO1
WA-T001-LAND1
Reports
We Never Compromise I11 Quality,
- Wot~ld
- You?
WA-TOO1-WAERS.
I F V-BOX = ' X ' .
APPEND WA-TO01 TO IT-SELECTED-T001.
ENDIF.
ENDDO.
WRITE / 'NO Company Codes are Selected'.
a
ELSE.
SELECT BUKRS KUNNR ZTERM I N T O TABLE IT-KNB1
FROM KNBl
FOR ALL ENTRIES :CN IT-SELECTED-TO01
WHERE BUKRS = IT-SELECTED-T001-BUKRS.
WRITE / ' N O CUSTOMERS FOUND'.
ELSE.
LOOP AT IT-KNB1 I N T O WA-KNB1.
WRITE : / WA-KNB1-BUKRS,WA-KN A-KNB1-ZTERM.
ENDLOOP.
ENDIF.
ENDIF.
ENDCASE.
EXECUTE THE PROGRAM :
INPUT SCREEN

Ph N o 3 9 1 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~v.emaxtech,com
Reports
W e Never comprimise In Quality, Would You?
:....lgrct a a ~P. 5 23: 1 (I?,.;

, ..; ,
! : c1X6 i>Eb A: r r *r,, f:~;.-:
. .
L L O O i:,CS Ll!: LPliCCli,
: ;Z?Ori ~ S E Spx.rii<al ii~bu!~
j l i l j r ! iSFS Frani,a Paris
''123fj0
. .. I)C$ C s p a i r ; ildr~r10l)i.
, -
'12:Cc IJLs 1 t a : i a
! 25cc IDES :d=:l,e>'l 3rl.l~
111 ! an3
R~ttYil'il:
A) Select the check box of the record(S) o be downloaded and click on

the Exnort/Download Button.
..;..
:-J:JI;~? sap 8 . ; . lia: ids;-'
.'".
!?!:
.. 606
,:*.; IacS ,As Frankfort
2[>[iU 10ES I?< cot?en~
:,,j~?1:i'JIOEC' P>i'a:~i3! c: st,:# 8
:jzano 1:)~s F. 2 1 ~ C ~ :'nu 1 5
/Z:([lU I:IC6 E:.i>lih,~ 23rL@lOn.i
: ! 2 i C U i:IES i f 2 i l a ili :a110
,2500 [:>k? ~,?:~,,:1-12!,~s sottc-I(>r
:?.: j t l j h !:JE: jt,,, :lev, Y:,! r
., ..;.,i 3L!G L:ir,u Eui!:.;uii!r: c,: (1, ,.:I,, ~ , % s s ?I L
[. -iocou I:,KC' ~ 3 i l ; ~ ~ : i ~ ror.ci1to
;,I
..... .!EUlj 281186i2!1 C U ~ I C I ~ . , ~ TDi'CtltO
i:.:jGUO
. .. iSE5 J2rldfi roily*
.[d'dO'JB
.
: i;C[iT;
iSE5 l!S7icu, S !I
;[#ES B r a z i l
Cs? C 'I ? I e i l ~ eDF
..:.
r d O P:,LI:L
(7500 ijEC P,ig~r.tl.ill 8UC.1;03 i r 2;
i,,i --
7600 15E5 C S l 1 1 6 b l a ;,
20; ,!>3,5<'1
-..:
, I I , U U I S E C V?nerr!ela
;..
'/e,:P?.l,?? .'
; ! , 6UU iDES P ? r u Peri;
IBLOQ 1jEC i':,??i. ~;lillP
. .
//
! I
j
1 1
j
! I
/

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.con~
Reports
We Never cornpro-mise In Quality, Would You?
Check the File to See the records that are downloaded .
'tOesktap 4j .?DoCumentl andI

I
. .:.? PIY Documbntz -,A!- Flle Folder l l 4 l Z O l 3 3:29 PM
; < My Con#pvter File Folds, 11+120L? 1:55 PI4
.
iI . -*I. Local Disk(C:) joracleali File Folder 1/4/ZOl3 3 : i i PbI
: -. --:
.
Document) and 5ettmgs Flla Fvldar lj512015 7: 15 F.I* P
File Folder 114iZi113 I:2bFI.l
u. / I -..jmaDo~q5
,; , '
I 1..JSAPnrt ORACLE IKEKNEL ~ i lF
e Q I ~ ~ 1!5!2013 2 : O i Pfil C i
I + .> Apel,cu,.. Flld Fddel l!20!2013 I I . 3 i Af,l i
:.) Cooker <, ,-ivrmpub 6 File Folder 1
i
tt ;
lFavorites i '
:*: -:j Loo1 scttmgr f1 _
London
i N e w York
! Toronto
IES Japan Tokyo
!ES M e x i c o , 5 . + . . rlc <.\I. M e x i c c DF
- ., 8 e n . !!
*.JFri ..),6 v l i I; . .
i
IT
.. . ...,
ll
7 -.'
: DOWNLOAD
; ... D :;' @'*I
2 : s PM

Ph N o :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 $4808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.com
Reports
We Never ~ o m ~ r o r n i In
s e Quality, Would You?
B) CHECK THE FUNCTIONALITY OF SELECT ALL
Di
DE
bS
?:
i R
cn
:a
/,/
!ill
.>..
.,r.
;, i
C?.
11,
. ... 9R
: C C S !:rE: '4-nl.1 LI:,;, :<,i,.w " ri.> 1R
! ? ? C C !:>E:
. ,,&,, , . l:,E:. ?~ilc:,:l:', ;, c . , ~ , -,I,,l a::, ;,:
~,>?,,22,.:&<,:, ';I',:eL:,,.. :YE
i ,,j?BOC !:,E:. Fe;-l; ?.:r,.i .
7 <
L
; ~ C C O UI>€$ C m i ~ illlle .:i
Click On Select All
SR? s! Z
i i 8 r C R::
i t 5 Ui:
Congratulations! All the

Records are Selected.
DeSrlerti;'l
C) Check for the Functionality Of DALL(Dese1ect All)
From the Current Output Screen

Reports
W e Never Compromise In Quality, Would
---
You?
;4:>13;
:><?,>><a 2 0 vf<>j-j< '*~ )$
:,;f't:. t.; < > j g ~ & 4 < f ~ j , j
@jDo-r.11L0ad Selectil!
.......- ...* ................. .............. ........"
< "
'm ' .~ .i ?. ~. .r l. e. c. t .'i l l
.......... ......... .............
" "
Dlsplsi.Cuslorners
...........,.. "."..........,*.....*...-"......"......
ifigco s . 3 , ~ p, 3 I~eselect[S~IR+FI)\
:+:.coo 1 x 5 ;.!r F,YFL?~,!.?
;+;:COL~ ~ D C SUi: inrdun
y j 2 l O C 13FS P.irtl:?al I iFI?~:~?
:+::;Or, I>ES Franr.i. Pii'ix
!4j?;UC I j E S EbndEe Sur'r'ul un-
i":2.:OC IiE? It:,: !,: ?liidrl>
i"l2EGi ISEC I ~ l i ; l , ~ r l a n d s Roti~^rJ:~r
jji.i(.CCi ISEF 115 1I.C :leh YSl"i
i<i311,> .I <.,'
& > U r ,d , a ? y . g" i,? il", Brii6csl:
jf, ~ L U Cli!iS i:a~aca ii)rol#i~~
/ p j J5I:II' C ~ l i i O i ~ Cl:m3iln.
!? i .
7 vi-o,ii'l
:wj7i.j?~? ::x,; J~&>zr 101 : i t
:d;src,? I:IE!; I~A~.,.,.. ,: > ,I> i ,'; I.I~:,.~,-~,rnr
4, pcri [ ? f 3 E;:-7:.1 ..
.,A,',
.< Fh:,.,:
:<;?:.GI? j3E; )8,:..;c~r.t.,:,., Q,.,<~.C!?.
.
,\; 8.e:~
'V :FUI; i:iCb Lo1 ~ i i l l l l :. ,j
~
, #.:;,,:>I :,
;.; i j i 5 :!s)~u:,:c.;:, 483iCZ.1C'i.
r<,.'$cc igc:; !!2!.,! !',?rl.'i
j<:::COi. i ?T.: r,m i c i.I,?le
Notice that All the

CI! Records Are Deslected.
CA
....
I. .l j [ l C i : IDES I'a,,;cn, . A dr. : ': Ilbxicr, Dz
C:.
:,,,j70CG I D E S Craz;-l u*(i PZI~13
!?51;1; !XZ !V>%;,:i E:, RUCIO~ !Aiic:.
.......
:!71LlI I:JFS V ~ ! l e z l ~ r ? l a iiellezli~la
[:'):8'u
..... 1 x 5 FELIA Per;!
...i30CO ID?? C i i i l ~ ' Clil:c
1 i!,iOl IDES PG & C F . !:C Frar8i>iurt
.......
lCdFE! im-,?nlr> ?.!,Uid~~i
:....,i i f , k b S i S D jP,?i?I~C
; :l:Hl.?l > !!jll ,?C?:,,PI.> SC!laBi?
, -
;. iCrFO 8:1giI F w i i Cili ~auu
::..~F:uo ad:~i~l;ius ~ralli(.i!l:t irartlhruri
....jr:C.O L i b e r t y Bani, t,Ies, 'YVk\
i'llCU
....
IDEC Pet3': 6mili-l G1r)SSPli
L
:'
1AZCG 13'5 R e t a : l 1Ni US
i
...
j j c ~ 19t:j -c ' .~ . , , ; ~ ~ . : - LOS l i i y e l r ? o
h t i 311tS

Reports
D) Display the List of Customers From all the Selected Company Codes.
(:~~storners
Cl~s[:~l?e
Select the Reauired C o m ~ a n vCodes and Click On
......
l 2 4 0 U I3EZ ii.il 1 . 1 :.I.,:zn.:,
:i
2500 13E5 Herllei.1 ?it:, R,:,T.~+~?<Iz~.
<<;3rDTJ LlS i l . C
1:rE::
.....i3CIL1 E l r , ;
kJeT; '.'.,,..
51US'!tic;:'i - ZeilliLI'> 3 r c . i C e l C
> ....
,
i 4Gi;rJ I j E ? C.irt:#oB Tz!'co!.o
: ; C ~ * . > C ! ,>I,, C 0 , , , 3 ~ ? , % ! 70,C i l L "
i.d...i S C l C IDES l a v h r TM;d
~ C C L ~ 1:IES
O 148.;rc, I; I . I r I: b ila:lc3 iiF
',$,'
:, i 7 C E O I 3 e S C r i ~ i l
PSiliC
: ,J7:.t4cl I!\<: ~-:~vT.,-A :!OFRO; hi lir
:_!7EDO I!)E6 [ : 3 1 ~ l i i : i a a
I:ni~in1:>1
i:?ror. i i m r zv ? t , r ~ ~ . , e i a ' I e l ? e b : l l l .d
' i : .."FC
c , 'F,') i.<:-,; PI., ii
; J;<[:vO [:,EL; :,:.:t 1,: CI,.lC
List Of Customers
Page 72 of 74 BY C a n a ~ a t Adirnularn
i
Reports
b
Exercises
I. Display the list of Monthly Sales orders and the Total Value of the
Sales for each Sales Organization and Under each Company Code
and the Grand Total. (Use Control Break Statements ).
Input : Select-Options for Sales Organization,
Select-Options for Date
(Default Dates : Begin and End Dates of Current month).
11. Display the list of Monthly Purchase orders and the Total Value of
'
the Purchase orders for each Purchasing Organ
each Company Code and the Grand Total. (U
Statements ).
Input : Select-Options for Purchasing Org
Select-Options for Date
(Default Dates : Begin and End Dates of C
Create an interactive report for displaying Vendor information.

Based on the selection made ,the corresponding vendor bank detail
are displayed such that the line selected in the basic list was visible
along with secondary list.
Create an report to display a list of purchase requisitions with details

date and unit of measure along with
V. ustomer number, Name, Material No.,

Quantity, Description on selection 'Goods Receipt No.'
VI. Create interacti rt.to list all the sales that took place during the
month for par aterial.
VII. Create a interactive list for purchase requisitions at a given plant.
VIII. Create an interactive report to display list Company Codes(Basic

List), Customers under the Selected Company code(lst 2"d
ry),Customer sales orders for particular customer, items for
particular order.
IX. Create a report which lists delivery number, delivery quantity,

customer number, material number and material description for a
, given shipping plant.
Page 73 of 74 I By Ganapati Adirnulam

PI1 No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtecla.com
Reports
X. Create a report that shows a list of purchase requisition and purchase

orders for a selected vendor, by material group listing by material.
a
XI. Create a report to get list of purchase orders created only On
Saturdays and Sundays during the particular period.
XII. Create an interactive report that list out all the materials for a given
plant. Secondary list contains vendor details who supplies the chosen
material.
XIII. Create a report to get list of Sales orders created only On Saturdays
and Sundays during the particular period.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No :99484 44808,98490 34399, ~~7ww.emaxtecch.coamm
a
10.Msdullarization Techniques
-
Duration in Days 2( * 2 Hrs)
a. Introduction
b. INCLUDE
--
Programs
c. MACROS
d. Subroutines
e. Function Modules
We ever Compromise in Quality, N w l U a &
DAY-1
L
M3dul;a~-izaBfion: Is t o Seth divide thc Main Program into Reusable Modules o r

Blocks.
Note : Modularization Improves the Re-usability(Reusimag ability) and

Kcadabili&y(Keadiqabi8iQ) of the Source Code.
Program : without Modules With Modularization
Statement A. statement A.
Statement B. Call Module M.
(Statement C. Stateinent E.
Statement D.
Statement E.
Statement B.
Statement C.
-
-- MODULE M.
Statement B.
Statement C.
stAtement D.
Call Module M.
Statement F.
Call Module M.
Statement G.
Statement D. - ENDMODULE.
Statement F.
Statement B.
Statement C.
Statement D.
Statement G.
Note : Instead Of Repeating Statement B.

Statement C.
Statement D.
It is Better to Group them as a Re-usable Module and Call it any no Of Times.
Modularization Techniques : *
A) Those that can be called by ABAP statements in ARAP programs.

B) Called from outside a program by the ABAP runtime system.
A) Processing blocks that are called from ABAP programs in Dctail:

a. Function modules
b. Methods(Discussed in Object Oriented ABAP)
c. Subroutines
d. Macros
e. INCLUDE Programs

eMaxTechnologi~s,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell N o : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww~.emaxlech.com
Working With Include Programs:

Include programs are global R/3 Repository objects. They are solely for modularizing
source code, and have no parameter interface.
Creating Our Own Include Programs :
If you create an include program you must assign it the Program type I in its
prograin attributes. You call also create or change an include program by double-clicking
on the name of the program after the INCLUDE statement in your ABAP program. If the
program exists, the ABAP Workbench navigates to it. If it does not exist, the system
creates it for you.
Ail include program cannot run independently, but Can be Included into other programs.
Include programs can contain other includes.
Note : For the syntax check to produce valid results, you must check the program in
which the include occurs.
tising 11nciudePrograms
To use an include prograin in another program, enter the statement

b
INCLUDE <Name Of the include Program>.
The INCLUDE statement has the same effect as copying the source code of the include
program <incl> into the program. The INCLUDE statement must be the only statement
on a line and cannot extend over several lines.
EXAMPLE PROGRAM ON INCLUDES

"&---------------------------------------------------------------------?'<
"& R e p o r t ZCDEMO-INCLUDES
"&
REPORT ZGDEMO-INCLUDES
I N C L U D E ZGDEMO-TOP.
V-RESULT = P-INPUT1 + P-INPUTZ.
WRITE : / ' T H E RESULT O F A D D I T I O N I S ' , V-RESULT.

eMaxTechnologies,Ameerpet,Hydera bad
Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtech.com
INCLUDE PROGRAM DETILS :

*&-----------------------------------------------------~---------------?:
*& Include ZCDEMO-TOP

a&-------,-------------------------------------------------------------9:
PARAMETER : P-INPUT1 TYPE I,

P-INPUT2 TYPE I.
DATA V-RESULT TYPE I. 4
EXECUTE THE MAIN PROGRAM :
EXECUTE

eMaxTechnologies,Arneerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxtech.conm
a
Workinp with Function Modules:

1
Function Modules & Features :
Function modules are for global modularization, that is, they are always called
from a different program. Function modules contain functions that are used by
many different programs.
Each FM Should be linked to one function groups (special ABAP

programs with type F) , Which Acts as a MAIN Program For all the
FMs which are stored in the Same Function Group.
Transaction Code to Create Function Groups and Modules is SE37.
Are Global reusable Components i.e they Can be called from any
Program without including the Definition Details.
Function modules allow to encapsulate and reuse global functions in
the W3 System.
FMs are stored in a Central Library. The W3 System contains a wide
range of predefined function modules that can be called from any
ABAP program.
The Definition Of FMs Can be tested as an Individual Component
Before Calling them in any Program
FM Definition Can be Debugged before Calling
Function modules also support exception handling. This allows you to
catch certain errors while the function module is running.
Function Groups in Detail:
Notes:
Function groups are contained for function modules. You cannot execute
a function group. When you call a function module, the system loads the
whole of its function Modules into the internal session of the calling
program So that it is Better to group Only the related Function Modules.
When the function group is Created, The main program and include
programs are generated automatically.
The main program SAPL<fgrp> contains nothing but the INCLUDE statements for the
following include programs:
w L<fgrp>TOP. This contains the FUNCTION-POOL statement (equivalent for a

fun'ction group of the REPORT or PROGRAM statement) and global data
declarations for the entire function group.

eMaxTechnologies,Ameerpet,lIyderabad
L
P h No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxlech.com
o We Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
L<fgrp>UXX. This contailis further INCLUDE statements for the include

programs L<fgrp>UOl, L<fgrp>U02, ... These includes contain the actual
function n~odules.
Tlic include progranis L<fgrp>FOl, L<fgrp>F02, ... can contain the coding of
subroutines that can be called from all f~~nction
modules of the group.
Function Group
FM2
MAIN Program +
INCLUDE Programs
Note: All of (Only) the fuilction modules in a function group call access the global data
of the group. For this reason, you should place all function modules that use the same
data in a single function group. Example, if you have a set of filnction modules that all
use the same internal table. you could place thein in a function group containing the table
definition iln its global data.
Steps to Work with the F u n c t i o n G r o u p :

4
o Execute SE37
o Choose Goto -> Fz~nctiongreoups -> Create grozp.

1. Specify the function group name and a short text.
2. Choose Suve.
3. Activate the Function Group.
Note: Except in 4.7EE, Function Group Activation is Not Default. Instead it has
to be activated explicitly using the below Procedure.
To Activate it , Open the Function Group in SE80 so that we can check all the MAIN
and INCLUDE Programs and then Activate it.
Execute SE80 and Enter the Function Group Name ZDEMO and it Displays all the
Programs Included .

Ph No :+91'40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, n.~~~w.enrmtrxlech.co~~~
;;::gj :
. .
:
!l....z+::L.L:~::,- ... :.:.L' ..r -.. -n.... ....... z....

I;<.:-.L:---]~ 11 V ~ s t e i i l - d e f i n e dI n c l u d e - T i l e s . : :
'
t r t t r * t * t r * t * * * t , a i t r t t ~ , k t ~ r , t t t * , i r t ~ t . . * ? ~ ~ , . t t * ~ ~ * r t t t r i . ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ : ~
;, ~ ? b ~ ename
ct .Descrlptlon i InCLlJDE LZDEVIOTOP " 61ubal Data .
:
:
.
:
:: - ~~:',fi,) Funltion Oro If,lCLUDE LZDE1,ITJLI;): " F u n ~ t i o nl l o t l u l e s j
j .. ..
'7 . IlicIl~lJes
/ ~ t i~
.. .
~ . ~ + . ~ t * ~ t ~ + + t * t t r * t t ~ * * * t t n : * t ~ t t t ~ t t t , t , t , . ~ ~ ~ . ~ + ~ r * * , ~ i t t ~ . ~ . ~ ~ ~ . ~ :
,
-
:
U@EUOTCIP ,
.....-....*.... * . ...,... ........
.. ..
Eh{OIJ::>;
l l s e r - d e i i ~ r e ~ :i Ir r c l u d e - ? i l es ( 1 7 n e i p s':..dl
.-..... .-..... - . ...
-- y )
; * . *, .- ..
;- i
:
.
.
..
:
The name of [he main prograin is assigned by the system. This is made up of the prefix
SAPL followed by the function group name. For example, the inail1 program for f~~nction
oroup ZDEMO is called SAPLZDEMO.
b
The names of the include files begin with L followed by the name of the function group,
and conclude with UXX ( or TOP for the TOP include). The TOP include contains
global duta declarations that are used by all of the function modules in the function
group. The other include file within the maill program is used to hold the function
modules within the group.
To Activate the Function Group , Select the Function Group, Right Click, Activate it.

ri'::/'-pi ; z d j ~zjp.rdg,13y
~~; 3cic33tpor,j
.6,.Z% q...71
I. '
/&d. . E+:<; '
% 'i,.
'-'n8>r.
--
+ : *g &: a <a - a+ : hP* & rn ljg :@ .><,!. .;..z Pre~,Plll-ltel
.-. .
.................................... - .................................................. ..... .... :..-..,
i SAPLZDEMO Irtach.
runction group P Functionpool ;.@ ..:
i ;ZDEta!IC ..
Ti.&:
,>
. - 5
.
. . . . . . . . .!
;
rFp-p.p-.-..
*j.. J 1
..........
i-.-i
:
:
. .......
.
2
-
.
J
,
>
..
................
.jQ;
....................
.- !
?:
I j
i.
. . .
. : +.$...A;i..&,..D
: :,, -."';+
. . .% % . . . ~ . ~ ~ 3 . . *. j. . ,
j 2
i ......
.1
: 7 ,,
?
k J;;&
; ,*...*..
i , Syjteiii-def~ned Inilircle-f
....:...........:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .'
,
L * . . " ~ . . ~ , . ~ . , % * ~
I les.
~ . S ~ < ~ ~ ~ , , . ~ , Z , . *. . *% ~
* S ~~ ~~ . ~* * ~X *~ . .. t . 2. .
. .1
i
i Ol~jc?ctnarne
i 7.: .<n~b,l,>
' 1 1 NCLUDE LZDE,,IOTOP,
DehcrilltiOn " Global Dats
" F ~ ~ r l c t i l j tn. l i l J u 1 e ~ j !
I .. ,
.* :L lnrluqc Create ? & . * ..*...=, a*..., % ", ....
j
.
i
LZGCtv
LZDEIv
change
-
Disula),
....U~:r;:el:oed, In~:;~::f: 1::% $1f .K:,B::.? *, , *. , % . .., ,, , *,
;
;
:
" Sr~bDr0Ur3sS
i Chack " PFO-MoJul us .. .j.
j . .- ' P A 1 - Mndul s s
.. ::/:
:
j
. :!:
. .
:
j s
?
:
!
:
j
:. . !
. .::
trlora iunctlons .. ..
:%8 -!
..,t
. . . . . . . .. - ...... ....,-.!..
i A j
i . . . . . . ...........
....... ....
-, . . . . . -, . ........... ,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ! I ? 9 ! n ~.?...rrf.?..?..lin*- .....
1 r-.-- r
..................................................................... .. .. .................. ..- ................. . -................ ................ - -...................... ..... ._.__:
..................... i j-ii
-, .......- .
; : C l l (1) (SOU) ' % ganapati - : IIblS ,..I

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -......................................... .. -........
.
...- .......... - .
/ .. & . _-___--,
snPi.lr.?c 19 3 P.2iCfoscftO... - 1 [ ~ ~ 2 Logon
SAP ...- ,XI 2 i v 1 i o u ~ u F t e... -1 ;0".::13*
. . . .
12:30P,"?
T r a t i s j ~ o r t a t ~ iobjects
e Local objects

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~~ww.ernaxlech.com
Modulariz'ation Techniques
Function Module in Detail :
Function ModuIe Attributes:
Documentation
The documentation describes the purpose of the function module, lists the
parameters for passing data to and from the module, and the exceptions. It tells
you how you can pass data to and from the function module, and which errors it
haiidles.
Interface parameters and exceptions

6
Import(1NPUT) parameters. These must be supplied with data when you call
the function module, unless they are flagged as optional. You cannot change
them in the function module.
Export(0'LTTPUT) parameters. These pass data from the function module back
to the calliilg program. Export parailleters a r e always optional. You do not have
to receive them in your program.
Changing parameters. These must be supplied with data when you call the
function module, unless they are flagged as optional. They can be changed in the
function module. The changed values are then returned to the calling program.
Note : Changing Parameters Acts as both INPUT & OUTPUT.
Tables parameters. You use these to pass internal tables. They are treated like
CHANGING parameters. However, you can also pass internal tables with other
parameters if you specify the paraineter type appropriately.
Note 1 : You call specify the types of the interface parameters, either by
refersing to ABAP Dictionary types or elementary ABAP types. When
you call a function module, you must ensure that the actual parameter
and the interface parameters a r e compatible.
Note 2 : Interface parameters are, by default, passed by value. However,

they can also be passed by reference. Tables parailleters can 01-11y be passed
by reference. You can assign default values to optional importing and
changing parameters. If an optional parameter is not passed in a function
module call, it either has an initial value, or is set to the default value.
Note 3 : Exceptions are used to handle enors that occur in function modules.
The calling program checks whether any errors have occui-sed and then takes
4
action accordingly.

Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wvvw.ernnxtech.co~ii
Creating Function Modules

You can only create function modules u s i ~ gthe Function Builder (SE37).
Steps to Work with the Function Modules:
1. Check whether a suitable function module already exists. If not, proceed to step 2.
2. Create a function group, if no appropriate group exists yet.
3. Create the function module.
4. Define the f~lnctionillodule interface by entering its parameters and exceptions.
5. Write the actual ABAP code for the function module, adding any relevant global
data to the TOP include.
6. Activate the module.
7. Test the module.
8. Document the module and its paranleters for other users.
9. Release the module for general use.
Steps to Create Function Module In Detail :
Requirement:
Create a Function Module to read the Line Items for the given Purchase Order.
Input : Purchase Order No
Output : An Internal table with all the Line Item Details(1tem No, Material IVo,
Quantity and Net Price) for the given Purchase Order.
Create a,function module ZREAD-PO-ITEMS-INTO-TABLE to read Purchase

Order Line Items Data for the Given Purchase Order Number from table EKPO
into an internal table, which is then passed back to the calling program.
1) Execute SE37.
2) Enter the Name For Function Module: ZREAD-PO-ITEMS-INTO-TABLE
3) Choose Create.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~w.emaxtech.conm
Enter the Functioil Group Name, which we already Created and short text.
Choose SAVE.
Parameter Interface :
4
Since function modules can be used anywhere in the system, their interfaces can
only contain references to data types that are declared system wide. These are the
elementary ABAP data types, the systemwide generic types, such as ANY TABLE, and
types defined in the ABAP Dictionary. You cannot use LIKE to refer to data types
declared in the main program.

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.ernaxte(ch.com
Click On lMPORT and provide the input for Purchase Doc.No
Httrrhutr: Irnflnrl ' E~pnrl . Zh?nglng , Tahles ' EIctlpt~ons Coclrce code
To pass data back to the calling program, the function module needs an EXPORT
parameter as an internal table type. For this, we define a system wide Table type
ZTT EKPO with tlie line type ZEKPO in the ABAP Dictionary.
tat:^ l p c,
Note: Iiitesnal Tables Cali be passed througl~TABLES Also. But it is not
secon~iileiidedIn Object Oriented Scenarios.
Ex: IT-ITEMS LIKE EKPO. (Using TABLES)
Click On EXPORT Parameter and Provide the Output Internal Table.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, v\~~~~\v.ernaxlech.con~
Steps to Create Table Type in DDIC:
EXECUTE S E l l
ENTER NAME FOR DATATYPE
CREATE.
- "- " - - - " - "- - j
CONTINUE WITH able Gie option

eMaxTechnoIogies,Arneerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No 9 9 1 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w ~ v w , e n ~ a x t e c ~ ~ , ~ o m
-
$ $ . 4 & Hieraicily Ofsplay
--
Tahle T.~pe ZIT-EKPU iq~iqPev~-ed)

81~011
!cU T,WLETrPE F O F E i Prrl
Data Type
Lengtll 0 Declmal Places 0
SAVE, CHECK AND ACTIVATE IT.

s : function module needs an exception that it can trigger if there are no

~ x c e ~ t i o nOur
entries in table EKPO for the given Purchasing Doc (IM-EBELN).
E:.:l:eptions
Click On Exceptioi~s
Enter the Exception Name and Description
To Implement Functionality Of the Function Module

Source code
Click On
The source code of the function module occurs between the FUNCTION and
ENDFUNCTION statements. The definitions of the parameter interface and the
exceptions is displayed here in comment lines.
FUNCTION ZREAD-PO-ITEMS-INTO-TABLE.
,. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-3. II
- - -----
.-.
- - Local i n t e r f a c e :
II 1
.. 11
II
J
.
,* 1MPORT:CNG
II
1
..
REFERENCE (IM-EBELN) TYPE EBELN

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wmw.emaxtecla.com
"" EXPORTING
il
REFERENCE(1T-ITEMS) TYPE ZIT-EKPO
-1.
" " EXCEPTIONS

II
NOT-FOUND
-1.
1
..
n -__________________------------------------------_-------------
II
SELECT "
IlVTO T A B L E IT-ITEIVIS
FROM EKPO a
WHERE EBELN = IM-EBELN.
I F SY-SUBRC o 0.
MESSAGE E007(ZDEMO) R A I S I N G NOT-FOUND.
EIVDIF.
ENDFWNCTION.
Raising Exceptions
There are two ABAP statements for raising exceptions. They can only be used in
function modules:
RAISE <except>. and
MESSAGE ..... RAISING <except>.
The effect of these statements depends on whether the calling progranl handles the
exception or not. If the name <except> of the exception or OTHERS occurs in the I
EXCEPTIONS addition of the CALL FUNCTION statement, the exception is handled by
the calling program.
If the calling program does not handle the exception
The RAISE statement terminates the program and switches to debugging mode.
The MESSAGE ..... RAISING statement display the specified message. How the
processing continues depends on the message type.
If the calling program handles the exception, both statements return

control to the program. No values are transferred. The MESSAGE ..... RAISING
statement does not display a message. Instead, it fills the system fields SY-MSGID, SY-
MSGTY, SY-MSGNO, and SY-MSGVI to SY-MSGV4.
Data in Function Modules

',
You can use the TYPES and DATA statements to create local data types and objects. The
interface parameters also behave like local data objects. I11 addition, you can access all of

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, .vvw\v.ernaxtech.com
the global data of the main program. This data is defined in the include program
L<fgrp>TOP. To open this include, choose Goto -> Global data.
Testing Function Modules
We should use the test cnvironinent in the Function Builder to test new function modules
before releasing them for general use.
Choose Test from the Function Builder initial screen.
Execute SE3 7 and Provide tlze Function"odu1e name and click 0 1 1 !@I
;-.-......(H).
PROVIDE THE TNP'LTT
NOTE: Fill Values for the relevant import, changing, aiid tables parameters. To fill in
single-field parameters, enter the value in the displayed field. To fill in table/ structure
parameters, double-click on the parameter name.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~w.emaxtech.conn
a DeUUnnirlg C?$,
",.,
T e s t data d ~ r e c t o v
." .... .. -..... ..........."..... - - ........ -"
" ,~,m-.,,,,, ~ " "
.: - . .
T , , :.! i:,; ;.::,. .> > ,;,: ,;? ..,:,:, zr,~~:,?
-- .,- . .,
Fli ,. . : :!: t ~ . ~ : ! l ' ; , , . L . - : E ? . L J , , P ~ ,: T E l ! S , ? ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ l , . T . ~ . ~ ~ ~ .., -
lLO,>< ir,.,,,;,:, .:,.\.
'
Choose Execute.
The systeill ruils the f ~ l ~ ~ c illodule

t i o i ~ usiilg your input and displays the values of the
export parameters that result:
L Impnrt p a r a m e t e r s \la1 ue
111-EBELlI , 3000000004
I
Execution Results :

a
Ph N o :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~wl.ernaxtech.com
Import pat-smeters %,a1Ue
IT-ITEM 2 Entries
-.
Euntime: -? , Microseconds
:..b . ,I.
!
I
:
: #
j
.. .
check the Exporting

. . !
- 1 /
/ Parameters ContentsI - I
I
E x p o r t parameters Value
1

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 $4808,98490 34399, w~w~.ernaxtech.com
f i l Y EGELI,I EBELP L S REDRT TXZOI tIATt4R I EllATN
Execute the Function Module for the Given Input.
,-
e,3 ..Debugging
-- ,,-*,c7" .........
Test data dlreclory
................ ...,..7.--.r ..... .-................. ...... - "" .-
Execute it.
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~w.emaxtech.corn
. .
i b. 3.., 'fr\r y.::~i:+.
I
j (jfi sr':,;J;, -.
7LIEfiO :A;
Fu.;ct.j .;:! r:,><!i,,-,dge
----- ID: ZDEf?il the given PO Number, it
I'essage : bic Recart?:: F?und FOI ?fie h v e n S e l e c t i u n
raises the execption
Import p a r a m e t e r s Value : .
-- -- - -
It1-EE;ELl*l 51:113l:111CIQB14 .
:
.
:
--A
: j
---
Eypurt ~ ~ a r a o e t e r ? \is1ue
-~ --
I T - I TEllS @ 0 E r i t r i es
-

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~m-.ernaxtech.com
module from within any ABAP program by using the following

You can call a f~~nction
ABAP statement:
CALL FUNCTION <function module>
EXPORTING
, fi = a1
...
Fn = an
IMPORTING
fi = at
....
f;; = a;
[CHANGING fl = a1.... f,, = a,]
[TABLES fi = a1.... f,, = a,,]
[EXCEPTIONS el = rl .... e,, = r,,
[ERROR-MESSAGE = r ~ ]
[OTHERS = r,]
Note : You call use the f~~ilction

Pccttevrz in the ABAP editor to call a fuilction from
within your coding.
Position the cursor at the point in your coding where you want to call the function.
1. Choose Pattern. 4

,\
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, \vww.emaxtech.com
We Never Conipromise in Quality, Would You?
-
y??;@ &?n - @J Pattern '

---
Preth, P r ~ n t r ~
-
Kraurt ~ D E 1 1 O ~ C R L L ~ F I J N C T I U I ~ l ~ I I U O U L Elnech
Paltarn
-- (c-'
1
I
- -- - - -. - - - - - A - - - ---- - . - - . - - - -
I*
- - - -- -
L13.Co1
- - . -- -- -- - - --
-- -
-.-- -- - - --
-
Ln 1 - L n 3 o f 3 l l n e s
1
@ Anrlbutes for ~ ~ r o n r aZDEIdO-C4LL-FUEdCTIOl\l-1~lODULE
rn sped
>" - - --
C l l (13 !;uO)
-3 -- -+--.
Qaanppatl IbIS
-
,'
.
-
i start1 L_i 3 73 SYPRIP,IC ] 42 I'~CIOC 3 SAP L .. . *
- ~d
ur,~,t~
I :r,,B@
(7 riC"j' 7 56 PM
2. In the dialog box that appears, mark the selection field in front of CALL
FUNCTION.
3. Znter the name of the function module in the input field.

eMaxTechnologi~s,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtech.com
SELECT- FROM
WRITE
CASE WI status
Structured data object
I ,r,!ttt Tielac 1turn b?IuCtUla
I
1 ~;tlthTCPE for sttuct

CaLL DIALOG
i
I__- - I
Otner pettern - "- -- --" I
I
LI i - LII 3 o f d lines
3 2%
6
: (1) Cd120) -
+-
"
ganapatl lids
"
-
/'
J 5 4
& -5SAPPII,TC 3 Z 1 l~cros -1 <- 2)2 Mlcros -! 'f unbtled - 1 2 or.
.
.
5 OZ PPl
4. Choose Contintle
The system inserts the function module with the interface into your coding.
5. Maintain the appropriate parameters and handle the exceptions.
Details about Interface Parameters:
The EXPORTING option passes the actual parameter ai to the formal input
par&neter.fi. The formal parameters must be declared as import parameters
in the function module.
The IMPORTING option passes the formal output parameter fi of the function
module to the actual parameter ail The formal parameters must be declared as
export parameters in the function module. The parameters may have any data
type.
The CHANGING option passes the actual parameter ai to the formal parameter fi.
After the function module has been processed, the system returns the (changed)
values of the formal parameters 6 to the actual parameters fi. The formal
parameters must be declared as CHANGING parameters in the fuilction module.
These parameters, too, nzay have ally data type.

Ph No :+91'40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.ernaxtec&.com
Tlie TABLES option passes internal tables between the actual and formal
parameters. The internal tables are always passed by reference. The
parameters in this option must always reference internal tables.
The EXCEPTIOIVS option allows you to react to errors in the function module.
Exceptions are provided as special parameters in order to be able to react to
possible error events during processing of the function nlodule. When an
exceptioii occurs, function module processing terminates. Example: If exception
ei is triggered, the system stops p?ocessing the function module and does not pass
any values back to the program. Tlie calling prograni receives the exception ei by
assigning tlie value ri as a return code to the system field SY-SUBRC.
You can the11 evaluate tlie system lield in the calling program.
EX : CASE SY-SUBRC .
WHEN 0.
"SuccessF~l
WHEN 1.
"Exception 1
WHEN 2.
"Exception 2.
WHEN OTHERS.
"Others
ENDCASE. a
ABAP Program to Call the Function Module:
REPORT ZDEMO-CALIJ-FUNCTION-MODULE .
PARAMETER : P EBELN TYPE EBELN.

DATA : IF EKPO TYPE ZIT-EKPO,
wA-EKPO TYPE ZEKPO.
CAT,L FUNCTION 'ZREAD-PO-ITEMS-INTO-TABLE'
EXPORTING
IMEBGLN = PEBELN
IMPORTING
IT-ITEMS = IT-EKPO
EXCEPTIONS
NOT FOLThTD =1
OTHERS =2
CASE S ~ - S U ~ S.C
WHEN 0.
LOOP AT IT-EICPO INTO WA-EKPO.
WRITE : / WA-EKPO-EBELN, "DOC NO
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.ernaxteck.con~
We Never Conipromise in Quality, Would You?
WA EKPO-EBELP, "ITEM NO
WA-EKPO-MATIVR, "MATERIAL NO
WAIEKPO-NETPR.
"QUANTITY
CLEAR WA-EKPO.
ENDLOOP.
WHEN 1.
WRITE I 'NO DATA FOUND'.
ENDCASE.
OUTPUT :
Execute the above Program ZDEMO-CALL-FUNCTION-MODULE.
Page 26 of 44 By Ganapati Adimulam ,'

Ph NO :+91 40 -65976727, Cell NO : 99484 44808,98490 34399, \\rwvr..emaxlech.cont\~~.en~i~~fe~h.~~n~
6
Working With Subroutines:

Subroutines are principally for local modularization, that is, they are generally
0 DAY -2
called from the program in which they a r c defined. You can use subroutines to
write functions that are used repeatedly within a program. You can define
subroutines in any ABAP program.
I Note : Subroutines are normally called internally, that is, t h e y r

I sections of code or algorithms that are used frequently locally. If you want a 1
(
1 function to be reusable throughout the system, use a function module.

Note: We 'should h o w TWO things to work with any Modulrization Technique.
How to Define the Module and How to Call it.
Note : Subroutines Should be Called F k s t and Defined next in the Program.
No Statements C a n be Executed ater
Calling the Subroutines:

PERFORM <Name> USING <INPUTl>
<INPUTF2> etc
CHANGING <OUTPUTl> Actual Parameters.
<OUTPUT2> etc 1
4
Defining Subroutines
FORM <Name> USING <FP-TNPUTl>
<FP-INPUT2> etc
3 I time
All Arguments Passed at the
of Defining the
CHANGING <FP-OUTPUTl>
Formal Parameters.
<FP-OUTPU~~Z>etc j I
ENDFORM.

P h No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww~v.emaxtfech.com
<Name> is the name of the subroutine. The optional additions USING is to Pass Inputs
and CHANGING is to define OUTPUT Parameters. subroutines cannot be nested. You
should therefore place your subroutine definitions a t the end of the program.
The Parameter Interface

Note: We can pass data between Calling Program and Subroutines by Using Parameters.
The USING and CHANGING additions in the FORM statenlent define thc formal
parameters of a subroutine.
The USING and CHANGING additions in the PERFORM statement define the Actual
parameters of a subroutine.
Within a s,ubroutine, The value of the Formal parameters is the value passed from
the corresponding actual parameter.
Subroutines can have the following formal parameters: I
Parameters Passed by Reference (Call By Reference)

You list these paralneters after USING or CHANGING without the VALUE addition:
FORM <subs> USING ... <pi>
CHANGING ... <pj> the formal parameter occupies no memory of its

own. During a subroutine call, only the address of the actual parameter is transferred to
the formal parameteri.e Simply Formal Parameter is another name given to the
Actual Parameter. So that the Changes to the Formal Parameter reflects to the
corresponding Actual Parameters.
For calling by reference, USING and CHANGING a r e equivalent. For documentation

purposes, you should use USING for INPUT Parameters which are not changed in the
subroutine, and CHANGING for OUTPUT Parameters which are changed in the
subroutine.
NOTE : To avoid the value of an actual parameter being changed automatically,

you must pass it by value.
****************~::1':k*:!;****#:#:*******~::1'****************** *
* PROGRAM : ZDEMO-SUBROUTJNES-CALL-BY-REF .
AUTHOR : GANAPATI . ADIMULAM
::'
* PURPOSE : WRITING SUBROUTINE USING CALL BY REFERENCE
:1'*#:****#:***********************************::********** *
REPORT ZDEMO-SUBROUTINES-CALLBY-REF .
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w\~w~.ernaxtech.com
DATA V-COUNTER TYPE 1.
PERFORbJ increment counter changing v-counter.

WRITE : 1 'THE COC'NTER AFTER INCREMENT IS', V-COUNTER.
PERFORM increment-counter changing v-counter.

WRITE : / 'THE COUNTER AFTER INOREIVIENT IS', V-COUNTER.
PERFORM illcrelllent counter changing v-counter.

WRITE : 1 'THE COUNI.ER AFTER ~NCREMENTIS', V-COUNTER.
'::&..................................................................... $:
'.'& Fonll increixcnt-coui~ter

4: &-- --- -- - -- --- - --- ------------ - - -- - --- ------- --- -------------- --- - --- -:::
: text
*
*:
-->P-V-COIJN-I'ER text
:)
form incremen-counter changing fp-v-counter TYPE I.
fp v-counter = fp-v-counter + 1.
YTOTE: HERE THE CHANGES TO THE FORMAL PARAMETER REFLECTS
':'TO TSE ACTUAL PARcl,WETER V-COUNTER
endfonn. " increment-cou~iter"
OUTPUT :

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ww\~.emaxtech.coni
Drso tii (iork i u i t t ~Ca:l 8 1 ReTe:-ence 1

-
THE G C l l i Y i E R HfTEE !PICREFIEIIT I S 1
Here all the values of the Counter
THE CC~CII,ITEF: AFTER il,ICREI1EI.lT 15, 2 is Printed from the Actual
THE COUNTER RFTEF: !N?'REREHT I S
Parameter, it is incremented for
the increment in the formal
,Parameter.(Because it passed Call
By Reference)
Input Parameters That Pass Values (Call by Value)
Yor.~list these parameters after USING with the VALUE addition:
FORM <subr> USING ... VALLTE(<p,<)
T11e formal parameter occupies its own memory space. When you call the subroutine, the
value of the actual parameter is passed to the formal parameter. If the value of the formal
parameter changes, this has no effect on the actual parameter.
#: * * :: *
$: *: 2: :k * *: 4: :: :+ 2: 4: * *: 4: :k *
<< *: $ :) :s *: 4; :k * *: 4 * 4 * * 4: :k * <: 4: * *: ;: :k * q: :;: ;$ * q:
$ :$ k,:
*: PROGRAM : :DEMO-SUBROUTINES-CALL-BY-VAL
* AUTHOR : GANAP~\TI. ADIMULAM
* PUKPOSI:' : WRI'I'ING SUJ3ROUTINE USING CAI.,I., 1-3Y \/AI..,L'E
* * *: 2: ;k * *: 4: *: *: 4: ;k 2: q: >k * <: 4: :k ;* *: * :k * *: ;k ;+ 2: :k * 4: 4: ;k * 2: 4: >k 4: 2: ;:* 2: 4: ;:
2: 8: ;! 2: 8: !> :$ :$ $: *: 7%
REPORT ZDEMO-SUBROUTINES-CALL-BY-VAL .
DATA V-COUNTER TYPE I.
PERFORM increment couliter using v counter.

WRITE : I ITHE COUNTER AFTER SFREMENT IS', v-COUNTER.
PERFORM incremeilt counter using v coui~ter.

WRITE : I 'THE COUNTER AFTER INCREMENT IS', V-COUNTER.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w x v ~ v . e r n ~ ~ x t e c I ~ . c o ~ ~ ~
PERFORM increment-counter using v-counter.

WRITE : / 'THE COUNTER AFTER INCREMENT IS', V-COUNTER.
&- - -- - -- --- -- --- ----- -- - --- --- - -- -- -- - - -- - -- --- --- ------ --- - - - ----- - - - *
%:
& Forill increment-counter

*&..................................................................... *
:: text
f ......................................................................
2:
-->P-V-COUNTER text
form increment-counter using VALUE(fp-v-counter) TYPE I.
fp-vcoul~ter = fpv-counter + 1.
*NOTE : HERE THE CHANGES TO THE FORMAL PARAMETER DOESN'T
REFLECTS
'"TO THE ACTUAL PARAMETER V-COUNTER AS IT IS CALL BY CAL
endfom. " iiicreme~~t
-counter
OUTPUT :
r,,:<;,,,:,
IH:. C!)IJII
1)-II :>:#l!llTFI;:
~IIL
,<f,r.K.i
~ ~ ! . ) r ~ :~-:LI;
r ~ i i
,\c:
ILI? Al- l t l i
k,,
i l F l Fi<
, v, >- '2, 7 m~!
I l . l l : h t t l t t +l
INCRFIFFIdT
INCI:LIIL~IT
I,:>,
It
TC;
IS
$2,:
u
P
LI See, Here the Changes to
- : r-:{
;:-.i j
1 11
Formal parameters are not
reflected to Actual Parameter as j it
* i ij
the Parameter is Passed By j /i
:
Value :
, 11
; if
Output Parameters That Pass Values(Ca1l By Value & Return)
You list these parailleters after CHANGING with the VALUE addition:
FORM <subr> CHANGING ... VALUE(<p,>) .
The forina1 paralneter occupies its own memory space. When you call the subroutine, the
value of the actual parameter is passed to the formal parameter. If the subroutine
concludes successfully, that is, when the ENDFORM statement occurs, or when the
subroutine is terminated through a CHECK or EXIT statement, the current value of the
formal parameter is copied into the actual parameter.
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell N o : 99484 44808,98490 34399, ~!~~~$;.eanaxteeh.cam
If the subroutine terminates prematurely due to an error message, no value is

passed. It only maltes sense to terminate a subroutine through an error message in the
PA1 processing of a screen, that is, in a PA1 module, in the AT SELECTION-SCREEN
event, or after an interactive list event.
:k 9. i: f ,. .'..-, >. .*.
:) 9 .<
I. . 4. , ... .I >,.!, +.,.. ,I...a'. .!.
!.>
,.L 1. , -;,
-9. .,. .,.,.) :g l;: :I; :: 1: 4: :k :g 2: $: :) :# *: :: :) :$ 9,: & * :3 4:1: 2s :: 2: 4: :) * #: & t :g #:
') PROGRrZM : ZDEMO-SUBROUTINES-CALL--BYYYVAL

* AUTHOR : GANAPATI . ADISlULAM
PURPC>S:I< : WKII'ING SURROU'I'INE USING CAI.,], I:3Y VAI.,UI::! &
*:
IIErSl_lRN.1.E THE VALTJE OF THE FORMAL PARAIUE'I'ETI
* WILL BE TR4NSFERED TO ACTLJAL PARAMETER ONLY
AFTER THE IT CO-VIES OUT THE SUBROUTINE
* SUCCESSI:'ULL,Y
: ~ * * : ~ < : ~ * ~ < " ' ; $ * * : j : ; ) ; g * : * . . y ,*..), 4. ,I. *.3,..,.
.: .,,..,...
,j. % 4, 4 * *: 4: *
:) j: q; :k * #: :: * * *: 2: * *: <: :) :) :g 8: 4; :) :> *: 2: :) :x 4:
REPORT ZDEMO SUBROUTINES-CALL-BY-VAL .

DATA V-COUNTERTYPE I.
*
PERFORM increment-counter CHANGING v-counter.
PERFORM incremeilt-counter CHANGING v-co~mter.

PERFORM increment-counter CHANGING v-counter.

WRITE : 1 'THE COUhTTER AFTER INCREMENT IS', V-COLNTER.
4 &..................................................................... "'
')& Foml increinentco unter

* &..................................................................... Q
text
$:...................................................................... "'
Q
-->P-V COUNTER text
form increment-counter CHANGING VALUE(fp-v-counter) TYPE I.
fp-v-counter = fp-v-counter i- 1.
*'NOTE : 1-1 EKE THE CI--1ANGES'TO TI-IE FORMAL., PARAbII:3r1'IIIK DOESN'T
ICE ~~I.,EC:TS
"'TO THE ACTUAL PrZRilMETER V-COIJNTER AS IT IS CALL BY CAL
endform. " increment-counter

eMaxTechnologigs,Ameerpet,Hyderabad
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w\a~w.emaxtech.con~
------
We Never Compromise
-
OUTOUT :
-- .- - . -
Lanm L u i;ur i\ w L i l C a l i Kg R r i e r e r l ~ e
----
Here the Counter got Incremented as it acts --
i l i E CO&l,IT;I:: itF';Ci?, ItI;:Il,E~:EI~.'i I T
: l i ~ r;o~.;p~:~i:: , 4 1 - : t ~ < l f , i : ; ~ t ~ t ; ~ bI~Si call by reference as long as the subroutine
c<ll.'p);bi:; :,k'jk:{ ],,';F!L,!L:;r 15
is successfully processed. But the Changes
Will be reflected to the Actual Parameters
Only After it Comes Out of the
Subroutine, But Not with in the
Subroutine, We Can Check the Same in
Debugging Mode
@ ip-v-counter = ip-v-counter + 1
'MOTE : tlERE THE CHHNGES T0 THE FURElP,L PARAMETER
Control is inside the Subroutine.

The Actual Parameter Para~neter
would be changed Oiily after it
Comes Out Of the Subroutines.

Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~w.ernaxtech.cot11
Specifying the Type s f Formal Parameters
Formal parameters can have any valid ABAP data type. You can specify the type of a
formal parameter, either generically or fully, using the TYPE or LIKE addition. If you
specify a generic type, the type of the formal parameter is either partially specified or not
specified at all. Any attributes that are not specified are inherited from the
corresponding actual parameter when the subroutine is called. If you specify the type
fully, all of the technical attributes of the formal parameter are defined with the
subroutine definition.
By specifying the type, you ensure that a subroutine always works with the correct
data type.
The following types allow you more freedom when using actual parameters. The actual
parameter need only have the selection of attributes possessed by the formal parameter.
The forinal parameter adopts its remaining unnamed attributes from the actual parameter.
Type specification Check for actual parameters

No type specification
The subroutine accepts actual parameters of any type. The
formal parameter inherits all of the technical attributes of
TYPE ANY the actual parameter.
TYPE C, N, P, or X The subrouthe only accepts actual parameters with the type
C, N, P, or X. The formal parameter inherits the field length
and DECIMALS specification (for type P) froin the actual
parameter.
TYPE TABLE The system checks whether the actual parameter is a
standard internal table. This is a shortened form of TYPE
STANDARD TABLE (see below).
TYPE ANY TABLE The system checks whether the actual parameter is an
internal table. The formal parameter inherits all of the
attributes (line type, table type, Itey) from the actual
parameter.
TYPE INDEX TABLE The system checks whether the actual parameter is an index
table (standard or sorted table). The formal parameter
inherits all of the attributes (line type, table type, key) from
the actual parameter.
TYPE STANDARD TABLE Tlie systein'checks whether the actual parameter is a
standard internal table. The forinal parameter inherits all of
the attributes (line type, key) froin the actual parameter.
TYPE SORTED TABLE Tlie system checks whether the actual parameter is a sorted
table. The formal parameter inherits all of the attributes
(line type, key) from the actual parameter.
TYPE HASHED TABLE The system checlts whether the actual paranleter is a hashed
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxtecR.com
table. The formal paralneter ii~l~erits

all of the attributes
(line type, key) from the actual parameter.
Specifying Full Types
When you use the followillg types, the technical attributes of the folmal parameters are
fully specified. The teclmical attrib~~tes
of the actual parameter lllust col-respond to those
of the fornlal parameter.
Type specification Technical attributes of the formal parameter

TYPE D, F, I, or T The formal parameter has the technical attributes of the
predefined &ementary type
TYPE <type> The fomal parameter has the type <type> This is a data
type defined within the program using the TYPES
statement, or a type from the ARAP Dictionary
TYPE REF TO <cif> The formal parameter is a reference variable (ABAP
Objects) for the class or interface <cif>
TYPE LINE OF <itab> The formal parameter has the same type as a line of the
internal table <itab> defined using a TYPES statement or
defined in the ABAP Dictionary
LIKE <f> The formal parameter has the same type as an internal data
object <f> or structure, or a database table from the ABAP
Dictionary
When you use a formal parameter that is fully typed, you can address its attributes
statically in the prograin, since they are recognized in the source code.
6
The TABLES Addition
To ensure compatibility with previous releases, the following addition is still allowed
before the USING and CHANGING additions:
FORM <subs> TABLES ... <itabi> [TYPE <t>lLlKE <f>] ...
'The fornial parameters <itab,> are defined as standard internal tables with header lines.
If you use ail internal table without header line as the corresponding actual pal-aineterfor
a formal parameter of this type, the system creates a local header line in the subroutine
for the formal parameter. If you pass an internal table with a header line, the table body
and the table work area are passed to the subroutine. Formal parameters defined using
TABLES cannot be passed by reference. If you want to address the components of
structured lines, you must specify the type of the TABLES parameter accordingly.
From Release 3.0, you should use U S I ~ Gor CHANGING instead of the TABLES
addition for internal tables, although for performance reasons, you should not pass
them by value.
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxfecA.coin
6 We Nevet- Cornpl-ornisein Quality, Would You?
Note : The sequence of the actual parameters in the PERFORM statement is crucial. The
value of the first actual parameter in the list is passed to the first formal parameter, the B
second to the second, and so on. The additions USING and CHANGING have exactly the
saine n~eanil~g. You only need to use one or the other. I-Iowever, for documentary
reasons, it is a good idea to divide the parameters in the same way in which they occur in
the interface definition.
If a subroutine contains TABLES parameters in its interface, you must specify them in a
TABLES addition of the PERFORM statenieilt before the USING and CHANGING
parameters. TABLES parameters are only supported to ensure compatibility with
earlier releases, and should no longer be used.
External subroutine calls
The principal function of subroutihes is for modularizing and structuring local

programs. However, subroutines can also be called extemally from other ABAP
programs. In an extreme case, you might have an ABAP program that contained nothing
but subroutines. These programs cannot run on their own, but are used by other ABAP
programs as pools of external subroutines.
When you call a subroutine extemally, you must know the name of the program
in which it is defined:
PERFORM <subr>(<prog>) [USING ... <pi> ... ]

[CHANGING... <pi> ... ] [IF FOUND].
You specify the program name <prog> statically. You call use the IF FOUND option to
prevent a runtime error from occussing if the program <prog> does not contain a
subroutine . In this case, the system simply ignores the PERFORM statement.
6
When you call an external subroutine, the system loads the whole of the program
containing the subroutine into the internal session of the calling program
Data Handling in Subroutines

Global Data from the Main Program
Local Data in the Subroutine
The Parameter Interface

Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w\vwr.ernaxtech.corn
Global Data from the &lain 13rogram
4
Subroutines can access all of the global data in the program in which they are defined
(main program). You therefore do not need to define a parameter interface if you do not
want to change any data in the subroutine, or if very little data is involved.
However, if you want subroutii~esto perform complex operations on data without

affecting the global data in the program, you should define a parameter interface
through which you can pass exactly the data you need. In the interests of good
programining style and encapsulatioii, you should always use a parameter interface, at
least when the subroutiile changes data.
Protecting Global Data Objects against Changes
To pre\7eni the value of a global data object from being changed inside a subroutine, use
the following statement:
LOCAL <f>. 6
This stateinent may only occur between the FORM and ENDFORM statements. With
LOCAL, you call preserve the values of global data objects which callnot be hidden by a
data declaration inside the subroutine.
For example, you cannot declare a table work area that is defined by the TABLES
statement with another TABLES statement inside a subroutine. If you want to use the
table work area locally, but preserve its coiltents outside the subroutine, you must use the
LOCAL statement.
4
Local Data in the Subroutine
Data declarations in procedures create local data types and objects that are only visible
within that procedure.

Ph No :+9140 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, wwvv.ernaxtech.com
Static Local Data Objects
If you want to keep the value of a local data object after exiting the subroutine, you must
use the STATICS statement to declare it instead of the DATA statement. With STATICS
you declare a data object that is globally defined, but only locally visible from the
subroutine in which it is defined. 6
"' PROGRAM : %DI:3MO S?'A7.i'ICS-IN-SliRROl.jTINES

:YAU~.TI-IOII: GANAP.ATT . AI>TMI.JZ~AM
':: PURPOSE : JJ,7RTTTSrfiSIJBR017TTNE I!ST?=JG STATICS VARIABLE
.',;...:,
.,.5',.. 9,.,. .'. d, .;-*:
.,..'.,.. <.....,.-5.,..'. * :# :+ * * *: *
*: .:: :$ :3 ,:: * >: :k * -::::4 * * ::: * * * * * * * *
:g * < I ? :$ $: :) *: ): :g * * ::: :s *
:$
REPORT ZDEMO-STATICS-IN-SUBROUTINES .
SKIP.
*STATICS Variable is Used in the Subro~itine
PERFORM add numnberby-one. a
PERFORM addInumber-by -one.
FORM increment-counter.
Data : 1-counter type i.
1, counter = 1-counter + 1.
lfrite : 1 'The Value Of Counter is', 1-counter.
ENDFORM.
FORM add-number-by-one.
"STATICS Variable will be Initialized Only Once But Not

*Every time we Call the Subroutine Like Local Variables
STATICS 1-number type i. 6
1 number = 1 number -1- 1.

M'rite : 1 he-value Of Number is', 1-number.
When you run the program, the following is displayed:

Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~a~v.emaxlech.com
-
We
--- ever- Cornpromise in Quality, Would You?
----
j2ep&$3PC>@&g& V;fjfj3 c;"f-9ea'y'jf'-;;- .............. , #

+ A
.:,, ...."
*%,,,>,.AA,
Here Counter is Local Variable, i.e Initialized every

..................................... time to ZERO, so that it will be 1 always after
Demi: t o Uork lCitii :;TATICE Keykl~ot-tl i s
Each Illcrelllellt
The Yalue O f Cou;lter 1s
The Yaliie Of Goonter i c ;i
~ P I P \ i a l ~ i eOr ll~muer i r
T ~ I P11311~8 o t Isl~-mt~er1 5 Here Counter is STATIC Local Variable, i.e
Initihlized OnlyOile time to ZERO, so that it
will be Increment by 1 every time we call the
Subroutine.

eMaxTechnologies,Arneerpet,I%yderabad
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell N o : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~~~v.emaxtec&,conmm
Working With Macros :

If you want to reuse the same set of statements more than once in a program, you can
include them in a macro. For example, this call be usef~llfor loilg calculations or complex
WRITE statements. You can only use a macro within the program in which it is
defined, and it can only be called in lines of the program following its definition.
Note : Macros Should be Defined First and Called next in the Program.
SYNTAX to Define the Macro:
DEFINE <Macro Name>.

4
<Statements>. (Processing Logic through Place Holders i.e &I,&&. . .&9)
END-OF-DEFINITION
You must specify conlplete statenlents between DEFINE and END-OF-DEFINITION.

These statenlents can contain up to nine placeholders (&I, 852, ..., &9). You must define
the macro before the point in the prograi11 at which you want to use it.
Macros do not belong to the definition part of the program. This means that the
DEFINE ...END-OF-DEFINITION block is not interpreted before the processing blocks
in the program. At the same time, however, macros are not operational statements that
are executed within a processing block at runtime. Wl~enthe program is generated, macro
definition:; are not talten into account at the point at which they are defined.
SYNTAX to Call the Macro : 6
When the prograill is generated, the system replaces <macro> by the defined statements
and each placeholder &i by the parameter .
NOTE: The most essential feature of a macro definition is that it should occur before the
macro is used.
Requirement : Define a Macro which worlts for any arithmetic Operation.
DATA: W S U L T TYPE I.
PARAMETER : P-INPUT1 TYPE I,

P INPUT2 TYPE I.
*MACRO DEF[NI~‘IOX 4
DEFINE OPERATION.
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxleeR.com
+'
RESULT= &1 &2 853.
WRITE : / 'THE RESULT OF &1 &2 &3, IS', RESULT
END-OF-DEFrNITION.
CALL THE I\/1,2Cf<O OPERATION FOR VARIOUS OPERATIONS

OPERATION 1 + 3.
OPERATION 2. :%:: 5 ,
OPERATION P-INPUT 1 - P-INPUT2.
&OUTPUTOF THE PROGRAM :
:k
1hE F E S l I L i OF : * 3 i 5
'1Wt lK1E!Jl.7 Ill: >>
TEE RESULT OF 5
*
."
.
7 I!;
3 is
1hE F E S l i l - i U F 5 ' 3 : 5
FROM 'TI-IE GIVEN INTERNAL TABLE

$: :;: k: g $?
REPORT ZDEMO-MACRO-READ-FIRST-RECORD
DATA : BEGIN OF WA BMKA,

BANKS LIKE BNKA-BANKS, "Bank country key
BANKL LIKE BNKA-BANICL, "Bailli liey
BANKA LIICE BNKA-BANKA, "Name of bank
15
<<
STRAS LIKE BNKA-STRAS, "House number and street

ORTO 1 LIKE BNKA-ORTO1, "CITY
END OF WA-BNKA.
Page 41 of 44
173
2
Example 2 : Write a Macro to read the First Record from the Given
Internal Table.
8:
g * ~ : * * * < : ~ : * * ~ : * : ~ * g ~ : g * * : * * g * * * * .++,~***.**gg:~~*gg:~**$::$*#:<<;~**~:;~**~:;~g+:<:
PROGRAM : ZDEMO MACRO-READ-FIRST-RECORD

* AUTHOR : GANAPATI . ADIMULAM
&
" PURPOSE : WKIIING A MACRO TO READ THE FLRST RECORD 'k

*:
s-.~..
* :k * :::* :!::!: :!: * <: ;: * :s 4: :!:* * *: * * i:* & :!: * :k * * * >: * * :k

;$
:$ $
Ph No :+91 40 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, w~w.ernaxtech.cotnmn

$: $:
.
<: :$ * 2: :: * :!: * :t *
:$ :$
<:
We Never Co~npromisein Quality, Would You?
DATA ITiBNKA LIKE TABLE OF WA-BNKA .
* START-OF-SELECTION. .+
* 4: g *: * *.., * %: * ,-* * * *,*,.,. < . + <.*.
$: * A0 8
,b .I.
.!,
.+4**$:4:***4:****:$*:2*****:**:**.+4:*4::!:***:
8.. -4. .t. -9
START-OF-SELECTIOIV.
SELECT BANKS "Bank Country Key

BANKL "Bank Key
BANKA "Name of the Bank
STRAS "House & Street No
ORTOl "city
INTO TABLE IT-BhTKA
FROM BNKA.
"MACRO TO READ THE FIRST RECORD

DEFINE GET-FIRSTRECORD.
READ TABLE &1 INTO &2 INDEX 1. a
*CALL THE MACK0

GET-FIKST RECOKD IT__BNKAWA-BNKA. .-
* THE MACRO READS THE FIRST RECORD FROM THE INTERNAL TABLE
* PLACES THE COhTTEhTTS IhTTO WORK AREA
WRITE : 1 'THE REULT OF THE MACRO IS'.
SKIP 1.
WRITE : I5 WA BNKA-BANKS,
15 U'A BNKA-BANKL,
25 w ABNKA-B ANKA,
40 WA-BNKA-STRAS,
6
50 WA-BNKA-ORTO1.
;~*********.+g**~~.*******:~g*****~:**&~.~..'.."~~*~****&&.'."."
,.,
, ,-'I..*.,., .r..ri.<. 3 1 I , 1 ,
4:
EhTD-OF-SELECTION. *
* *.* .+ g &, -,2I;: , & ,b + + -9. -9, -7+
. 4..,. * ..',..A', *. * * * * * * * * * * * 4: * -'.
. *, ,..'*. .'. .'.,.. .'. .'.<. J..'<.. * .,..*'. .',*. .'.<, .'.,. ...-p /<. -'.
,. -" +
?j. * "-* +
-" -" "'
SKIP 2.
WRITE : / 'THE LIST OF BANK DETAILS ARE'.
ULINE.
LOOP AT IT BNKA INTO WA-BNKA FROM 1 TO 5 .

WRITE : 15 WA BNKA-BANKS,
Ph No :+9140 -65976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.emaxteclh.com
We-
- Never Compromise in Quality, Would You?
15 WA RNKA-BANKL,
25 W A ~ B N K A -ANKA,
B
40 WA-BNKA-STRAS,
50 WABNKA-ORTO 1.
ENDLOOP.
Observe the Result of the Macro
THE FiEIjLT CIF TI2£ !.iP.CRC IS
THE LIST OF BRIII: DET>,ILS ![,RE Here First Record from the in
the Internal Table is
AE iljii?O0l:IO C i T i ban!: F l o r i iia Z g E u e r ~ o s
OF; t i : . ~ ~ 3 i j ' j e.srlco R i g !;ai..aT erlio ~uenils- AR 2005000 CitiBank ..
h i 1091!3 De:itsrhe Bani,i l f e i - s t r ~ l ' ~ ~i sr
.W
ST 12345 E ~ I sb:3rli:,
. r; i~l:,enya:.;:~B~rsp~t;3~jt
,"I.! 123.456 ?,HZ FJanIcitig [,or
B) Processing blocks that are called using the ABAP runtime system:
Modularization at Runtime .
Event blocks Ex : INITIALIZATIION, AT SELECTION-SCREEN, START-
OF-SELECTION,END-OF- SELECTION.
Dialog modules
Ex : PROCESS BEFORE OUTPUT.(PBO)
PROCESS AFTER JNPUT.(PAI)

4

We Never Cornpromise in Quality, Would You?
Exercises
1) Write a Function Module to Get the List Of items and their Details for the
Given Purchasing Doc.no?
2) Write a Function Module to Get the list Of Customers that are created in
the. Given Date Range?
3) Write a Function Module to Get the list Of Vendors that are created Only
On Saturdays and Sundays in the Given Date Range?
6
4) Write a Function Module to Get the list Of Vendors that are created 8n1y
On Saturdays and Sundays in the Given Date Range?
5) Write a Function Module to Get the list materials for the Given Material
Type?
6) Write a Function Module to Get the list of Programs that are Created on
Current Date (Today)?
7) Write a Function Module to Get the list of all the Standard SAP table!; ?
8) Write a F M to Get the list of Sales Orders which Costs More than 1 lakh INR
for the Given Data Range ?
9) Write a F M to Return the list of Storage location under the Given Plant ?
10) Write a FM to Return the list of Bank Details for the Given Customer?

eMaxTechnologies,Ameerpet,I3yderabad
Ph No :+91 40 45976727, Cell No : 99484 44808,98490 34399, www.efi~axtech.com

ABAP 1.o PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ABAP 1.o PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ABAP 1.o PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main modules of SAP R/3?

What are the main modules of SAP R/3?

What is the purpose of R/3?

What is the purpose of R/3?

G a n a ~ a tAdimulam

customizable using SAP'S proprietary programming language, ABAPl4. R13

Page 3 of 6 By Ganapati Adimulam

What- is SAP R/2 ?

I'iige 1 of 6 By Ganapati Adimulam

What is the Purpose of R/3?

customizable using SAP'S proprietary programming language, ABAPl4. R13

Page 3 of 6 By Ganapati Adimulam

SAP R/3 Industry Solutions

SAP Oil & 6% yi, ). . ,/ ~ -

SAP 1U3 Architecture :

Page 4 of 6 By Ganapati Adimulam

W3 System Service Layers

Page 5 of 6 By Ganapati Adimulam

Page 6 of 6 By Ganapati Adimulam

Page I of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

Steps to create the table in DDIC:

Technical Terms that helps in Creation of Data Base Table:-

C Customizi~igtable, maii~teiianceolily by cust., not

Customizing table, protected against SAP Upd.,

System table, maint. oiily by SAP, change

System table, conteiits tra~isportablevia separate

Page 2 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

I-- - Data Class- - - -- - Description- -- -

USER1 Customer Data Class - - - --- -

Table Maintenance Allowed:

Page 3 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

Fields with Fields with

a) One W a y is providing the technical attributes Directly.

Page 4 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

Domain:- It is used to define the Technical Attr-ibules (Dcrta T j ~ und e Length)

Data Element:--A Data Elellielit describes either an eler77entcrr.y type or a

Advantaecs of Domains and Data Elements:

Page 5 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

b) Foreign Key Relationships Call be illaiiltaiiled Because the Foreign Key

Data Types Descriptions

ACCP Posting period YYYYMM

Page 6 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

I Create the table to Maintain the Vendor General Data using

LIFhTR ZGLIFNR(Vendor Accou~itNo)

I ITileclName --- -----

Note 2: W e Can Create the Data Elements in Two Ways

Steps to Create Domain: (IBO'1"l'OM- UP Approach)

Execute SE11 and select the 'Domain' optioii.

Page 8 of60 By Ganapati Adimulam

Save, Clleck and Active.

Steps to Creating Data Element.

Execute ' S E l l '.

Page 9 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

Data elernen: LT.i.lFi,IP

Page 10 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam

.&,H;ttritjutes Dent-lition Field lat:~el :

Maintain Field Label.

!I:h ,:I rt t12::t i.l'e r Idl:, r :!.~:):oIJ1-11 I...l u r n 1 1er

Page 11 of 60 By Ganapati Adimulam